Download as docx, pdf, or txt
Download as docx, pdf, or txt
You are on page 1of 199

ENGLISH PRACTICE 1

I. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from
the rest:
1. A. set B. between C. get D. met
2. A. started B. needed C. protected D. stopped
3. A. ground B. should C. about D. amount
4. A. durian B. cucumber C. painful D. duty
5. A. worked B. hoped C. forced D. sailed
6. A. improve B. coveralls C. gloves D. stomach
II. Pick out the word whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest:
1. A.native B.revive C.relative D.sensitive
2. A.disjuntion B.solution C.instruction D.station
III.Choose the best words or phrases to complete the sentences below
1.Television..................very popular since the 1950s.
A.is B.was C.has been D.have been
2.- "Who sings best in your school?" - "Minh............."
A.sings B.is C.has D.does
3.Please ask them .......................in this area.
A.don't smoke B.not smoking C.not to smoke D.to not smoke
4.Let's go to the museum, ................?
A.will you B.shall we C.do we D.don't you
5. My parents make me…………………………..for my exam .
a. to study b. study c. studying d. studied
6.It is the largest ship I......................
A.has seen B.saw C.have ever seen D.seen
7.Students are looking forward to................on holiday.
A.go B.going C,went D.have gone
8.His grandfather died.......................the age of 90.
A.in B.of C.on D.at
9.Drinking and smoking will do great harm..............people's health.
A.to B.for C.with D.in
10. Could you tell me.................. to get to the bank?
A. where B. what C. how D. place
11.His parents never allowed him.............
A.to smoking B.smoking C.to smoke D.smoked
12. It’s at least a month since……………….John.
A. I last seen B. I have last seen C. I last see D. I last saw
13.Wine is made...............rice.
A.of B.from C.in D.with
14.Let your name....................in the sheet of paper
A.to be written B.be written C.write D.being written
15.He was offered the job.................he had no experience.
A.even though B.despite C.while D.however
16. It took me a long time to get used……… glasses.
A. to wear B. to wearing C. wear D. wore.
17.He always....................
A.avoids to meet me B.avoiding to meet me
C.avoids meeting me D.to avoid meeting me
18.After a month, Hoa got used to......................in her new school.
A.study B.studying C.studied D.is studying
19.He likes.....................him "sir"
A.to call B.calling C.to be called D.to be calling
20.He has his sister.......................his homework.
A.to do B.do C.doing D.done
IV.Complete the sentences using the correct form of the word in bracket.
1.He drives very carefully. He is a very..................driver. (CARE)
2.My brother and Trung like...................movie very much. (ACT)
3.Although he tried his best to do it, he was............. (SUCCESS)
4.This stadium looks larger. It has been.................. (LARGE)
5.Lan fell off the bike, but her.................were not serious. (INJURE)
6.You must read the following....................precaution carefully. (SAFE)
7.We watch the news everyday because it's very................. (INFORM)
8.He's always telling lies. He's a .............. (LIE)
9.Nowadays, scouting is popular.................. (WORLD)
10.Nam likes helping the other, he's a....................person. (HELP)
V.Choose the best word to complete the passage below.
Most people think......(1)........computers as very modern inventions, products of our new technological
age. But actually the idea for a computer had been worked out over 2 centuries ago by a man ........
(2)...........Charles Babbage. Babbge was born ............(3)..........1791 and grew..........(4)...........to be a
billiant mathematican. He.........(5)...........up plans for serveral calculating machines which he called
"engines". But despite the fact that he .........(6)...........building some of these, he never finished any of
them. Over the years, people have argued.......(7)........ his machines would ever work. Recently,
however, the Science Museum in London has finished building engine based ..........(8)...... of the
Babbage's designs. ..............(9)..........has taken 6 years to complete and more than 4 thousand parts
have been specially made.
Whether it works or not, the machine will...............(10)......... on show at a special exhibition in the
Science Museum to remind people of Babbage's work.
1. A.of B.from C.in D.up
2. A.known B.called C. recognized D. written
3. A.about B.around C.in D.at
4. A.down B.up C.along D.across
5. A.wrote B.drew C.took D.made
6. A.wanted B.started C.made D.missed
7. A.until B.though C.why D.whether
8. A.on B.off C.in D.out
9. A.He B.One C.It D.They
10. A.come B.be C.take D.carry
VI.Read the passage and choose the best answer.
"Let's have a picnic lunch in the countryside." This is easy to say nice to think about. You imagine a
beautiful green field with a big tree in the middle which gives some shade from the sun. All around is
lovely scenery and in the distance you can see the cows quietly eating the grass. After a meal of
delicious sandwiches and raw fruit you can imagine lying in the warm sun then as darkness comes.
You strap uy your basket and drive happily home.
But it doesn't always happen like this. You must not forget that flies also like raw food, that green
fields are sometimes damp fields, that rain may follow the sun that peaceful cows may be unfriendly
bull.
1.What is easy to say and nice to think about?
A. “Let’s have a picnic lunch in the countryside” is.
B. “Let’s have a picnic lunch in the mountain” is.
C. “Let’s have a picnic lunch in the green fields” is.
D. “Let’s have a picnic lunch in the city” is.
2.Where, in your imagine, is the big tree?
A.It’s in the middle of a beach. B. It’s in the middle of a hill.
C. It’s in the middle of a beautiful stadium. D. It’s in the middle of a beautiful green field.
3.What can you imagine doing after meal?
A.We can imagine lying in the darkness. B. We can imagine lying in the warm sun.
C. We can imagine lying in the badroom. D. We can imagine lying in the hotel.
4.What also likes raw fruit?
A.Dogs also do. B.Lions also do. C.Flies also do. D.Chicken also do.
5.What may follow the sun?
A.The earth may follow the sun. B. The rain may follow the sun.
C. The cows may follow the sun. D. people may follow the sun.
VII.Rewrite each sentence so that the meaning stays the same.
1.I last wore that shirt in May.
=> I haven't................................................................................................................................................
2.We have met each other for ages.
=>It's..........................................................................................................................................................
3.Travelling by air is much more expensive than travelling by train.
=>Travelling by train.................................................................................................................................
4.Why isn't this TV working?
=>What......................................................................................................................................................
5. Remember to check your flight numbers.
=> Don’t ..................................................................................................................................................
6. The garage is going to repair our car next week.
We are going ..........................................................................................................................................
7.She needs to study harder.
=>She doesn't............................................................................................................................................
8.We can't afford to buy this car.
=>The car..................................................................................................................................................
VIII.Use the prompt words to make a sentence.
1. These exercises/too difficult/ students/do/without/mistakes.
...................................................................................................................................................................
2. I/not see/Mai/since/we/leave/school.
...................................................................................................................................................................

ENGLISH PRACTICE 2
I/ Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in the
following questions
1. A. looked B. watched C. carried D. stopped
2. A. study B. success C. surprise D. sugar
3. A. unite B. underline C. university D. uniform
4. A. danger B. angry C. language D. passage
5. A. character B. children C. teacher D. change
II/ Chooose the word whose stress patteren is different from the rest.
1. A. realize B. improve C. possible D. comfortable
2. A. important B. especially C. prefer D. influence
3. A. general B. opinion C. abroad D. surprise
4. A. comfort B. nation C. apply D. moment
5. A. medical B. advise C. vegetables D. physical
III/ Choose the best answer to fill in the blank
1. Are you interested...........playing badminton after class?
A. in B. with C. on D. for
2. " What.........going to Hanoi tomorrow? "
A. to B. in C. about D. for
3. Hoa works very..........so she always gets good marks.
A. badly B. good C. hardly D. hard
4. The building was built .........1962 and 1969.
A. between B. from C. since D. for
5. This school..........in 1997
A. built B. is built C. was built D. has built
6. Of all my friends, Hoa is.............
A. the tallest B. the most tallest C. taller D. more taller
7. Would you mind if I……………a photo ?
A. take B. took C. would take D. am going to take
8. Last week I ……………my children to the biggest zoo in town.
A. got B. brought C. fetch D. took
9. Are you proud…………….your country and its tradition ?
A. about B. on C. of D. for
10. Do you collect stamps or other things ? - Yes, I am a stamp………….
A. collecting B. collector C. collect D. collection
11. It is very dangerous ………….. in the polluted environment.
A. to live B. lives C. living D. live
12. Our ………….. resources are limited so we should recycle all used things.
A. nature B. natural C. naturing D. naturally
13. His car is the same color …………. my uncle’s.
A. alike B. as C. like D. to
14. This ruler …………….. of plastic.
A. make B. made C. is making D. is made
15. I take part ………….. most youth activities of my school.
A. in B. of C. on D. at
V/ Write the correct preposition to fill in the blank.
1. Could I help you ______________ your bag?
2. Na got up late this morning because her alarm clock didn’t go ___________ .
3. I’m looking forward ____________ seeing you in June.
4. In the competition, everyone fell ______________ the deep and dangerous water.
5. Ha Long Bay is recognized _____________ UNESCO as a World Heritage Site
6. They have a meeting ___________ 6.30 and 9.30.
7. My mother often picks me ___________ from the school.
8. I’m going to invite my friends to come over ___________ dinner tonight.
9. Next summer, my family will have a vacation _______ Thailand and stay there ________ one week.
VI/ Write the correct form of word to fill in the blank
1. We have two postal ___________________ a day. (DELIVER)
2. He left the room without ___________________ . (EXPLAIN)
3. Playing tennis is one of his favorite ______________ . (ACT)
4. We started our trip on a beautiful ______________ morning. (SUN)
5. They left the house in a __________________ mess. (FRIGHT)
6. He said “ Good morning” in a most ______________ way. (FRIEND)
7. There is no easy ______________ to this problem. (SOLVE)
8. He always drives more ________________ at night. (CARE)
9. Does this _______________ suit you? (ARRANGE)
10. He is a very _________________ carpenter. (SKILL)
VII/Underline the incorrect word and correct it as example
Nam is a student. This year he had a very interested summer 1/ ___________
holiday. He traveled, with him classmates, to a mountainous area 2/ ___________
in Hoa Binh province. They gone there to help make a road 3/ ___________
through a forest among two villages. “ It was very difficult 4/ ___________
because there had no water to drink and no shops where we 5/ ___________
could bought food,”said Nam. “ It was very cold and wet 6/ ___________
in the mountains. It is one of the wetter places in the country.” 7/ ___________
Nam stayed in the mountains since six weeks. It was hard work, 8/ ___________
But he says it was the best thing he has ever did. He is hoping 9/ ___________
to return next year to do any more work there 10/ __________
VIII/ Write the suitable word to fill in the blank
Learning a language is, in some way, like (1) _________________ how to fly or play the
piano. There (2)________________ important differences, but there is a very important similarity. It
is this: learning how to do such things needs lots (3) ______________ practice. It is never simply to
“know” something. You must be able to “do” things with what (4) _______________ know. For
example, it is not enough simply to read a book on (5) ______________ to fly an aeroplane. A (6)
_______________ can give you lots of information about how to fly, but if only read a book and then
try to (7) _____________ without a great deal of practice first, you will crash and kill
(8)____________ . The same is true of (9) ______________ the piano. So you think it is enough
simply to read about it? Can you play the piano without having lots of (10) ________________ first?
X/ Rewrite the sentence without changing the meaning
1. Keeping the environment clean is very important.
- It’s ……………………………………………………………………………..
2. They will show the time machine to the public when they finish it.
- The time machine ……………………………………………………………………..
3. He was delighted to receive his aunt’s letter.
- He was delighted that ………………………………………………………………..
4. Old car tires are recycled to make shoes and sandals.
- People ………………………………………………………………………………..
5. I’m very sad that I wasn’t accepted in that group.
- I’m very sad not …………………………………………………………………….
6. It’s three years since I last spoke to her.
- I haven’t ………………………………………………………………………………
7. Tam doesn’t type as fast as she used to.
- Tam used ……………………………………………………………………………..
8. “ Please turn down the radio for me”, said my father.
- My father asked ………………………………………………………………………
9. Lan will be fifteen next week.
- It is Lan’s ……………………………………………………………………………..
10. How long is it since you used the pen?
- When ………………………………………………………………………….?
XI/ Rearrange the word to make the meaningful sentence
1. stamps / a child / Minh / since / collected / was / has / he.
- …………………………………………………………………………………….
2. tomorrow / can / not / we / somewhere / I / so / working / go / am.
- ……………………………………………………………………………………..
3. back / in / months / England / going / two / are / to / they.
- ………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. information / entertainment / also / is / TV / only / but / not / bringing .
- ………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. struggle / on / always / nature / home / life / at / is / the farm / with / a.
- ………………………………………………………………………………………

ENGLISH PRACTICE 3
I. Choose the best answer to fill in the blank by circling A, B, C or D
1. Bob hasn’t ……… his mind yet.
A. Made B. Gone C. used to D. Found
2. Everyone has to follow this way to get into the fair, ………?
A. do they B. don’t they C. doesn’t she D. doesn’t he
3. We spent half a year _____ this hotel.
A. to build B. Built C. with building D. Building
4. She is bored _____ getting up early.
A. With B. In C. of D. To
5. Would you like me to get you something to drink? - ______
A. That would be nice B. No, I’m sorry C. That’s too bad D. My pleasure
6. English is the _____ language on one- fifth of the land area of the world.
A. Office B. Official C. officer D. Officially
7. It's an hour since he ......... , so he must be at the office now.
A. has left B. Left C. was leaving D. is leaving
8. 14. I usually go to work by bus, but ________ and then I use my motorbike.
A. Again B. Once C. now D. Ever
9. Of my parents, my father is _________________.
A. the stricter B. the strictest C. stricter D. strict
10. "What can I get for you?". ______________ .
A. All right B. I'm afraid not C. I hope so D. Yes, please
11. Bob hasn’t ……… his mind yet.
A. Made B. Gone C. used to D. Found
12. Everyone has to follow this way to get into the fair, ………?
A. do they B. don’t they C. doesn’t she D. doesn’t he
13. We spent half a year _____ this hotel.
A. to build B. Built C. with building D. Building
14. She is bored _____ getting up early.
A. With B. In C. of D. To
15. Would you like me to get you something to drink? - ______
A. That would be nice B. No, I’m sorry C. That’s too bad D. My pleasure
16. English is the _____ language on one- fifth of the land area of the world.
A. Office B. Official C. officer D. Officially
17. It's an hour since he ......... , so he must be at the office now.
A. has left B. Left C. was leaving D. is leaving
18. 14. I usually go to work by bus, but ________ and then I use my motorbike.
A. Again B. Once C. now D. Ever
19. Of my parents, my father is _________________.
A. the stricter B. the strictest C. stricter D. strict
20. "What can I get for you?". ______________ .
A. All right B. I'm afraid not C. I hope so D. Yes, please
II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. Think B. Healthy C. Thus D. ethnic
2. A. discussion B. Revision C. Attention D. admission
3. A. Cease B. Chase C. Increase D. raise
4. A. although B. Enough C. laugh D. cough
5. A. Mute B. Junior C. Music D. humor
6. A. Who B. Where C. Which D. when
7. A. Send B. Tent C. Rely D. tend
8. A. Lock B. Shock C. Block D. program
9. A. Talked B. Passed C. Dialed D. stopped
10. A. Comb B. Climb C. Dumb D. blond
III. Put the correct verb forms of the verb in brackets.
1. "Do you mind if I sit here?" - "I'd rather you (sit)...................... over there."
2. There (be) ………….. no rain here for 6 months.
3. He spoke to me as if he (be) ………........… my father.
4. I‘ve decided (stop) _________________smoking.
5. At this time next month, they (work) ____________in Ho Chi Minh City.
6. Pupils are made (work)……………… hard at this school.
7. It’s ten years since I last (see) ………..........… her.
8. Don’t forget (lock) ……............…… the door before going to bed.
9. These pens ( produce )......................... by Thien Long Company.
10. Can’t you see that I am busy (write) ____________?
IV. Fill the blanks with the right form of the CAPITAL words provided in the right column
1. Their children have quite _____________ characters. DIFFERENCE
2. What is the correct ______________of this word? PRONOUNCE
3. He didn’t win the championship, so he felt very _____________ . HOPE
4. She is one of the greatest _______ to appear in this theater. PERFORM
5. My house is on the top of a hill. It’s very ____ there in the fall. WIND
6. It is ___________ to eat too much sugar and fatty food. HEALTH
7. Many rural areas in Viet Nam have been __________ in the last few years. URBAN
8. Bell ______________ demonstrated his invention. SUCCESS
9. Every day, there are two ____ from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh city. FLY
10. There are a lot of _______________ in the competition. CONTEST
V. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not corect in standard written English.
Find and correct
1. Lan seemed happily when she received her aunt’s letter.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
2. My brother didn’t have money enough to buy the dictionary he liked
.....................................................................................................................................................................
3. We should put the coffee table among the armchair and the couch.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
4. The driver of the car was serious injured in the accident.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
5. Everyone was exciting as the prince wanted to choose his wife from the village.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
6. He gets up early in order reviewing lessons before school.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
7. All the students are looking forward to spend their free time relaxing in the sun this summer.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
8. I agree that we ought be good students at school and good children at home
.....................................................................................................................................................................
9. Be careful when you cross a busy street. Look out with cars and trucks.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
10. Is she accustomed to doing her homework by her?
.....................................................................................................................................................................
VI. Read the passage and choose the correct answer in A, B, C or D.
Flood in Dorchester
…… (1) ... six o’clock yesterday evening, the River Thames burst its banks and flooded a wide area.
By nine o’clock the floods had reached the town of Dorchester. The main street was soon …… (2).....
3 feet of water. Fire engines arrived quickly to pump away the water, but heavy rain made their job
very ……… (3) ..... .
Mrs Rose Willow, a ……… (4)......... nearly 80 years old, and living alone in her cottage, was trapped
upstairs ……… (5)........ three hours. Finally, firemen were able to rescue her with ladders and a
small ……… (6).......... “My cat, Tibbles, stayed with me all the time”, said Mrs Willow. “She
……… (7)......... me a lot. She sat with me so I didn’t feel afraid”.
The rain has finally stopped, the river level is falling and the weather forecast is good, ………
(8) ...........the floods have done a great deal of damage. “Luckily, nobody was …… (9) ......or
injured”, Chief Fire Office Hawkins …… (10) .......reporters, “but it will take a long time to clear up
the mess”.
1. A. In B. To C. At D. Until
2. A. Over B. Under C. through D. between
3. A. Easy B. Difficult C. quick D. clear
4. A. Girl B. Man C. lady D. child
5. A. For B. During C. while D. through
6. A. Ship B. Boat C. car D. bicycle
7. A. worried B. Frightened C. bored D. helped
8. A. But B. Also C. therefore D. so
9. A. Burnt B. Cut C. scratched D. drowned
10. A. Said B. Asked C. told D. spoke
VIII. Rewrite the following sentences using the words provided.
1. Do you enjoy listening to music?
Are you interested ................................................................................................................................
2. I haven’t seen that man here before.
This is ...................................................................................................................................................
3. Old car tires are recycled to make shoes and sandals.
People ...................................................................................................................................................
4. The coffee is so hot that I can’t drink it.
The coffee is too ...................................................................................................................................
5. Vietnamese students have fewer vacations than American ones.
American students ................................................................................................................................

6. Lan is more intelligent than her sister.


Lan’s sister isn’t....................................................................................................................................
7. Our house is going to be rebuilt by a local firm.
We are ..................................................................................................................................................
8. I can’t buy the tickets. They are too expensive.
The tickets ............................................................................................................................................
9. Peter spent three hours repainting his house.
It ...........................................................................................................................................................
10. Leave now or you will miss the train.
Unless ...................................................................................................................................................

ENGLISH PRACTICE 4
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other
words in each group.
1. A. visit B. resort C. museum D. restaurant
2. A. seat B. great C. please D. beach
3. A. helped B. wanted C. sounded D. suggested
4. A. hotel B. photo C. move D. pagoda
5. A. city B. center C. country D. cigarette
6. A. mind B. climb C. exciting D. destination
7. A. sugar B. sorry C. seaside D. summer
8. A. busy B. why C. history D. family
9. A. page B. village C. luggage D. heritage
10. A. what B. which C. where D. who
II) Complete the following sentences with an appropriate form of the word in brackets.
1) I don’t like that film. It’s very (bore) __________________.
2) Ho Chi Minh City is (large) _________________ city in Vietnam.
3) They boy fell asleep during (perform) __________________.
4) They waited for his (habit) _______________ response.
5) The male birds are more (colour) _________________ than the females.
6) Every pupil was very (excite ______________ about the holiday.
7) His parents are very proud of his (succeed) _______________.
8) David Beckham is my (favour) ______________actor.
9) I don’t know how you (celebration) ______________ your birthday.
10) Some people feel that towns are too (noise) ______________ for them to live in.
III) Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning. (0) is an example for you.
1) Is this bladder mended by Mr Green.
- Does Mr Green .......................................................................................................................................
2) That girl is very intelligent.
- What .......................................................................................................................................................
3)This living-room isn’t as big as that kitchen.
- That kitchen ............................................................................................................................................
4) Khanh said “You ought to take a break, Huy”
- Khanh advised ........................................................................................................................................
5) We’ve never met such a famous singer before.
- It’s the first time .....................................................................................................................................
6) Her hair is long and black.
- She has ...................................................................................................................................................
IV) Complete the following sentences based on the given cues. (0) is an example for you.
1) you / mind / the west lake / telling / would / us / about ?
- ___________________________________________________________________
2) could / I / visit / someday / wish / I
- ___________________________________________________________________
3) My brother / in central Vietnam / was / 1972 / in / born
- ___________________________________________________________________
4) Se you / to / I am / how glad / again !
- ___________________________________________________________________
5) A parting meeting / have / before leaving / you’d better
- ___________________________________________________________________
V) Read the article and choose the best answer. (0) is an example for you
TRAVELLING IN THE LAKE DISTRICT
The Lake District is very popular (0) ________ holidays all year round. Roads leading into the area
have been improved in (1) ________ years. Inside the area itself, however, many roads are (2)
________ and winding with steep hills and it may not be safe to drive (3) _______ roads like this
when they are (4) __________ in ice. For the mountain walker a word of warning – every season
visitors (5) ________ lost or are injured and (6)____________ to be rescued by the Mountain Rescue
teams. This kind of problem can be (7) ____________ by following a few simple rules. When
exploring the mountains, wear warm clothing, sensible boots, take a map, compass and whistle and a
small (8) ____________ of food. Don’t go (9) ___________ alone and always tell someone where
you (10) __________ to go to.
0) a-to b-with c- for d-as for
1) a-recent b-next c-last d-close
2) a-thin b-slim c-narrow d-shallow
3) a-along b-above c-by d-in
4) a-wrapped b-covered c-drowned d-filled
5) a-have b-be c-make d-get
6) a-must b-should c-need d-ought
7) a-encouraged b-prevented c-arranged d-organised
8) a-quantity b-weight c-length d-limit
9) a-for b-by c-with d-off
10) a-look b-seem c-plan d-know

ENGLISH PRACTICE 5
Question 1-10: Choose the best word or phrase that best complete each sentence below
1. His…………..always makes people laugh.
a. quiet b. sense of humor c. Christmas presents d. smiles
2. The way of life in this country is…………….to that in my country.
a. similar b. the same c. like d. as
3. You have to make ………………..children do not play with matches.
a. ensure b. surely c. sure d. ensuring
4. The prince immediately……………….the girl.
a. fall in love with b. fell in love with c. fall into love at d. fell into love at
5. Different language………………learn words in different ways.
a. learners b. learner c. people d. person
6. My little brother……………..pictures very much.
a. enjoy to draw b. enjoy drawing c. enjoys to draw d. enjoys drawing
7. Some people in the neighborhood are not happy…………………the changes
a. with b. about c. at d. of
8. TV………………...information and entertainment.
a. brings b. takes c. gives d. makes
9. His feet hurt so he has to walk to school…………………….
a. on crutch b. on crutches c. on foot d. on feet
10. ……………….natural resources? Is it difficult?
a. what about to save b. what about saving c. how about save d. how about to save
Question 11-20: Word form
11. It is ………………to eat too much sugar and fat HEALTH
12. If you can give a reasonable…………….for your bad behavior last night.
I’ll forgive you EXPLAIN
13. My brother often does experiments about electricity for…………….. PLEASE
14. The …………………..changed me 50,000VND for each room. DECORATE
15. There many cultural……………..between his country and mine DIFFER
16. The ……………………. of the project made me tense. IMPORTANT
17. It’s a good restaurant; the food there is very ........................... TASTE
18. After taking an aspirin, her headache………………… APPEAR
19. The ……………….she gave last night was marvelous PERFORM
20. What is the correct ………………………………..of this word? PRONOUNCE
Question 21-31: Choose the correct answer. Only one answer is correct:
21. After the clothes……………we can wear them to Ann’s birthday party.
a. washing b. wash c. to wash d. are washed
22. A new university without a library……………in USA.
a. recently b. opened recently c. recently has opened d. has recently opened
23. Do you know the place…………………..I can have a meal with my friends?
a. where b. which c. what d. when
24. On Christmas Eve, people often………..a tree.
a. are decorated b. were decorated c. decorating d. decorate
25. …………to your place tomorrow. Hope to meet you there.
a. would come b. will come c. am coming d. was coming
26. The can overturned and everyone………………..into the deep river
a. fall b. fell c. felt d. feel
27 The games were………………..important that they stopped fighting for a time.
a. so b. too c. very d. such
28. This is an emergency. Please ……………………an ambulance to Cua Viet beach
a. to sending b. sending c. to send d. send
29. Of the all members in my family, my grandpa is…………………..
a. oldest b. the oldest c. most old d. the most old
30. How long……………..here? - Since 1980.
a. do you live b. did you live c. have you live d. have you lived
31. We are having a plan to help them by ……………..them do things.
a. encouraged b. encourage c. to encourage d. encouraging
Question 32-41: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct from:
32. Most of the Earth’s surface (cover)…………..…………..by water.
33. The first festival (hold)………………….….nearly eight hundred years ago.
34. There’s some behind us. I think we (follow)………………………..
35. My mother (not visit)……………………….us since he (move)…………..……..to the new town.
36. This bike (use)……………………….for more than six years.
37. Nowadays, many historical places (destroy)………….………….seriously.
38. It (get)……………………hotter and hotter in June
39. Last moth when we (visit)…………..….him, he (do)……………..…an experiment on the upstairs
40. Tet holiday in Viet Nam (celebrate) ………………………around January and February
41. The Eiffel Tower is in Paris. It (visit)………………………..by millions of people every year.
Question 42-51: Circle the underlined part is pronounced differently.
42. a. held b. flew c. mend d. tent
43. a. quiet b. industry c. relative d. participant
44. a. nothing b. clothes c. hold d. told
45. a. bear b. ear c. tear d. hear
46. a. lot b. floor c. box d. dog
47. a. small b. law c. tall d. plane
48. a. float b. noun c. about d. out
49. a. arrive b. abroad c. around d. armchair
50. a. snowy b. cold c. prison d. Chicago
51. a. great b. hate c. heat d. afraid
Question 60-69: Read the article and circle the letter next to the word that best fits each space:
Traveling in the Lake District:
The Lake District is very popular for holidays all year round. Roads leading to the area have been
improved in (60)…………years inside the area itself, however, many roads are (61)……………and
winding with steep hills and it may not be safe to drive (62)…..….roads like this when they are (63)
……in ice. For the mountain walker a word of warning-every season visitors (64)…………..lost or
are injured and (65)…….... to be rescued by the Mountain Rescue teams. This kind of problem can be
(66)…………... by following a few simple rules. When exploring the mountains, wear warm
clothing. Sensible boots, take a map, compass and whistle and a small (67)…………...of food. Don’t
go (68)…………….alone and always tell someone where you (69)…………..to go to. Vocabulary
60. a. recent b. next c. last d. close
61. a. thin b. slim c. narrow d. shallow
1. (to) wind: uốn lượn
62. a. along b. above c. by d. in 2. steep (adj): dốc
63. a. wrapped b. above c. drowned d. filed3. warning: cảnh báo
64. a. have b. be c. make d. get4. (to) rescue: cứu
65. a. must b. should c. need d. ought5. whistle (n): cái còi
66. a. encouraged b. prevented c. arranged d. organized
67. a. quantity b. weight c. length d. limit
68. a. for b. by c. with d. off
69. a. look b. seem c. plan d. know
Question 70-79: Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first:
70. It was such an interesting film that we watched it several times
The film......................................................................................................................................................
71. The football match was won by Manchester United
Manchester.................................................................................................................................................
72. Peter was too ill to get up.
Peter was so................................................................................................................................................
73. Apples are usually cheaper than oranges.
Apples are not.........................................................................................................................................
74. Parents ought to send their children to school.
Children......................................................................................................................................................
75. People think that doing morning exercises is good for health
It is ............................................................................................................................................................
76. Tom is not as tall as Peter.
Peter...........................................................................................................................................................
77. Every day thousands of trees are cut down in the world.
Every day people........................................................................................................................................
78. This pen belongs to Phong.
This is ……………………………………………………………………..
79. They haven’t cleaned the streets this week.
The streets………………………………………………………………….
Question 80-89: Make sentences based on the given cues:
80. What / mum / going / do / weekend ?
...................................................................................................................................................................
81. You / ought / go / market / buy / fish / vegetables.
...................................................................................................................................................................
82. People / do / everything / without / help / modern equipment / years ago.
...................................................................................................................................................................
83. How old / your brother / sister / then ?
...................................................................................................................................................................
84. Some people / neighborhood / not happy / changes.
...................................................................................................................................................................
85. It / difficult / learn / two languages / same time.
...................................................................................................................................................................
86. I / going / visit / after work / evening.
...................................................................................................................................................................
87. Residents / store owners / concerned / new mall / for / few months.
...................................................................................................................................................................
88. He / prefer / fiction book / non – fiction book.
................................................................................................................................................................
89. He / start / collect / book / he school / boy.
................................................................................................................................................................

ENGLISH PRACTICE 6
I. Phonetics:
Choose the word which is pronounced differently from the others.
1). A). use B). music C). public D). value
2). A). breath B). bread C). dead D). great
3). A). bubble B). truck C). pollute D). public
4). A). learn B). fear C). clear D). hear
5). A). cook B). look C). book D). proof
6). A). children B). chorus C). check D). chicken
7). A). caps B). jeans C). shirts D). pants
8). A). invite B). tropical C). primary D). divide
9). A). student B). menu C). fur D). tutor
10). A). hot B). here C). hour D). hope
II. Reading and choose the best answer.
Strange things happen to time when you travel, because the earth is divided into twenty- four time
zones, one hour apart. You can have days with more or fewer than twenty- four hours, and weeks
with more or fewer than seven days.
If you make a five- day trip across the Atlantic Ocean, your ship enters a different time zone every
day. As you enter each zone, the time changes one hour. Traveling West, you set your clock back;
traveling East, you set it ahead. Each day of your trip has either twenty - five or twenty - three hours.
If you travel by ship across the Pacific Ocean, you cross the international date line. By agreement, this
is the point where a new day begins. When you cross the line, you change your calendar one full day,
backward or forward. traveling East, today becomes yesterday; traveling east, it is tomorrow.
11). The difference in time between zones is ..............................
A). seven days B). more than seven days C). one hour D). twenty - four hours
12). From this selection it seems true that the Atlantic Ocean .......................
A). is in one time zone B). is divided into twenty - four zones
C). can't be crossed in five days D). is divided into five time zones
13). If you cross the ocean going East, you set clock ..........................................
A). ahead by twenty - three hours B). ahead one hour in each new time zone
C). back one full day for each time zone D). ahead one hour for the whole trip
14). The international date line is the name for .........................
A). the beginning of any new time zone B). any time zone in the Pacific Ocean.
C). the point where a new day begins D). any point where time changes by one hour
15). The best title for this selection is ..........................
A). How Time Zones Were Set Up B). Crossing the International Date Line
C). how Time Changes Around the World D). A trip Across the Atlantic
III. Reading and choose the best answer from A,B,C or D.
Compost is a wonderful natural resource that helps plants grow well. Today I am going to tell you
(16)……........ to start a compost heap. First we must use only household and garden matter (17)
……...... tea leaves and egg shells, but we must (18)…..... them first. Don't use any meat or grain
products because this attracts rats. Find a place (19)……..... your garden that gets a few hours of
sunlight each day. The (20)…….... also needs moisture but it will get this from condensation. Cover
the heap with a sheet of strong- plastic if the weather is wet. Keep adding to pile and after six
months, your compost can be used for your fields , gardens.
16). A). why B). how C). where D). what
17). A). include B). to include C). included D). including
18). A). wash B). to wash C). washing D). washed
19). A). on B). for C). at D). in
20). A). glass B). cans C). compost D). bottles
IV. Choose the best answer from A,B,C or D.
21). Minh is interested .................. the history of Viet nam.
A). on B). in C). about D). at
22). A new school ................... in our neighborhood right now.
A). is built B). is being built C). is building D). is being build
23). My car .................... yesterday by him.
A). was repaired B). has been repaired C). is repaired D). can be repaired
24). My nephew .................... to stay with me next weekend.
A). come B). is coming C). will come D). comes
25). ....................... does he have to work so hard? - To earn more money.
A). Why B). Who C). What D). When
26). Thank for inviting me to the ........................ festival.
A). rice- cooked B). cooking- rice C). rice- cooking D). cooked- rice
27). Children should ............................... to bed early.
A). gone B). go C). goes D). went
28). Don't worry about us. We can ...................
A). look ourselves B). look for ourselves C). look after our self D). look after
ourselves
29). She walked ............... the kitchen and put her packages ................... the table.
A). in/ into B). on/ into C). into/ in D). into/ on
30). I saw Peter at the party last night. He .................... a red dress
A). wore B). was wearing C). had worn D). wears
31). your hair is long. It needs .......................
A). cut B). cutting C). to cut D). had cut
32). We have learnt English ............................ three years.
A). at B). for C). in D). since
33). You ................... forget what I told you. It is very important.
A). must B). have to C). can't D). mustn't
34). He doesn't look ...................... to be a famous boxer.
A). enough strong B). strong enough C). weak enough D). too weak
35). My friend Nam is .................. He loves giving things to other people.
A). skilled B). friendly C). direct D). generous
V. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English
36) “I come from Canada”. He said he comes from Canada.
A B C D
37) I’m bored and I wonder if you could to tell me what to do your fun.
A B C D
38) Thank for invite me to the rice –cooking contest of your school.
A B C D
39) I am interesting in the rice – cooking contest you organized yesterday.
A B C D
40) We don’t want to go out tonight because it is rain.
A B C D
41) Nam has learnt English since three years.
A B C D
42) He is very happy now. Because his bike is repaired yesterday.
A B C D
43) She is enough old to drive her car.
A B C D
44) “I can fix the faucets”. He said he can fix the faucets
A B C D
45) I don’t know where is he living now.
A B C D
VI. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given.
46). What ‘s the weight of your suit case?
- How.……………………………………………………………………………………………
47) Speaking English fluently is not easy.
- It ………………………………………………………………………………………………
48) John smoked cigarettes when he was a young man.
- John used ……………………………………………………………………………………
49) “ Why do you want the job?” He asked me
- He asked me …………………………………………………………………………………
50) “Do you like learning English?”
- She asked us …………………………………………………………………………………
51) They built this house in 1995.
- This house ……………………………………………………………………………………
52) He cleans his room.
- His room ………………………………………………………………………………………
53) You can’t go to school unless you get a bike.
- If you ………………………………………………………………………………………….
54) They will ask you a lot of questions.
- You ……………………………………………………………………………………………
55) They don’t use this computer.
- This computer ………………………………………………………………………………
VII. Write a letter to a friend about your neighborhood. These questions may help you.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 6
PART I - Choose the word A, B, C or D whose underlined part is pronounced differently.
1. A. rubbish B. uniform C. umbrella  D. thumb
2. A. appear  B. weather  C. bread  D. headache
3. A. project  B. belong  C.  woman D. concert
4. A. think B. though  C. mother D. these
5. A. eraser B. baseball C. suitcase D. waterfall
Choose the word A, B, C or D whose main stress is different from the others in the group.
6. A. pencil B. raincoat C. arrive D. notebook
7. A. enjoyable  B. power  C. permission  D. explore
8. A. photography  B. minority  C. heroic  D. visit
9. A. translation B. difficult C. unluckily  D. agree
10. A. Vietnamese  B. engineer C. celebration D. product 
PART II- Choose the best answers to completes each sentence.
1. Hoa __________________ coins and stamps since she was six.
A. was collecting B. has collected C. collected D. will collect
2. His brother is a _________________ boy. He always tells a joke.
A. handsome B. humorous C. sociable D. energetic
3. Do you mind if I __________________ your car to work?
A. drive B. driving C. to drive D. drove
4. They are ____________ that their son won the championship.
A. delighted B. pleasing C. sad D. interesting
5. My sister regretting ___________ Mai’s glasses yesterday.
A. to break B. broken C. breaking D. break
6. Hoa dances more _______________ than her classmates.
A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautifully D. beautify
7. They will hold a meeting in the large room ____________ the morning of next Sunday.
A. in B. on C. at D. of
8. Minh loves playing chess _____________ his sister enjoys skipping in their free time.
A. when B. because C. while D. during
9. One hundred dollars ______________ an big amount of money for her.
A. is B. are C. were D. is being
10. Don’t overheat the victim _____________ blankets or coats.
A. on B. for C. with D. from
11. We are going to __________ a small plane to Ha Long Bay this weekend.
A. drive B. ride C. take D. give
12. They as well as Mai ___________________ in the field at this time last Sunday.
A. was working B. were working C. has worked D. have worked
13. Thanks _______ Alexander Graham Bell’s invention, I can communicate with each other easily.
A. for B. from C. on D.to
14. We must _________ the environment from the pollution every day.
A. save B. protest C. protect D. waste
15. In our opinion, there are a lot of differences _________ two twins.
A. from B. without C. with D. between
16. If you _______________ your work, let’s play volleyball with them in the garden.
A. finish B. are finishing C. have finished D. will finish
17. Have a picnic with ______________ in the mountain tomorrow.
A. Hanh and I B. Hanh and me C. I and Hanh D. me and Hanh
18. Study is no _____________ restricted to just one location.
A. longer B. long C. longest D. the longest
19. My son was hit _______________ a stick while he was working in the field.
A. by B. with C. without D. out
20. Nam and Manh have played badminton for two hours, but __________ of them are tired.
A. none B. both C. neither D. all
PART III - Put the correct form of the words:
1. Joanne wants to become a __________ in the future. (science)
2. Many rural areas in Viet Nam have been __________ in the last few years. (urban)
3. The book was so ________ that we didn’t want to read it. (interest)
4. There are a lot of _______________ in the competition. (contest)
5. Linda’s __________ made the party less exciting. (absent)
6. He didn’t win the championship, so he felt very _____________ . (hope)
7. Because of his _________, they failed the exam. (lazy)
8. Vinamilk company has served customers a lot of _____________ recently. (produce)
9. Tet holiday is one of the most important __________ for Vietnamese people. (celebrate)
10. Laura loves all of Vietnamese dishes, _______________ Nem. (special)
PART IV - Find and correct a mistake in each sentence:
1. The boy was enough intelligent to solve that problem.
2. The girl helped me with the needlework yesterday is my classmate.
3. They asked their friends not play soccer in the road.
4. Hanh is the same weigh as my sister.
5. It is careless for you to leave your book on the train.
6. My brother used to going to the movies with our father.
7. Hoa asked me if I could have a picnic with her in the country or not.
8. Most of monkeys both in the forest and in the zoo are interesting in bananas.
9. It takes Nam thirty minutes going to school on foot everyday.
10. Not only Ha but also her friends was present in my fifteenth birthday party.
Part V- Choose the most suitable answer A, B, C, or D to complete the following passage.
Air pollution is caused ______(1) ill health in human beings. In a lot of countries, there are ______(2)
limiting the amount of smoke factories can produce although there is not enough _______(3) on the
effects of smoke on the atmosphere. Doctors have ________(4) that air pollution causes ________ (5)
diseases. The gases from the exhausts of cars _______(6) also increased air pollution in most cities.
The ________ (7) of petrol produces a poisonous gas, which is often collected in busy streets circled
by high buildings. Children _______(8) in areas where there is a lot of lead in the atmosphere can not
think as ________(9) as other children, and are clumsy when they _______(10) their hands.
1. A. from B. on C. over D. of
2. A. laws B. ideas C. problems D. regulations
3. A. news B. article C. information D. newspaper
4. A. agreed B. pointed C. disagreed D. proved
5. A. lung B. heart C. liver D. stomach
6. A. had B. have C. has D. having
7. A. water B. lead C. gas D. exhaust
8. A. lived B. live C. to live D. living
9. A. quick B. slowly C. quickly D. slow
10. A. touch B. use C. handle D. collect
PART VI - Read and fill a suitable word in each blanket:
Christmas is always held ______________(1) December the twenty fifth every year. Every family in
England decorates a Christmas tree and puts _______________(2) in the middle of the living room.
And Santa Claus plays an important ________________(3) in this festival. There is a poem to relate
him. In 1823, the patron saint of children, Saint Nicholas appeared in a poem ______________(4) A
Visit Saint Nicholas. The character in the poem _______________(5) a fat jolly man who wore a
_______________ (6) suit and gave children _____________ (7) on Christmas Eve. The poem,
which was _________________(8) by Clement Clarke Moore, an American professor, became
popular ___________________(9) the USA. Santa Claus is based ______________(10) the
description of Saint Nicholas in this poem.
Part VII- Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence.
1. It is over two years since they left their homeland.
(They haven’t …………………………)
2. “How many cars are there in front of your house, Mai?” I said
(I asked …………………...)
3. No one introduced me to newcomers in the festival.
(I ……………………………………..)
4. The food was too bad for the children to eat.
(The food was so ……………………………)
5. It’s no use persuading her to join in that activity.
(There is no ……………………………..)
6. I am on the fifth page of the essay I am typing.
(So far ……………………………………)
7. The dog keeps stealing my socks.
(The dog is ……………………………………………...)
8. Hoa found it easy to translate this poem into French.
(Hoa had no ………………………..)
9. Collect all of dirty clothes by 8 o’clock tomorrow morning.
(Let all ………………………)
10. Mary is the most graceful girl at school.
(No girl …………………………………………..)
Part VIII- Write a letter about 150 – 200 words to a pen friend about your neighborhood.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 7
I- Find the word whose underlined part is pronounced diffirent from the others
1- a. sun b. fun c. pull d. hunt
2- a. tie b. sit c.bit d. hit
3- a. cave b. have c. slave d.behave
4- a. bull b. pull c. dull d. full
5- a. do b. go c. so d. no
II- Choose the right words or phrases to fill in the blanks.
1- My brother is studying hard ......................... pass the exam.
A. for B. in order to C. so to D. so that
2- We have studied ................... seven o'clock.
A. for B. at C. since D. to
3- He was born in England. English is his .................................
A. mother tongue B. first language C. foreign language D. A and B are correct
4- It's dangerous .......................... in this river.
A. swim B. to swim C. swimming D. swam
5- It is the ........................... as ours
A. same B. most C. much D. more
6- How long have you ....................... her ?
A. know B. knowed C. known D. knew
7- My father used ...................... me to school.
A. took B. taking C. to take D. take
8- Would you mind ................... the windows ?
A. to open B. opening C. open D. opened
9- The man ....................... next to me was very nervous.
A. sits B. is sitting C. sitting D. sit
10- This is the first time I ..................... this film.
A. am seeing B. saw C. see D. have seen
III- Complete the sentences, use the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets.
1- Would you mind if I (smoke) ……………………..?
2- I don't enjoy (laugh) ………………………at by other people.
3- He (live)……………………… in this city since 2000.
4- Most of the NOKIA mobile phones (sell) ……………………in this shop are imported from China.
5- The children (play) ………………………when It started to rain.
IV- Finish each of the incomplete sentences below in such a way that it has the same meaning.
1- The last time I saw her was in 2005.
 I haven't ....................................................................................
2- He is writing a book on biology.
 A book on biology ...........................................................
3- A new bridge is going to be built next year.
 They are ......................................................................
4- He said: "I can't find my umbrella"
 He said ..........................................................................
5- I asked him if he liked coffee.
I said .........................................................................................
V- Correct the mistake in the sentences
1- They didn't let me to go.
2- She failed her examination like her friend did.
3- I buy a new house if I have enough money.
4- He has learnt Chinese enough to study in China.
5- Nobody have used this house for a long time.
6- His garden isn't as large than mine.
7- We haven't talked to your sister since a long time.
8- There are much than eighty stores in the mall.
VI- Give the correct forms of the words in parentheses
1- English is an ........................... and important subject. (interest)
2- My country is rich in ............................. resources. (nature)
3- My father can read ..................... without glasses. (good)
4- We had an interesting ........................... about football. (discuss)
5- During his .......................... the family lived in Cornwall. (child)
6- It's ........................ to cross the avenue. (danger)
7- Could you give me some.........................? (inform)
8- Are you a ...................... or are you living here ? (tour)
9- The shoes were nice, but they were ............................... (comfort)
10- Surface mail is much ............................... than airmail.(cheap)
VII- Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1- I am interested ....................... reading books.
2- She is tired ........................ living in the city.
3- This restaurant is famous ....................... Chinese food.
4- The ambulance will be there ...................... a bout 5 minutes.
5- Bobby started school ....................... the age of five.
6- I am very keen ......................... music.
7- I am going there ..................... plane.
8- Peter was very familiar ........................ planting potatoes.
9- Some thing's wrong .................. my back, doctor.
10- They treated me ......................... a heard problem.
VIII- Complete the passage with the suitable words
Many ...1.. ………………. believe that life on a farm is very quiet and easy, but ......2..…………….
is very hard, I myself have ...3. ………………….. on a farm for nearly twenty years and I know what
farm work ....4.. …………………. You must get up early...5. ………………. the chickens and the
cows, water the flowers, vegetables, do a ..6.. …………… of gardening and then .....7... ……………
in the fields. But my aunt likes this way of life and ...8.. ………………………. do all her children
IX- Write complete sentences with the words given.
1- How long / it / take you / get / school ?
...................................................................................................................................................................
2- He / not interested / buy / new / house.
...................................................................................................................................................................
3- It / difficult / start / look / Job / his age.
...................................................................................................................................................................
4- I / bored / doing / same thing / day after day.
...................................................................................................................................................................
5- Marie Curie / born / Poland / 1867
...................................................................................................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 8
I. Choose one of word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. christmas B. character C. school D. church
2. A. traveled B. surprised C. worked D. climbed
3. A. tour B. pour C. your D. course
4. A. towel B. down C. window D. flower
5. A. cook B. food C. too D. pool
II. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences.
1. His handwriting is terrible. It’s not easy at all ….........what he writes.
A. to see B. to read C. reading D. seeing
2. The city is ……………….on the shore of Lake Michigan.
A. visited B. lied C. laying D.located
3. Kim Tan town is……………….. busier.
A. becoming B. doing C. making D. having
4. The Smiths never go out in the evening, ……………….?
A. do they B. don’t they C. doesn’t he D. does he
5. Ba is strong enough…………….. his father with the work on the farm.
A. helping B. help C. helps D. to help
6. Last week my child …………… to the biggest zoo in town by my wife.
A. took B. were taken C. went D. has gone
7. I tried my. ……………not to laugh, but I couldn’t.
A. good B. well C. best D. better
8. Are you proud…………….your country and its tradition ?
A. about B. on C. of D. for
9. I want to ask my parents ................... some money.
A. from B. for C. with D. about
10. You are very different ........................ your brother.
A. to B. for C. with D. from
11. I am better ........................ English than Nam.
A.than B. with C. at D. for
12. He seldom goes fishing, ...................?
A. doesn't he B. is he C. does he D. isn't he
13. Heavy rains …….the plane for several hours
A. stopped B. prevented C. delayed D. kept
14. You must go to school ……the ages of 5 and 16. it is compulsory.
A. from B. over C. during D. between
15. Sorry to keep you…………
A. wait B. waiting C. to wait D. waited
III. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets .
1. I‘ve decided (stop) ……………...smoking.
2. I (visit) .........................singapore two years ago.
3. Look at those black clouds. It (rain)……………………...
4.We are tired of (work)…………… for low salary.
5. This is the second time you (break)……a cup.
6. (you/do) …………… the homework yet?
7. Mai is in her room. She (play) the guitar.
8. The teacher said that we should ( not make ) …………… noise in class.
9. Water …………( cover) most of the Earth’s surface.
10. The gate ……………...( lock) at 6.30 p.m everyday.
V. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters to complete the sentences.
1. Their children have quite ………………characters. DIFFERENCE
2. My brother bought a new…………..rod yesterday. FISH
3. Mr. Jane runs his business very ………….. SUCCESS
4. I like the city life because there are many kinds of ………. ENTERTAIN
5. The scouts do the……………..work. VOLUNTEER
6. Is there anything……………… on TV tonight? INTEREST
7. What is the correct……………..of this word? PRONOUNCE
8. My uncle often spends his free time doing volunteer work at a local............. ORPHAN
9. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more…………..…….. COMFORT
10. In electronics, we learn to repair ...................appliances. HOUSE
VI. There is one mistake in each of the following sentences. Find out and correct it.
1. He has waited there for a quarter past six. (1)……………..
2. Surface mail is many cheaper than air mail. (2)……………..
3. They do their best to keeping the family happy. (3)…………….
4. The armchair is in the living room, among the television and sofa. (4)…………….
5. Tourists usually have a bus to the countryside. (5)……………
VII. Fill in the blank with one suitable word.
Charlie Chaplin was born in a very poor part of London. (1) ………………father was a comedian
and his mother worked (2) ………………a dancer and a singer. Neither of them (3)………………
successful so the family (4) ……………… very little money. The first time he himself earned (5)
……………… by dancing and singing, he was only five years old. He did many kinds of jobs, but
what he loved best was working (6) ………………the theatre.
When he (7) ……………… about fifteen, he joined a traveling theatre company and went on
trips to America. On one such tour, (8) ……………… was offered a part in a film, so he went to
Hollywood, where he eventually became both a famous actor (9) ……………… film director.
He died in Switzerland in 1977, at the (10) ……………… of 88. There is now a statue of him in
Leicester Square, London, the city of his birth and early up-bringing.
VIII. Fill in each blank with one suitable preposition.
1. It’s 2.5 km…………my school………..the movie theatre.
2. I live ………..Xuan Dieu street……….my grandparents
3. She is talking…………her students in the school yard.
4. My new house is different……….my old house.
5. My father is a farmer. He works………..a farm.
6. Does your aunt work ……….the central hospital? – Yes, she is a nurse there.
7. I’m always busy. I must work ………..early morning until night.
8. Mr. Minh is a journalist. He writes ………..Tuoi Tre newspaper.
9. This apartment is suitable………….my family.
10. I often help my parents ………….the housework after school.
IX. Rewrite the following sentences so that the meanings stay the same.
1. She eats more chocolate than I.
I …………………………………………………………….
2. Vinh keeps forgetting his homework.
Vinh is …………………………………………………………….
3. Keeping the environment clean is very important.
It’s………………………………………………………………….
4. No one helped Lan to do the homework.
Lan ………………………………………………………………
5. It’s three years since I last spoke to her.
I haven’t……………………………………………………………
6. Tam doesn’t type as fast as she used to.
Tam used ………………………………………………………….
7. How long is it since you used the car?
When ……………………………………………………………..
8. We started living here 15 years ago.
We have…………………………………………………………...
9. Let’s meet inside the centre ,at the cafe corner?
How……………………………………………………………….
10. Nam is very strong, he can do heavy work.
Nam is strong ………………………………………………………………..
ENGLISH PRACTICE 8
I. Circle the letter A,B,C or D next to the word or phrase which best completes the sentences.
1. Are you interested...........playing badminton after class?
A. in B. with C. on D. for
2. Hoa works very..........so she always gets good marks.
A. badly B. good C. hardly D. hard
3. Are you proud…………….your country and its tradition ?
A. about B. on C. of D. for
4. Do you collect stamps or other things ?- Yes, I am a stamp………….
A. collecting B. collector C. collect D. collection
5. It is very dangerous ….. in the polluted environment.
A. to live B. lives C. living D. live
6.. Our ………….. resources are limited so we should recycle all used things.
A. nature B. natural C. naturing D. naturally
7. This ruler …………….. of plastic.
A. make B. made C. is making D. is made
8. I take part ………….. most youth activities of my school.
A. in B. of C. on D. at
II . Fill in each blank with the correct forms of the words in bracket (1pt)
1. It’s ..........................to eat too much sugar and fat (HEALTH)
2.After taking an asprin, her headache................................ (APPEAR)
3.My brother often does experients about electricity for.......................... (PLEASE)
4.What is the .............................of Thomas Edison ? (NATION)
5.You must make a quick ........................about who wins the contest. (DECIDE)
6.I live in a small village and its..........................are very beautiful (SURROUND)
7.You don’t have to do that work. In other words, it’s ...................for you (NECESSITY)
8.There are a lot of .......................festivals in Viet Nam (TRADITION)
III. Each line of the paragrap has a mistake, underline the mistake and correct it.
Nam is a student. This year he had a very interested summer 1/ ___________
Holiday. He traveled, with him classmates, to a mountainous area 2/ ___________
in Hoa Binh province. They gone there to help make a road 3/ ___________
through a forest among two villages. “ It was very difficult 4/ ___________
Because there had no water to drink and no shops where we 5/ ___________
could bought food,”said Nam. “ It was very cold and wet 6/ ___________
in the mountains. It is one of the wetter places in the country.” 7/ ___________
Nam stayed in the mountains since six weeks. It was hard work. 8/ ___________
IV. Fill in each gap with a suitable word (1 pt)
Learning a language is, in some way, like (1) _______________ how to fly or play the piano.
There (2) ______________ important differences, but there is a very important similarity. It is this:
learning how to do such things needs lots (3) ________________ practice. It is never simply to
“know” something. You must (4) _____________ able to “do” things with what (5) ______________
know. For example, it is not enough simply to read a book on (6) _________________to fly an
airplane. A (7)______________ can give you lots (8) ______________ information about how to fly,
but if only read a book and then try to (9) ______________without a great deal of practice first, you
will crash and kill (10) ____________________.
VII.Rewrite the following sentences, beginning as shown. (2pts)
1. I don’t watch T.V as often as my brother does
My brother..............................................................................................................
2. It was such an interresting film that we watched it several times
The film .................................................................................................................
3. Students must be at least sixteen years old
Students..................................................................................................................
4. Every tenth student goes free
There is no charge .................................................................................................
5. Food and transport are included in the price
The price ................................................................................................................
6. There is plenty to choose from the menu.
There is plenty of ...................................................................................................
7. It’s dangerous to walk home late in the evening.
Walking ..................................................................................................................
8. This is the best computer I have ever used
I have never............................................................................................................
VIII. Build the sentences from the given cues.(2 pts)
1. The house / expensive / than / the apartment.
.………………………………………………………………………………………...
2. I / used / look after / younger / brother / sister / when / parents / at /work
……………………………………………………………………………………………
3. What/ you / going / do / when / you / grow up
..……………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Why / we / put / these things / out / children’s reach ?
..……………………………………………………………………………………….
5. I / not / go / school / because / I / had / stay / home / help / mom.
..……………………………………………………………………………………….
6. Mrs Lan / has / get up / early / this morning / in order to / get / meeting / on time.
..……………………………………………………………………………………….
7.Children / not / enough / food / eat / warm clothes / wear
........................................................................................................................................
8. It / difficult / learn / two languages / same time
...........................................................................................................................................

ENGLISH PRACTICE 9
Question 1: Choose the best answers
1. Don’t be silly! That ...................................possibly be Rivaldo!
a. mustn’t b . shouldn’t c. won’t d. can’t
2. No sooner had we started the game, .........................it began to rain.
a. than b. then c. that d. and
3. I ..................................be interested in playing badminton as a child.
a. could b. ought to c. might d. used to
4. They’ve told you time and time ............................. not to go out at night.
a. to b. over c. again d. before
5. Sorry I’m late, but I..............................feed my little son before leaving home.
a. needed b. must c. had to d. was to
6. Smith writes very quickly. He’s .........................finished his essay.
a. already b. been c. for d. yet
7. What are you going to do? - I don’t know. I haven’t made................my mind yet.
a. on b. at c. in d. up
8. I’ve ..............................to Paris. I went there in March.
a. been b. gone c. just d. yet
9. This is the first ..................... I’ve ever lived far from home.
a. already b. since c. that d. time
10. What did the girl say ........................?
a. at you b. for you c. you d. to you?
11. Phong rang his friend in Nha Trang yesterday, and he said it ..............raining there.
a. was b. is c. should be d. to be
12. The last time I saw Khang, he looked relaxed. He explained that he’d been on holiday the......week.
a. earlier b. following c. next d. previous
13. We wonder ........................the tickets are on sales yet.
a. what b. when c. whether d. where
14. When I rang Oanh some time last week, she said she was busy.................day.
a. this b. that c. then d. the
15. Which word has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others?
a. just b. sun c. put d. bucket
16. Which word has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others?
a. instead b. head c. heap d. dead
17. Which word has a different stress in the group?
a. amount b. inventor c. garbage d. resource
18. This film must be new. We’ve ........................ seen it before.
a. ever b. never c. since d. yet
19. He hates.......................................to do something by others.
a. to be asked b. asking c. being asked d. to ask
20. Let’s go camping in the mountain, ........................?
a. do we b. can we c. will we d. shall we
Question 2: Supply the correct forms of the word in parentheses.
1. Phuong Linh arranged flowers the most .......................(attract) in the contest.
2. It is a contest in which ....................(participate) have to read two poems in English.
3. .......................(environment) are concerned about the use of dynamite to catch fish.
4. Years later, she passed me in the street without even a small sign of .......(recognize).
5. Nam put ................(press) on that towel to stop the bleeding.
6. After many years of ……………………..(fail), Edison finally succeeded in inventing the light bulb.
7. We use first-aid in order to ease the victim’s pain and ..............................(anxious).
8. She felt ....................(relief) after she passed the exam.
9. You’ll meet the tour guide on your .........................(arrive) at the hotel.
10. We can take buses or trains to Northern ......................(destine) of Nha Trang.
11. Sapa is considered the most beautiful .......(mountain) resort in the north of Viet Nam.
12. It’s now high time you knew how to dress and ....................(dress) yourself.
13. We are having a good time here. People on the island are very friendly and ...........(hospitality).
14. The police are interested in the sudden ............(appear) of the valuable painting.
15. I wrote .............(end) letters of application but I got no reply.
16. A fairy appeared and ...................................... ( MAGIC )changed her old clothes
17. The tiger wanted to see the farmer’s .................................. ( WISE )
18. In that story, the prince got ........................( MARRY )to a poor girl
19. Let me get an .................................... ( APPLY ) form and I can fill out
20. He was ............................... ( FOOL ) to say that English is helpless
Question 3: Read the text and choose the best answer to fill in each gap
Have you ever followed instructions for knitting something or have you read a piece of music? If
you have, you have behaved in a similar way(1)................ a computer. A computer obeys a program
to carry out a particular task. Just (2)................. a knitting pattern is expressed in numbers and piece
of music in lines and dots, so a computer program is (3)................. in the form of programming
language. Like the English language (or any other language), there are (4).................... of grammar,
and a program must be correct in every way. There are hundreds of programming language, but only
(5)............. are well-known and widely used. The most popular language which is used in
offices(6)................Cobol. This language is used for printing payrolls and keeping records of goods.
Engineers and scientists use Fortran (7)..................... carry out calculations. (8)......................... neither
of these two programs is very popular with people working on home computers. Basis is the most
popular language for home computers, chiefly (9)...................it is easy to learn and use.
(10)................. these languages are useful for many purposes, it is time that a new simple program
was devised. Such a program ought to be not only easy to use but also completely reliable.
1. A. to B. as C. so D. from
2. A. like B. by C. too D. as
3. A. expensive B. expresses C. expressed D. expressing
4. A. rules B. laws C. regulations D. principles
5. A. a little B. a few C. much D. a lot of
6. A. called B. calling C. is called D. is calling
7. A. so as for B. in order that C. so as that D. in order to
8. A. In addition B. Therefore C. Consequently D. However
9. A. because B. if C. because of D. unless
10. A. Even B. Despite C. Although D. In spite
Question 4: Find and correct one mistake in each line of the passage below
Nam is a student. This year he had a very interested summer 1........................................
holiday. He traveled with him classmates to a mountainous 2........................................
area in Hoa Binh province. They gone there to help make a 3........................................
road through a forest among two villages. “It was very difficult 4........................................
because there had no water to drink and no shops where we could 5........................................
bought food,” said Nam. “It was also cold and wet 6........................................
in the mountains. It is one of the wetter place in the country.” Nam 7........................................
stayed in the mountains since six weeks. It was hard 8........................................
work, but he says it was the best thing he has ever did. He is 9........................................
hoping to return next year to do any more work there. 10........................................
Question 5: Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences
1. exported / many / last year / rice / how / to/ Japan / tons / were / of / ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. trees / planting / on / the boys / the hill / group / are / the / in / volunteer / .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. rain / heavy / from / prevented / the / playing / us / soccer.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. if / he / me / some / asked / I / money / could / then / lend / him /
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. design / to send / friends / someone / greetings / Englishman / a card / Christmas / to / an / his / had /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Le Lai Street / are/ living / they / in / at / An Giang / their / with /children / 186.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. uncle / spent / most / their /of /the /violin / practicing / his time / in / room /music /the/.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. which / us / tells / sentence / that / more / than / is / she / her / beautiful / sister /?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. his / friends / old / unlike / he / is / impolite / very /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. going / fatherland / month / Kenny / his / is / family / next / visit / with / his / to /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
11. colleagues / go / he / to / to / weekend / and / don’t / have / at / work / the / his /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
12. there / she / near / wanted / a / here / was / museum / know / to / if /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
13. hold / going / their / are / they / tomorrow / party / house / at / to / a /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
14. going / aren’t / are / boys / the / the / they / canteen / to / school /?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
15. for / you’ll / meeting / late / be / the / if / bed / to / soon / don’t / you / go
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Question 2: Rewrite sentences as directed so that it has the same meaning as the sentence given
1. Thinking of making toys from used paper was his interesting idea.
It’s interesting that...................................................................................................................
2. He hasn’t come back to his home village for over 20 years now.
It’s............................................................................................................................................
3. That’s the strangest film I’ve ever seen.
I have never..............................................................................................................................
4. Please don’t interrupt me while I am speaking.
I’d rather...................................................................................................................................
5. Get up now or you’ll be late for school.
If...............................................................................................................................................
6. The last time we met each other was ten years ago.
We haven’t...............................................................................................................................
7. Finding accommodation at busy time in Da Lat is difficult .
It’s...........................................................................................................................................
8. Originally, tennis was an indoor game.
Tennis used..............................................................................................................................
9. My father prefers living in the countryside to living in the city.
My father likes........................................................................................................................
10. Nobody in my class is as intelligent as Lan.
Lan is.......................................................................................................................................
11. Have you ever played a computer game before?
Is this.......................................................................................................................................
12. France presented the Statue of Liberty to the United States in 1876.
The Statue ...............................................................................................................................
13. The water was so cold that the children couldn’t swim in it.
The water wasn’t.....................................................................................................................
14. He hasn’t chatted with his classmates through the Internet for ages.
It’s ages...................................................................................................................................
15. People should stop experiments on animals.
Experiments............................................................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 10
I/Supply the correct verb tenses or forms.
1. Water (cover)………………….. most of the Earth’s surface.
2. Look at those black clouds! It (rain)……………………………………
3. She has a lot of novels ( write)………………….. in English.
4. We are tired of (work)…………… …………..for low salary.
5. Would you mind if I ( take)………………………………..a photo?
6. This is the second time you (break)…………………………….a cup.
7. I ( just buy ) ……………………a new shirt.
8. My brother came in while Tom and I ( play ) …………………… chess.
II/ Fill in the blank with the suitable preposition
1. She is keen……………………..pottery.
2. The heads of some famous people were carved…………………..the rock.
3. They have to separate the rice………………the husk.
4. I’m looking forward ……………….seeing you in June.
5. Can you help you ………………….. your bags, Mrs. Jones?
6. My new house is different…………………my old house.
III/ Find out mistakes in the following sentences and correct them
1. The meeting will be hold in the community center.
A B C D  ………………
2. Greg is always forget his keys and that really annoys me.
A B C D  ………………
3. It’s about a 40- minutes drive from the city center.
A B C D  ………………
4. Would you mind if I ask you a personal question?
A B C D  ………………
5. We are looking forward to see you in April.
A B C D  ………………
6. The project will be show to the public when it is finished,
A B C D  ………………
VI/ Give the correct forms of the words in parentheses. (2ms)
1. The lecturer is giving us first-aid …………………. (instruct)
2. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more …………….. (comfort)
3. This book is …………………… enough for me to read. (interest)
4. Sa Pa is a wonderful ………..... resort in Viet Nam. (mountain)
5. The view of this mountain is ……………………. (beauty)
6. It's ........................ to cross the avenue. (danger)
7. Could you give me some.........................? (inform)
8. Each of my friends has a .................................. character . ( differ)
VII / Read the passage and then choose the correct answer: ( 2ms)
Mrs. Jackson is an old woman who has a small room (1)_______ an old house. She (2)_________
there since 1974. That was the year when her husband (3)___________. He had been ill
(4)__________ many years. After his death Mrs. Jackson had (5)__________ money at all. She found
work in a factory. Her job was to clean the offices. She (6)_______ get up(7)_______ the morning.
She doesn't have much money (8)_______she hopes now.
1. a. in b. on c. from d. of
2. a. is living b. lives c. lived d. has lived
3. a. died b. has died c. dead d. was dead
4. a. since b. for c. in d. during
5. a. none b. any c. no d. not
6. a. must b. must to c. had to d. has to
7. a. for b. at c. in d. to
8. a. so b. because c. but d. and
I/ Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first.( 2ms)
1. Hoa is older than Nien.
Nien is ……………………………………………………………………..
2. Will you turn down the TV, please?
 Would you mind……………………………………………………………?
3. Learning to ride a bicycle is very easy.
 It ………………………………………………………………………..........
4. My brother has just repaired the bicycle
 The bicycle ……………………………………………………………………
II/ Imagine you are a tourist o vacation in a certain place/ city in Viet Nam. Write a postcard.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 11
I. Circle the best answer A, B, C, or D
1. To jog means to................................
A. work hard B. run fast C. run slowly D. work carefully
2. To quit means to................................
A. give up B. start C. begin D. sleep
3. To reduce means to....................
A. increase B decrease C. destroy D. rise
4. To assist means to............................
A. hire B. like C. hate D. help
5. I am looking forward to……………you some day .
A. seeing B. saw C. see D. sees
6. The opposite of failure is...................
A. success B. difficulty C. pride D. harm
7. The opposite of enemy is...................
A. army B. friend C. dog D. cat
8. The opposite of agree is...................
A. fly B. dream C. refuse D. grow
9. What is she doing?
A. Nothing B. Doing C. Feeding D. Sweeping
10. Ba is sociable but his brother is quite …………..
A. outgoing B. shy C. generous D. kind
II. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of words.
11. All ……………between Paris and Hanoi have been cancelled due to fog FLY
12. There is plenty of………………for young people in this city. ENTERTAIN
13. It’s ………………… to complain; you won’t get your money back. USE
14. During his……………….. the family used to live in the country side. CHILD
15. He is such (a/an )……………….person that no one likes him. HELP
III. Choose the best answer to fill in the blank
16. My friend .............. the answer to the question now.
A. is known B. know C. is knowing D. knows
17. I think I’ll buy this pair of shoes. They................ me really well.
A. fit B. are fitting C. have fit D. are fitted
18. I’ll tell my uncle all the news when I ............... him.
A. will see B. am going to see C. see D. shall see
19. I’ve got my key. I found it when I ................. for something else.
A. looked B. have looked C. looking D. was looking
20. “All these photographs ................... with a very cheap camera,” he said.
A. have taken B. take C. were taken D. were taking
21. I wondered ................... the tickets were on sale yet.
A. what B. whether C. when D. where
22. Dinner will be ready soon. Can you please .............. the table?
A. lay B. put C. make D. take
23. Our neighbors are very ...................... on camping holidays.
A. interested B. fond C. eager D. keen
24. There are some one following us. I think we .........................................in this area.
A. are following B. are followed C. follow D. are being followed
25. Walt Disney ....................... the character of Mickey Mouse
A. was created B. is created C. creates D. created .
26. Would you like to go to the cinema? –No, thanks. I’d…………stay at home.
A. better B. like C. rather D. prefer
27. Did they ask you what examinations you’ve……………..?
A. succeeded B. passed C. overcome D. obtained
28. The Caspian Sea, a salt lake, is…………… any other lake in the world.
A. larger than B. largest C. the largest D. the larger than
29. Most people prefer…………..money to…………….it.
A. spend- earn B. spending- earn
C. to spend – earning D. spending- earning
30. Our teacher made us…………….harder.
A. working B. to work C. work D. works
31. The plane will………………..in a few minutes.
A. take off B. land C. group D. both A&B
32.The teacher told the student ……………
A. what to do that B. how to do that C. which to do that D. by how to do that
33. He is used to …………….in public.
A. the speaking B. be speaking C. speak D. speaking
34. Do you think I should practice………..English every day?- Yes, if you want to improve it.
A. on listening B. to listen C. listened D. listening
35. I am not old enough ………. the car.
A. driving B. drive C. drove D. to drive
II. Choose the word or phrase that needs correcting
36. Peter, I’d would like you to meet some very special people
A B C D
37. It is greatly to be with you on such a lovely day
A B C D
38. Would you mind to go to the local bookshop to get me some papers?
A B C D
39. I think I prefer country life more than city life
A B C D
40. Thanks for invite me to the water - fetching contest of your school
A B C D
I. Matching the question in column A with the suitable answer in column B
A B
46. What do you think this machine is for? A. Yes, sir
47. Would you mind if I opened the door? B. Tall, thin, short curly hair
48. Would you like to go through the departure lounge? C. I have no idea.
49. What does the countryside look like? D. Too quiet.
50. What does he look like? E. Please go ahead
II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others:
51. A. worked B. naked C. looked D. attacked
52. A. engineer B. excited C. experiment D. exhibition
53. A. teammate B. speaker C. bean D. overhead
54. A. furious B. purpose C. surf D. turn
55. A. deny B. deposit C. benefit D. respond
II. Read the passage and choose the best answer in the blanket.
For many people, traveling by plane is an exciting experience. Others, however, find the whole idea
quite terrifying, (66)……. flying is no more dangerous (67)……… any other form of travel and some
experts say it is considerably safer. It is known, however, that most accident occurs (68)…….. taking
off and landing when (69)……… decisions are vitally important. The people (70)………… job it is
to look (71)……….. the passengers, the stewards and stewardesses play an important part in helping
passengers to (72)…….. safe and comfortable. Indeed for many passengers being (73)………… such
care of is all part of the total experience. (74)……… other form of travel involves waiting for people
in quite the same (75)………. with food, drink, newspapers, magazines, music, and even video films.
66. A. although B. too C. and D. because
67. A. than B. as C. then D. with
68. A. while B. during C. for D. through
69. A. leader’s B. chief’s C. driver’s D. pilot’s
70. A. whose B. which C. their D. that
71. A. for B. up C. after D. round
72. A. feel B. rest C. experience D. lie
73. A. given B. kept C. shown D. taken
74. A. Any B. No C. All D. Not
75. A. sort B. kind C. way D. part
I. Use the words given to make meaningful sentences.
76. Early this morning/ children/ decide/ go/ a run.
......................................................................................................................................
77. Life/ country / definitely / changing / the better.
......................................................................................................................................
78. The date / meeting/ will/ have to/ change/ tomorrow.
......................................................................................................................................
79. Tom / have / shower / telephone / rang.
......................................................................................................................................
80. Last year / we /spend / week / My Son / and / I not want / leave.
......................................................................................................................................
81. Watching / television / consider / most / popular / kind / entertainment / nowadays.
......................................................................................................................................
82. After /many / experiments / finally / first / successful /flight/ make / by / Wright brothers.
......................................................................................................................................
83. My grandfather / used / tell / stories / until / we / fall / asleep.
......................................................................................................................................
84. I / used / collect / shells / when / be / kid.
......................................................................................................................................
85. My uncle / move / Ho Chi Minh City/ 1987/ and / live / there / then.
......................................................................................................................................
II. Rewrite the following sentences so that it has a similar meaning to the first
86. Tom works hard as a student
Tom ………………………………………………………………………………
87. It is good exercise to run a mile a day
 Running ……………………………………………………………………………
88. It’s a great pleasure to be with you.
 Being ……………………………………………………………………………….
89. We didn’t see her at all.
 She …………………………………………………………………………………
90. Tom is not as tall as Peter
 Peter ……………………………………………………………………………….
91. Her father asked her if she would go to the cinema with her friend
 Her father asked her: “………………………………………………………………”
92. The step- mother doesn’t treat the little girl in a normal way.
 The little girl ……………………………………………………………………..
93. Do you mind my smoking?
 Do you mind………………………………………………………………………..
94. No one works harder than Barbara.
 Barbara ………………………………………………………………..
95. He told his customer : “ Please bring it back if it doesn’t fit well”
 He told ……………………………………………………………………………
96. The last time we saw him was in 1988.
We haven’t…………………………………………………………………………
97. Peter spent 3 hours on repairing his computer.
 It took………………………………………………………………………………
98. You will not be accepted if you don’t finish your home work.
 Unless……………………………………………………………………………
99. “Don’t swim out too far, boys ’’ I said
 I warned…………………………………………………………………………
100. They arrived late because the traffic was terrible.
 Because of………….……………………………………………………………
ENGLISH PRACTICE 11
Question I.a. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. a. children b. chance c. change d.mechanic
2. a. takes b. inches c. oranges d. houses
3. a. played b. performed c. showed d. acted
b. Choose the word that has stress pattern is diferent from the others of the same group.
1. A. company B. comfortable C. introduce D. usually
2. A. associate B. table C. chemist D. social
Question II. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences.
1. It …… in winter ; now it …… .
A. rains/ doesn’t rain B. rains/ isn’t raining C. is raining/ isn’t D. is raining/ doesn’t rain
2. He normally …… quickly but today he …… slowly.
A. is speaking/ isn’t speaking B. speaks/ doesn’t speak
C. is speaking/ speaks D. speaks/ is speaking
3. …… is easy.
A. recycle B. recycling C. to recycle D. recycles
4. This is the first time I …… his mother.
A. meet B. am meeting C. have met D. met
5. The doctor …… a red car lives near my house.
A. to drive B. driving C. drove D. driven
6. Would you mind if I …… a photo?
A. take B. took C. taking D. to take
7. Yesterday I ................ a new bike because my old one ................ stolen.
A. bought / was B. bought / were C. buy / were D. bought / is
8. They spent a lot of time ................ about what they would do if they had a lot of money.
A. talk B. talked C. to talk D. talking
9. I do not think that purple shirt ................ with your yellow skirt.
A. suits B. fits C. goes D. wears
10. I didn’t come to the party because I ................
A. don't invite B. am not invited C. was not invited D. didn't invite
11. Jane asked me ................ Bill Gate.
A. If I knew B. I knew C. whether I know D. If I know
12. Only one of ................ girls prefers ................ classical music to popular music.
A.the/X B.X/X C.the/the D.the/a
13. My family and I are looking forward ................ you.
A. to seeing B. of seeing C. to see D. for seeing
14. Staying in a hotel costs ................ renting a room in a domitory.
A. twice more than B. twice as much as C. as much twice as D. as much as twice
15. I never eat ................ cheese. I don't like it!
A. a B. X C. some D. the
Question III. Use the correct form of the verbs to complete the following sentences.
1. She has made up her mind ……….. (have) a garage ………….. (build) next to the house.
2. The statue …………. (break) while it ……………. (move) to another room in the museum.
3. The bell is ringing. I must stop …...... (do) my homework …....... (answer) the phone.
4. Why you all ………….. (laugh)? Roger ……………... (tell) you his funny stories?
5. Don’t worry. We ………….. (finish) the report by 11.
6.The money (steal)....................in the robbery was never found.
Question IV. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the capital words.
1. Joanne wants to become a __________ in the future. (science)
2. Many rural areas in Viet Nam have been __________ in the last few years. (urban)
3. The book was so ________ that we didn’t want to read it. (interest)
4. There are a lot of _______________ in the competition. (contest)
5. Linda’s __________ made the party less exciting. (absent)
6. He didn’t win the championship, so he felt very _____________ . (hope)
7. Because of his _________, they failed the exam. (lazy)
8. Vinamilk company has served customers a lot of _____________ recently. (produce)
9. Tet holiday is one of the most important __________ for Vietnamese people. (celebrate)
10. Laura loves all of Vietnamese dishes, _______________ Nem. (special)
Question V. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first.
11. It is over two years since they left their homeland.
They haven’t ……………………………………
12. “How many cars are there in front of your house, Mai?” I said
I asked …………………..................................
13. No one introduced me to newcomers in the festival.
I ………………………………………………….
14. The food was too bad for the children to eat.
The food was so ……………………………………..
15. It’s no use persuading her to join in that activity.
There is no ……………………………………….
16. I am on the fifth page of the essay I am typing.
So far …………………………………………….
17. The dog keeps stealing my socks.
The dog is ……………………………………………...
18. Hoa found it easy to translate this poem into French.
Hoa had no ……………………………………………
19. Collect all of dirty clothes by 8 o’clock tomorrow morning.
Let all …………………………………………………..
10.Mary is the most graceful girl at school.
No ……………………………………………………….
Question VI. The sentences below have four underlined words or phrases A, B, C, or D.
1. She advised me not trust that man.
A B C D
2. He has so a bad handwriting that I cannot read it.
A B C D
3. Tom apologized to the postman for being impolitely to him.
A B C D
4. Because a pain in his left leg, he walked very slowly.
A B C D
5. What the weather like in the summer in your hometown?
A B C D
Question VII. Read the passage and choose the best answer A, B, C, or D.
For many (1) ......... students, coming to the United States and living here and studying can be
quite a daunting (2) ....... , especially when finding housing on campus or off campus. And
fortunately, there are a (3) ... of options that students can look to. And I'd like to talk just briefly a
little about on-campus living, off-campus living, and some of the advantages and disadvantages of
each.
Well I think first (4) ..... all for first-time students, coming and living on campus in dormitories
can provide a certain level of security (5) .... its proximity to campus facilities since commuting
without a car can be quite an experience, especially when you have to commute long diatances. Often
in dormitories, meals might be provided, and this can (6) ...... students to devote time to their
academics, rather than housekeeping.
Another option is off campus (7) ... in apartments, and like living in dormitories, uh, living in an
apartment requires little or no maintenance specifically because usually it is handled by someone, uh,
else. Also, when you might live off cumpus, there might be a certain amount of flexibility in (8) ....
roommates that you might not have living on campus. But you should be aware that tenants may be
responsible (9) ..... furnishing their own apartments.
Well, of course, the choice is up to you, but be (10) ...... to review both the advantages and
disadvantages of living on campus and off campus. Good luck.
1. A. National B. nation C. international D. different
2. A. experience B. improvement C. search D. training
3. A. difference B. various C. variety D. vary
4. A. Above B. on C. of D. among
5. A. Because B. because of C. owning D. thank for
6. A. Let B. allow C. make D. cause
7. A. Living B. live C. lived D. lives
8. A. Finding B. choosing C. getting D. making
9. A. In B. from C. on D. for
10. A. Lucky B. careful C. warning D. easy
Question VIII.Read the passage and fill in each space with one suitable word
To many people, their friends are most important (1)..... in their life. Really good friends (2)..... the
good times and the bad times, help you when you’ve got problems, never judge you and never turn
their back on you. Your best friend may be (3)...... you’ve known all your life, someone you’ve
grown up with and been through lots of (4)....... and downs with. There are all sorts of things that can
bring about this special relationship. It may be the (5)....... of enjoying the same activities, having the
outlook on life, or sharing similar experiences Most of us have met someone that we’ve immediately
felt relaxed with, (6)....... if we’ve known them for years. However, usually it really does take you
years to (7)........ to know someone well enough to consider him your best friend. To the majority of
(8)......... this is someone we trust completely and who understands us (9)........ than anyone else. It’s
the person you can turn to for impartial advice and a shoulder to cry on (10)........ life gets you down.
Question IX Some students think that of all subjects at school Maths, Literature and English are the
most important ones. Do you think so? Write a passage about 120-150 words to support your ideas
ENGLISH PRACTICE 12
I. Choose the underlined part that pronounced differently from the others
1) A. honest B. hour C. honor D. huour
2) A. deaf B. beat C. lead D. teach
3) A. there B. thank C. youth A. thirsty
4) A. fund B. upset C. tutor D. rug
5) A. safe B. mall C. nature D. face
6) A. option B. information C. quention D. invitation
7) A. choos B. chemistry C. character D. child
8) A. invited B. liked C. ended D. wanted
9) notice B. grow C. ghost D. lost
10) like B. wide C. oponion D. file
II. Put the verbs in brackets into correct tenses
1. Yesterday, I (1. spend) ……………… two hours (2. do)………… the homeword.
2. The thiefs (3. catch)…………….. when the (4. leave)………….. the bank.
3. Two hors ago, Mrs Brown (5. have)………… Alice (6. take)……….. her son to the school.
4. How many times you (7. be)………… to Ho Chi Minh City?
5. The moon (8. move)……………… around th earth.
6. Next summer, my parents wil let me (9. visit)…………….. my grand father.
7. How about (10. go)……………… to the zoo?
III. Fill in the gaps with suitable prepositions
1. She went out the room………………….. saying a word.
2. The life in the countryside is changing…………. Better.
3. She was born……………… 2 o’clock …………….. 18th July.
4. Mary is thinking……………… importing fowers………….. China.
5. They are traveling……………….. the airport…………….. a bus.
6. I am afraid………………. Ghost.
7. The fight………………... deforestation is very important.
IV. Put the words in brackets into correct forms
1. Ha Long Bay is in………………… VietNam (north).
2. The wild animals are being…………………..(appear).
3. I couldn’t find any………………. between the tow picture (different).
4. She is a ……………… she sells flowers at a shop in Canada (flower).
5. Long put…………… on that towel to stop the bleeding (press).
6. The question isn’t good. It’s ………….. to ask (import).
7. His father soon died of a ……………… heart (break).
8. Don’t let the child go out because it’s……………. (wind).
9. I am going to have a……………… check-up next Monday (medicine).
10. The knife is ……………… it can cut everything (use).
V. Choose the best answer
1. I finish ………….. the book and went to bed.
A. read B. to read C. reading D. reads
2. That man can tell us where …………….
A. does John live B. is John living C. John lives D. John live
3. …………… clothes do you prefer, T- shirt or pullover?
A. Which B. What C. Where D. How
4. Can you …………… your paper with you when I come there, please?
A. collect B. bring C. get D. take
5. Smoking is harmful …………….. your health.
A. on B. for D. about C. to
6. Do you find anything …………….. there?
A. interested B. useful C. bored D. easily
7. Ann is very busy these days. She has …………… free time.
A. a little B. few C. a few D. little
8. It’s raining very ……………
A.wet B. badly C. hard D. firmly
9. A new shoppig is ……………. In my neighborhood today.
A. being opened B. opened C. opening D. be opened
10. The stolen machines were ………………. a lot of money.
A. valued B. cost C. price D. worth
VI. Rewrite the following sentences as directed
1. Has anyone asked you for your opinions?/ Nam said that………………………
2. I had a dog once, but I don’t have anymore./ I ………………………………….
3. The water was so cold that the children couldn’t swim in it./ The water………..
4. “ Eat more and more vegetables” the doctor said./ The doctor told……………..
5. To live on your salary must be hard./ It ………………………………………….
6. Tom is the best player in the team./ No one in the team …………………………
7. It’s interesting to read this book./ This book ……………………………………
8. I spend half an hour traveling to work by motorbike everyday./ It takes………...
9. Peter said he wasn’t feeling well then./ Peter said “I ……………………………”
10. A boy was injured in the accident, he is now in the hospital./ The boy ………...
ENGLISH PRACTICE 73
Question 2. Pick out the word whose underlined part in pronounced differently from the rest.
1. a. sight b. lion c. child d. children
2. a. years b. hands c.shops d. signs
3. a. manure b. measure c. pasture d. adventure
4. a. children b. chance c. change d.mechanic
5. a. takes b. inches c. oranges d. houses
6. a. played b. performed c. showed d. acted
7. a. pays b. says c. plays d. stays
8. a. buffalo b. lunch c. summer d. sugar
9. a. went b. helpful c. American d. listen
10. a see b. seat c. several d. sure
Question 3/ Supply the correct verb tense/ form of the verbs. (2ps).
1. We (not/ see)…………………………..him since he left school.
2. If the weather (be)………………………..nice tomorrow, we will go sailing.
3. Look ! Our new teacher (come)…………………………………………………..
4. We enjoy (collect)…………………..………………..stamps for our club.
5. I (not/ go)………………………………..……………..to the movies last Sunday.
6. Ba (take)………………………….a shower at 8 o'clock last night.
7. The house . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on that hill is very old. (build)
8. Coffee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . from Brazil. (export)
9. My friend . . . . . . . . . . …………….. . . a letter when I came. (write)
10. She’d rather . . . . . . . . . . . . . bananas than apples. (eat)
11. When were those potatoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ? (plant)
12. Mr Green wanted his son . . . . . . . . . . . . . .an engineer. (be)
13. She had her sister. . . . . . . . . . . . . the dishes. (wash)
14. He told his daughter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . his shirt. (mend)
15. How fast (she/ drive)………………………..when the accident happened?
16. Mary and John are neighbors. They ( know) ………………each other for a long time.
17. I haven’t met him since he ( move ) ………………………..….to Ho Chi Minh City.
18. This is the first time I (be)………………………………. to Ha Noi.
19. His doctor advised him ( give)……………………………….. up smoking.
20. It’s high time we (tell)…………………………him about that.
Question 4/ Rewrite the following sentences (2ps)
1. Nam is very young. He can’t drive a car.
=> Nam is………………………………………………………………..........................
2. Does your country export rice to the USA ?
=> Is rice…………………………………………………………………………................
3. My father often smoked 20 cigarettes a day but now he doesn’t smoke anymore.
=> My father used………………………………………………………………………....
4. “ Can you give me the pen ?” Lan said.
=> Lan asked ……………………………………………………………………………...
5. They last visited me 5 years ago.
=> They haven’t……………………………………………………………………………
6. They have studied computer for two years.
=> They started…………………………………………………………………………….
7. Was the steam engine invented by James Watt?
=> Did James Watt………………………………………………………………………?
8. “ Do you like this chocolate factory?” the foreman asked.
=> The foreman asked if I ……………………………………………………………
9. They have to take the tourists to the hotel before noon.
=> The tourists…………………………………………………………………………
10. She is too weak to carry this box.
=> He isn’t……………………………………………………………………………..
Question 5/ Supply the correct form of the words.(2 ps)
1. She knows all the people in her………………………………… (neighbor)
2. He had an accident although he drove………………………………….(care)
3. I ………….…believe that friends play a very important role in our life. (strong)
4. The canoe overturned and every one fell into the deep and ………….............water. (danger)
5. It will be more ………………to shop in the mall than in the present shopping area. ( comfort)
6. New Year’s Eve in Argentina is one of the most important …….……. (celebrate)
7. What is the correct …………………………………of this word? (pronounce)
8. The Sword Lake is one of …………………….places in Hanoi. (history)
9. He devoted all his ……………………..to writing. (live)
10. He often writes stories. He is a ……………………(write)
11. These flowers look ………………….. (nature)
12. The ………………………in this town are very friendly. (reside)
13. Rubber is elastic, so we can …………………..this string. (long)
14. If I had a …………………….. I would retire at 40. (choose)
15. The tiger wanted to see the farmer’s ………………..(wise)
16. Bell experimented with ways of transmiting ...........over a long distance. (speak)
17. The scouts do the ................work. (volunteer)
18. Nowadays, scouting is popular ......................... (world)
19. Our teacher always …………………………..us to work harder. (courage)
20. Cook the meet in the ……………………..for at least 30 minutes. (steam)
Question 6/ Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word (1pts)
The country is (1)..........................beautiful than a town and more pleasant to live in. Many people
think so, and go to the country (2) ........................... the summer holiday though they can't live (3)
………............... all the year round. Some have cottage built in a village (4) ........................ that they
can go there whenever they (5)…………..........find the time. English villages are not alike, but
(6)......................... some ways they are not very different from (7) .......................other. Almost every
village (8) ..................... a church, the round or square tower of which can (9)...................... seen from
many miles around. Surrounding the church is the church yard, (10)...................... people are buried.
Question 7/ Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. (1pt)
1. I forgot to send a birthday card______________Mai yesterday.
2. I’ll wait ______________ you are ready.
3. They came to visit me______________my birthday.
4. Susan can come and see you______________lunch time.
5. Did you have a good time ______________Christmas?
6. Could I help you ______________ your bag?
7. I’m looking forward ____________ seeing you in June.
8. They have a meeting ___________ 6.30 and 9.30.
9. My mother often picks me ___________ from the school.
10. I’m going to invite my friends to come over ___________ dinner tonight.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 8
I. Chose the word whose bold and underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest.
1. A. looked B. watched C. stopped D. carried
2. A. bath B. father C. theater D. health
3. A. danger B. angry C. language D. passage
4. A. whole B. when C. where D. while
5. A. improvement B. equipment C. comment D. development
II. Choose the correct word or phrase underlined to complete each of the following sentences.
1. My mother is (enough/ too/ so/ very) tired to cook tonight
2. They haven’t seen each other (since/ for/ at/ in ) Christmas.
3. Alexander Graham Bell invented the (washing machine/ computer/ television set/ telephone).
4. Mr Hoang is used (eat/ to eat/ to eating/ ate) no thing before going to work
5. Tim saw his friends while he (cross/ was crossing/ is crossing/ crossed) the street.
6. He asked me (if I have/ whether I have/ if I had/ whether I have had) a driving licence .
7. Cool the burn immediately (so as/ so that/ in order to/ because) to minimize tissue damage.
8. She promises she (is/ be/ has been/ will be) back in about ten minutes.
9. This project (is carried out/ will carried out / carries out/ will be carried out) next month.
10. I saw him (watering/ water/ is watering/ to water) the flowers in the garden.
11. Angkor Wat is the (large/ largest / larger/ most largest ) temple in the world.
12. In the rice – cooking festival, a fire is made in the (modern/ new/ traditional/ old time) way.
13. Hoa told me that she (is / was/ were/ had been) hungry.
14. It (sounds/ hears/ says/ listens) interesting. How does it work ?
15. It isn’t good for children (to eat/ eating/ for eating/ eat) too many sweets.
III. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following questions
6. She went to market without ____________ anything.
A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. Buying
7. ____________ she plays the piano!
A. How well B. How good C. What well D. What good
8. The new shopping mall is quite ____________ the present shopping area.
A. different from B. the same C. like to D. similar
9. There were _________________ flowers that I couldn’t dicide what to buy.
A. so many B. so few C. so little D. so much
10. Of my parents, my father is _________________
A. the stricter B. the strictest C. strict D. stricter
11. Would you _________________ cleaning the floor for me?
A. like B. please C. mind D. rather
12. I’ve never seen such an interesting _______________
A. performing B. performer C. performance D. performed
13. I’m sorry. I’m not ___________ to help you lift the table.
A. enough strong B. too strong C. strong enough D. enough strength.
14. I usually go to work by bus, but ________ and then I use my motorbike
A. again B. once C. now D. ever
15. There are not _____________ jobs for all of us.
A. so B. such C. too D. enough
III. Rewrite these sentences so that they have the same meaning
1. She studies English so that she can improve her knowledge.
She studies English so as
...................................................................................................................................................................
2. The last time I went to Ho Chi Minh City was 6 years ago.
I haven’t
...................................................................................................................................................................
3. “Where is the post office?” A visitor asked Lan.
A visitor asked Lan
...................................................................................................................................................................
4. May I borrow your ruler?
Would you mind
...................................................................................................................................................................
5. We spent five hours getting to London.
It took us
...................................................................................................................................................................
6. Some one is going to tune my piano tomorrow.
I am going
...................................................................................................................................................................
7. Nam keeps forgetting his homework.
Nam is
...................................................................................................................................................................
8. My mother gave me a very nice watch yesterday.
I was
...................................................................................................................................................................
9. We’d prefer you not to smoke.
We’d rather
...................................................................................................................................................................
10. “ You should not believe him, Minh” said Toan
Toan advised
...................................................................................................................................................................
IV. Fill a suitable preposition in each blank.
1. Mrs Vui always prides …………………….….her cooking.
2. It is safe to keep medicine …………….….locked cupboards.
3. Lipton tea is different…………………….………Dilmah tea.
4. How ……………….….. going to Vinh Market this afternoon ?
5. Mr John is very interested ………… the history of Viet Nam.
6. When my parents arrived home, I was waiting………….a phone call.
7. Mary regretted not bringing a lot of clothes…………..her. It was very cold.
8. Hoa got up late as her alarm clock didn’t go………………..
9. Would you mind if I had a look ……………………… your luggage ?
10. Because of the heavy storm, the ship moved up and………..the water.
V. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. The lecturer is giving us first-aid …………………. (instruct)
2. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more …………….. (comfort)
3. He said “Good morning” in a most ………….. way. (friend)
4. This book is ……….. enough for me to read. (interest)
5. Sa Pa is a wonderful ………..... resort in Viet Nam. (mountain)
6. Nam’s sister has been an………….for seven years. (act)
7. Diana is a …………… She sells flowers at a shop in New York. (flower)
8. The view of this mountain is ……………… (beauty)
9. My mother doesn’t like me to wear short skirts to church. She thinks they are ……(suitable)
10. Christmas songs were …………for people in towns and villages. (perform)
III. Complete the following questions with the correct preposition.
16. She isn’t here ________________ the moment.
17. Warm clothes protect us ________________ bad weather.
18. What do you often do ________________ weekends.
19. We haven’t seen him _____________ last month.
20. He had an accident and was taken __________ hospital.
21. We regarded him ____________ a famous doctor.
22. You’re better ask __________ the information desk.
23. He borrowed $ 100 ______________ his father
24. “ Hamlet” is written ____________ Shakespeare.
25. Jane fell _________ her bike and hit head on the road
VI. Read and choose the words or phrases that best fit each of the blank spaces.
Paper
Paper was …….(1)…… by the Chinese in the first century AD. Most paper is made …..(2)…. wood.
When trees are …….(3)……, they are transported …..(4)….. land or water to paper mill. Here they
are cut …(5).. and the wood is broken up into fibres. Which are ….. (6) with water and chemicals.
This wood pulp is then dried on a machine and ….(7)…. into paper.
One tree is needed for every 400 ….(8)…. of a typical forty-page newspaper. If half the adults in
Britain each buy one daily paper, this uses up over 40.000 trees a day. Trees are being cut down faster
than they are being …….(9)…, so there may be a (n) ……(10) paper shortage before the year 2010.
1. a. imagined b. invented c. thought d. brought
2. a. from b. of c. by d. with
3. a. cut in b. cut of c. cut down d. cut up
4. a. on b. of c. through d. by
5. a. up b. all c. over d. in
6. a. turned b. mixed c. beaten d. joined
7. a. make b. making c. made d. to make
8. a. covers b. texts c. sheets d. copies
9. a. set up b. replaced c. grown up d. found
10. a. able b. important c. serious d. essential
IV. Fill the blanks with the right form of the CAPITAL words provided in the right column.
26. Their children have quite _____________ characters. DIFFERENCE
27. What is the correct ______________of this word? PRONOUNCE
28. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more _________ COMFORT
29. She is one of the greatest ______________ to appear in this theater. PERFORM
30. My house is on the top of a hill. It’s very __________ there in the fall WIND
31. It is _______________ to eat too much sugar and fatty food. HEALTH
32. During his _____________ the family lived in Cornwall CHILD
33. Bell ______________ demonstrated his invention. SUCCESS
34. Every day, there are two _________ from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh city. FLY
35. ______________ , dark clouds appeared and it began to rain. SUDDEN
V. Give the correct form of the verb in brackets.
36. Will you wait a minute while I (look) ____________ through the text ?
37. “ I hear you’ve bought a new house.” - “Yes, I ( move ) __________ in next week”
38. Look at those black clouds. It ( rain) __________
39. The film ( begin) ___________ at 7.30 or 8.00 this evening ?
40. Mai (telephone)____________ you when she comes back.
41. The pens ( produce ) ___________ by Thien Long Company are usually cheap and good.
42. “Do you mind if I sit here ?” – “ I ‘d rather you ( sit ) __________ over there”
43. The price ( become ) __________ more and more expensive these days.
44, + 45. Mr Binh ( know) ___________ how to drive a car although he ( not learn) _________ it yet.
VIII. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence.
66. Have you ever seen a painting of Picasso yet ?
A B C D
67. “ Do you think anyone saw us ?” she told nervously.
A B C D
68. The plays writing by Shakespeare are very popular in the world.
A B C D
69. The employer said that he would give them a two – day trip to Phu Tho next week.
A B C D
70.My sister is studying very hard in order to pass the exam and getting scholarship at university.
A B C D
IX. Write a description of 100-120 words with the title “My holidays”.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 74
I/- Choose the word that has the underlined, bold part pronounced differently from the rest.
1, A. honest B. hour C. honor D. huMour
2, A. deaf B. beat C. lead D. teach
3, A. there B. thank C. youth A. thirsty
4, A. fund B. upset C. tutor D. rug
5, A. safe B. mall C. nature D. face
6, A. option B. information C. quention D. invitation
7, A. school B. chemistry C. character D. child
8, A. invited B. liked C. ended D. wanted
9, notice B. grow C. ghost D. lost
10, like B. wide C. opinion D. file

II/- Grammar and vocabulary: Choose the best answer for each sentence. (10pts)
1,It’s dangerous…………..and to drive fast.
A .swim B. to swim C. swimming D. swam
2,When I …….home, my mother…….. a big cake.
A.came/making C. came/was making
B.come/make D. was coming/make
3,Do you mind if I………..your computer for an hour?
A.used B. use C. am using D. have used
4,She arrived early………….order to get a good seat.
A.on B. in C. out D. at
5,The radio was…………by Tim yesterday.
A.repaired B. repairing C. repair D. repairs
6,I prefer the city………..the countryside.
A.or B. from C. to D. and
7,The man…………..by the window is my uncle.
A,stands B. standing C. stand D. stood
8, They’re getting married _____________ the end of June.
A. on B. in C. at D.during
9, I’m sorry but you have to cook dinner _____________
A. alone you B.himself C. yourself D.on you
10, You use a _______________ to cook rice.
A. steamer B. rice cooker C. saucepan D. frying pan
IV/- Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. (10pts)
1,Franco: “I watch the football game every Sunday”
Franco told ..............................................................................................................................................
2,Julie: “I’ve already made plans to do something else”
Julie told her friend .................................................................................................................................
3,They built those buildings in 2001.
 Those buildings .....................................................................................................................................
4,He spoke English at the meeting.
 English ...................................................................................................................................................
5, That letter was written by Tom.
Tom ........................................................................................................................................................
6, Is this bladder mended by Mr Green ?
Does Mr Green ......................................................................................................................................
7,That girl is very intelligent.
What ......................................................................................................................................................
8,This living-room isn’t as big as that kitchen.
That kitchen ...........................................................................................................................................
9,Khanh said “You ought to take a break, Huy”
 Khanh advised ......................................................................................................................................
10,We’ve never met such a famous singer before.
 It’s the first time ...................................................................................................................................
V/ Complete the following sentences with an appropriate form of the word in brackets. (0) is an
example for you. (10pts)
0, They have all been absolutely (wonder) wonderful!
1, I don’t like that film. It’s very (bore) __________________.
2, Ho Chi Minh City is (large) _________________ city in Vietnam.
3, They boy fell asleep during (perform) __________________.
4. She is a _________________ she sells flowers at a shop in Canada (flower).
5, The male birds are more (colour) _________________ than the females.
6, Every pupil was very (excite) ______________ about the holiday.
7,His parents are very proud of his (succeed) _______________.
8, David Beckham is my (favour) ______________player.
9, I don’t know how you (celebration) ______________ your birthday.
10,Some people feel that towns are too (noise) ______________ for them to live in.
VI/ Supply the corect verb form. (10pts)
1. Yester day, I (1. spend) ……………… two hours (2. do)………… the homeword.
2. The thiefs (3. catch)…………….. when they (4. leave)………….. the bank.
3. Two hours ago, Mrs Brown (5. have)………… Alice (6. take)……….. her son to the school.
4. How many times you (7. be)………… to Ho Chi Minh City?
5. The moon (8. move)……………… around the earth.
6. Next summer, my parents wil let me (9. visit)…………….. my grand father.
7. How about (10. go)……………… to the zoo?
VII/ Fill the suitable prepositions. (10pts)
1. She went out the room…………………..(1) saying a word.
2. The life in the countryside is changing…………. (2)better.
3. She was born………………(3) 2 o’clock …………….. (4)18th July.
4. Mary is thinking……………… (5) importing fowers…………..(6) China.
5. They are traveling………………..(7) the airport…………….. (8)a bus.
6. I am afraid……………….(9) ghost.
7. The fight………………...(10)deforestation is very important.
VIII/ Listen and write the missing words. (10pts)
Every year, students in many ………………….(1) learn English. Some of these students are young
children . Others are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, others ………………………
( 2) by themselves. A few learn English just by hearing ………………….. (3) in films, on TV, in the
office or among their friends. But not many are lucky to do that. Most people must work hard to learn
another language.
Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their ………………………..
( 4).They study their own language , and mathematics....and English. In England, America, or
………………….( 5), many boys and girls study their own English , which is English, and
mathematics... and another language , perhaps ………………………( 6) , or German or Spanish.
Many ……………………….. (7) learn English , because it is ………………..( 8) for their work .
teenagers often learn English for their higher studies, because some of their
…………………………..( 9)are in English at the college or university. Other people learn English
because they want to read …………………..(10) or magazines in English.
IX/ Find the mistakes and correct. (10pts)
1, Some people grow so taller that their health may become endangered.
A B C D
2, After said goodbye to my parents, I went to school with my sister.
A B C D
3,The phone rung while I was washing the dishes.
A B C D
4,The book writing by Jack London is very popular in the world.
A B C D
5,She isn’t old enough to done this job.
A B C D
6, Eight hundred years ago Christmas songs are performed for people in towns and villages.
A B C D
7, Would you mind help me solve this mathematics problem? I can hardly understand how to do it.
A B C D
8, She was having dinner when a man was coming and giving her a bunch of flowers.
A B C D
9, My brother didn’t wear that uniform since he left school .
A B C D
10.After each lesson we often have a ten- minutes rest .
A B C D
X/ Read the text below and think of the word that best fits each space.
THANKSGIVING
Thanksgiving is a truly American holiday. Nobody should have dinner alone on that day. That's what
Thanksgiving is all (1) ……………………… The first immigrants, who were called Pilgrims,
(2).................. to America from Europe about three hundred and fifty years (3) ……………………
They were good friends with (4) ………………………Indians and they tried ( 5 )
……………….........corn and other stuff together but it was really hard farming at that time. When
they got the first harvest, the (6) …………………….. and the Americans had a big dinner together to
(7)................ God for their good luck. And the food the American eat now (8)
…………………………… Thanksgiving are the same kinds of things that the Pilgrims ate: turkey,
corn and squash. The date is (9) ……....................every year but it is always the fourth Thursday of
November. In Canada, they (10) ………………………… it in October.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 9
I. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) which has the underlined part pronounced differently.
1. A. climate B. comic C. hike D. website
2. A. worked B. laughed C. hoped D. naked
3. A. cover B. category C. ancient D. decorate
4. A. erupt B. humor C. UFO D. communicate
5. A. Buddhism B. bomb C. viable D. bulb
II. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) which has the stress pattern different from that of the rest.
1. A. comprise B. depend C. design D. novel
2. A. tropical B. collection C. tendency D. charity
3. A. friendliness B. occasion C. pagoda D. deposit
4. A. importing B. specific C. impolite D. important
5. A. federation B. unpolluted C. disappearing D. profitable
I. Choose the best answer to complete each sentence.
1. All the sentences below use “the”, which one is correct?
A. Can you pass the sugar please? B. The crime is a problem in many big cities.
C. The apples are good for you. D. I love the skiing.
2. Our friends have lived in Ho Chi Minh city __________ 2002
A. for B. since C. in D. about
3. He prefers soccer ___________ tennis
A. from B. than C. to D. or
4. If they worked more carefully, they ___________ so many mistakes.
A. won’t makeB. don’t make C. wouldn’t make D. didn’t make
5. He __________ to his friend’s party when his parents asked him to go home.
A. goes B. was going C. went D. has gone
6. There’s a strange man behind us. I think_______.
A. we are followed B. we are being followed
C. we are being following D. we are following
7. Which of the following is the strongest advice?
A. You should get a hair-cut. B. If I were you I’d get a hair-cut.
C. You ought to get a hair-cut. D. You really must get a hair-cut.
8. ________ you mind if I use your dictionary?
A. Will B. Do C. Can D. Did
9. Mr.Vo Van Kiet, ______ was our former Prime Minister, was born in Vinh Long.
A. that B. whose C. who D. whom
10. All that rubbish will have to be _____ at once.
A. get rid of B. got rid of C. got rid D. getting rid of
II. Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets to complete the passage
1. My friend was (make)____________ (pay) ______________ back the book.
2. Hardly he (take) ____________ up the book when the phone (ring) ________.
3. Can you imagine what I (come)___________ across when I (roll)__________ up the carpet
yesterday?
4. If she wins the prize, it (be) _________________ because she (write) _____________ very well.
5. He resented (ask) _________ (wait) __________. He had expected the minister to see him at once.
III. Give the correct form of the word in brackets to complete each sentence
1. A lot of toys encourage children’s ___________________. (imagine)
2. The factory has provided cheaper ___________________ lately. (produce)
3. Burning coal is an ___________ way of heating a house. Gas is much cheaper. (economy)
4. According to some scientists the earth is losing its outer atmosphere because of ______ . (pollute)
5. She has one of the biggest art ________________________ in Britain. (collect)
6. ________________ has caused many so-called man-made disasters. (forest)
7. ____________ often walk through the streets shouting or singing about something they sell. (cry)
8. Gas and oil ____________________ always increases in cold weather. (consume)
9. The police are interested in the sudden _________________ of the valuable painting. (appear)
10. He claimed that his _______________________ had caused him to become a criminal. (bring up)
IV. Match a beginning in column A with the most suitable ending in column B.
A B
1. I must get back to work, a. That’s right, I am
2. Hello. You must be Maryam. b. which is the capital city of California.
3. Andrew is flying to Sacramento, c. we will have no fresh water to use.
4. Do you know that you can only live d. otherwise I’ll get the sack.
without water for four days?
5. If we pollute the water, e. It depends on where you are and what you
are doing, surely?
V. You are to identify the one underlined word or phrase that should be corrected or rewritten
1. Preserving natural resources mean reserving them for our future.
A B C D
2. Despite of the increase in air fares, most people still prefer to travel by plane.
A B C D
3. Regardless of your teaching method, the objective of any conversation class should be
A B
for students to practice speaking words.
C D
4. The injured man was taken to the hospital.
A B C D
5. In order for one to achieve the desired results in this experiment, it is necessary that
he work as fastly as possible.
A B C D
I. The reading is followed by several questions about it. Choose the best answer.
Benjamin Franklin
Few people can embody the spirit of early America as much as Benjamin Franklin. He lived through
almost the whole of the eighteenth century, being born six years after it began, and dying ten years
before it ended. In this time he saw the American colonies grow from tiny settlements into a nation,
and he also contributed much to the development of the new state.
At the age of 17 Franklin ran away to Philadelphia. He had already received some training as a
printer’s apprentice, and this helped him seven years later, with his first publication, the Pennsylvania
Gazette. He also received a contract to do government printing work, which helped him to rise from
his poor background to become a successful entrepreneur. Some of his experience in business was
shared in his famous Poor Richard’s Almanak, which established his reputation throughout the
American colonies. In another of his works, the Autobiography, which was written toward the end of
his life, he shows the same quiet common sense.
He was deeply interested in science and natural history, and his experiments with electricity and
lightning led directly to the invention of the lightning rod. He was also interested in improving the
conditions of his fellow men. He was involved in a number of projects in his native Philadelphia,
including the setting up of a library, a university, a philosophical society, and - because he was a
pragmatic man - a fire prevention service. In 1753 he became Postmaster-General of the colonies.
Through this experience he began to develop the idea that the colonies of North America should be a
single nation. Later, he went to London to try to persuade the British government to change the
conditions, especially the taxes, that later led the American colonists into rebellion.
Whatever Benjamin Franklin’s personal feelings about the rebellion of the American states, he worked
hard to make it succeed. As ambassador to France, he encouraged the French to help George
Washington. After the war he attended the American constitutional congress. This was his last
contribution, for he died later that year. He is still fondly remembered by Americans as one of the
creators of the United States.

1. What is a good description for this text?


A. An autobiography of Benjamin Franklin. B. The life of Benjamin Franklin
C. The works of Benjamin Franklin. D. Franklin and American Independence.
2. When was Benjamin Franklin born?
A. 1806 B. 1794 C. 1717 D. 1706
3. Which of these happened first?
A. Franklin trains as a printer. B. Franklin runs away to Philadelphia.
C. The American colonies rebel. D. Franklin starts his first publication.
4. What was Poor Richard’s Almanak about?
A. Franklin’s reputation. B. How to succeed in business.
C. How to do government printing. D. The text does not say.
5. In which countries did Franklin live?
A. England and France. B. Philadelphia and England.
C. London and America. D. England, America and France.
I. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the sentence printed before it,
begin with the given word(s) or phrase
1.You should review your lessons for the exam.
It’s time...................................................................................................................................................
2. That man used to work with me when I lived in New York.
That’s .....................................................................................................................................................
3. What a pity they close the shops at lunch-time.
I wish .....................................................................................................................................................
4. We like ice-cream but we don’t have it everyday.
Although ................................................................................................................................................
5. When did you start working in that factory?
How long ...............................................................................................................................................
6. Oil was slowly covering the sand of the beach.
The sand.................................................................................................................................................
7. “Where is the station car-park?” Mrs. Smith asked.
Mrs. Smith asked ...................................................................................................................................
8. He was sorry he hadn’t said goodbye to her at the airport.
He regretted ...........................................................................................................................................
9. I advise you not to buy that car.
If ............................................................................................................................................................
10. Why don’t you ask her yourself?
I suggest that ..........................................................................................................................................
II. Make full sentences based on given cues.
1. If you/ not go / the party /I /go / either.
...............................................................................................................................................................
2. Unless/ I / have/ quiet room/ I / not/ able /do / work.
...............................................................................................................................................................
3. nurse/ kind enough/ help him/ walk
...............................................................................................................................................................
4. He/ rather spend/ holidays/ a farm/ seaside
...............................................................................................................................................................
5. I/ return/ visit/ Japan. It/ wonderful trip.
...............................................................................................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 10
I. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) which has the underlined part pronounced differently.
1. A. ready B. bread C. meat D. health
2. A. that B. their C. think D. than
3. A. cried B. published C. ordered D. sprayed
II. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) which has the stress pattern different from that of the rest.
0. A. money B. student c. afraid D. people
1. A. finish B. design C. control D. provide
2. A. paper B. tonight C. lecture D. story
I. Choose the best answer to complete each sentence.
1. You have been to England, ______ you?
A. don't B. have C. do D. haven't
2. Who will look ______ your children when you go away?
A. for B. at C. up D. after
3. Lan was very tired.______, she had to finish her homework before going to bed.
A. However B. Therefore C. So D. Although
4. We haven't been to ______ cinema for ages.
A. an B. a C. the D. Ø
5. That's the man ______ works in the same company with me.
A. which B. whose C. whom D. who
6. I agree ______ my sister on many things.
A. on B. with C. to D. for
7. It takes a long time ______ a foreign language.
A. to learn B. to learning C. learning D. for us learn
8. The ao dai is the ______ dress of Vietnamese women.
A. traditional B. casual C. baggy D. beautiful
9. My favorite ______ is Literature.
A. play B. game C. subject D. activity
10. The Internet has ______ developed and become part of our life.
A. increasing B. increasingly C. increase D. increased
II. Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets to complete the passage
1. They (have) ______________________ breakfast at 6.30 every day.
2. If I meet him tomorrow, I (tell)______________________ him the truth.
3. The last time I (meet) ______________________ Maryam was two weeks ago.
4. She (just make) ______________________a birthday cake for her son.
5. We (waste) ______________________ too much power at the moment.
VI. Read and choose the words or phrases that best fit each of the blank spaces.
Every year students in many (0) ______ learn English. (1) ______ of these students are young
children. Others are teenagers. Many are adults.
Learning another language! Learning English? Why do all these people want to learn English? It is (2)
______ to answer this question. Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their
subjects. Many adults learn English because it is (3) ______ for their work. Teenagers often learn
English (4) ______ their higher studies because some of their books are in English at the college or
university. Other people learn English (5) ______ they want to read newspapers or magazines in
English.
1. A. None B. Some C. Any D. All
2. A. horrible B. cold C. difficult D. careful
3. A. use B. useful C. using D. useless
4. A. for B. with C. to D. of
5. A. although B. but C. despite D. because
I. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the sentence printed
before it, begin with the given word(s) or phrase
0. I like speaking English to my classmates
 I am fond of speaking English with my classmates.
1. She has done this job for a year.
 This.....………………….…………………………………………….………………
2. "I'm working in a restaurant now," she said.
 She said..………………………………………………………………………..……
3. Let's visit the museum this afternoon.
 Why don't………………………………………………………………………….…
4. Going swimming in a pool in the summer is interesting.
 It…………….…………………………………………………………………….…
5. Although the children were poor, they seemed very happy.
 Despite their…………………………………………………………………………

II. Make full sentences based on given cues.


1. We / not see / him / a long time /.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. She / used / live / her uncle /.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Hoa / learn / how / play / piano / now /.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. How long / it / usually / take you / do / homework /?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. We / be / proud / children / because / they / always / study / well /.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Rearrange the sentences.
1. you / a / would / What / do / if / saw / you / UFO /?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. is / for / languages / to learn / necessary / It / us / foreign /.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. books / to / She / often / before / reads / bed / going /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. the book / you / returning / Would / to the library / mind /?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. television / can / Thanks to / the / get / information / people / latest / and / interesting /
programs / enjoy /.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
ENGLISH PRACTICE 10
I. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by
circling A, B, C, or D: (5 ¿ 0,2=1.0 pt)
1. A. Sugar B. Sorry C. Seaside D. Summer
2. A. Page B. Village C. luggage D. Heritage
3. A. Seat B. Great C.Please D. Beach
4. A. Hotel B.Photo C. Move D.Pagoda
5. A. Typhoon B. Goose C. Food D. Flood
b. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others (5 ¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. A. realize B. improve C. possible D. comfortable
2. A. important B. especially C. prefed D. influence
3. A. general B.opinion C. abroad D.surprise
4. A.comfort B.nation C.apply D.moment
5. A. medical B.advise C.vegetables D. physical
a. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
1. “ Recycling” means not …………… way.
A.throwing things away B.throw things away
C.blowing things away D. not blowing things away
2. I think it is good to spend time ……….English pronunciation.
A.in B.on C.with D.at
3. Two teams take part in the ………… contest
A.fetching – water B.water – fetching
B.fetched – water D.water - fetched
4. She is not old ………………….to go out alone in the evening.
A.enough B.for C. so that D. that
5. Ha Long Bay, one of the most picturesque sights in Viet Nam, was …………. by UNESCO as
world Heritage Site.
A.recognized B.signed C.realized D. collected
6. Could you help me ………………this door, please?
A.push B.pushing C.pushed D.for pushing
7. At the end of the street there is path ……………. To the river.
A.leads B.leasd C.leading D.led
8. All letters ……………….today should arrive tomorrow.
A.posted B.post C.to post D.posting
9. When I arrived, there was a big red car ……………outside the house.
A.park B.parked C.parking D.parks
10. I live in a pleasant room …………. The garden.
A.overlook B.overlooks C.overlooker D.overlooking
b. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters: (10 ¿ 0,2=2.0 pts)
1. Farmers are always faced with ......................... brought about by typhoons, floods or droughts.
(destroy)
2. They made a decision to close down the factory ... ..................... . (permanence)
3. She was .. ...................... for days after the accident. (conscious)
4. A few passengers received serious . ....................... in the accident. (injure)
5. Children often feel a lot of .. ...................... about their first day at school. (anxious)
6. He drinks a lot of coffee to keep him .. ...................... . (wake)
7. Linda is one of the . ....................... from Friends of the Earth. (represent)
8. Attractive . ....................... can help to sell products. (package)
9. These products are ... ..................... friendly. (environment)
10. It’s difficult to find . ....................... at busy time. (accommodate)
c. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (5 ¿ 0,2=1.0 pt)
1. When the phone rang, I (water) …………………the flowers in the garden.
2. You should practice ( speak) ……………………English everyday.
3. It (get) ……………………………………hotter and hotter in June.
4. His doctor advised him (give) ……………. Up somoking.
5. My uncle (not visit)............................. us since he (move) …………… to the new town.
d. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions: (5 ¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. Instead.............. going to the theater, we'll go to the concert.
2. There is nothing to prevent the children............. playing there.
3. They will be here............... a few minutes.
4. Most children often participate................... outdoor activitives in their free time.
5. You are very different ............... your brother.
a. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
There (1).................... many simple things we can do to stop the (2). ...................... of the invironment.
First of all, we should not dump our rubbish without (3) ................... which things, such as bottles and
paper can (4). ...................... .
We should put objectives that we can recycle in (5).. ...................... bins. Secondly, instead of talking
our car wherever we go, we ought to leave it at home (6).. ....................... possible, and go on foot or
(7)........................ public transport. When we have to drive to the market (8)... ................. our
shopping, we should always remember (9)... ...................our own bags (10). .................... we don't
need to use the supermarket's plastic bags.
1. A. are B.is C.was D.were
2. A. destroy B. destroyed C.destructive D. destruction
3. A. think B.to think C.thinking D. thought
4. A.be recycled B.recycle C.recycling D. being recycled
5. A. recycle B. recycles C. recycled D. recycling
6. A. where B.whenever C.when D. wherever
7. A. on B. in C. by D. to
8. A. to do B. do C. to make D. making
9. A. taking B.to take C. take D. took
10. A.so B. that C. so that D. so as
b. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank: (10 ¿ 0,2=2 pts)
The world's (1) ........................ famous clock is Big Ben standing (2). ........................ to the
Housees of Parliament in London. Big Ben is the (3). ........................ of the bell which chimes every
hour.
The Bell (4). ........................ named after Sir Benjamin Hall, the man (5) ........................ was given
the tast of hauling the bell up the clock tower. The clock (6) ........................ four faces and keeps
accurate time. It can (7). ........................ adjusted by the removal or addition of coins
(8) ........................ a stray attached to the clock pendulum.
One interesting thing about the clock (9) ........................ the light shines above the belfry at night, it
(10)........................ that the House of Common is still in session.
a. Use the following words and phrases.
1. I / not / see / him / since / we / leave / school.
..................................................................................................................................
2. This / be / first time / Tim / see / rice paddies.
..................................................................................................................................
3. compost / make / from / household and garden waste.
..................................................................................................................................
4. he / tell / me / that / he / borrow / book / school library.
..................................................................................................................................
5. would / you / mind / if / I / sit / here?
..................................................................................................................................
I. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence
1. I haven’t eaten this kind of food before.
→ This is the first ………………………………………………………………...
2. My brother started working in that factory five years ago.
→ My brother has …………………………………………………………………..
3. ‘Can I borrow your bike, Nga?’ ,Nam askerd.
→ Nam asked Nga ………………………………………………………………….
4. This pen belongs to Phong.
→ This is ……………………………………………………………………………
5. They haven’t cleaned the streets this weed.
→ The streets ……………………………………………………………………….
6. Apples are usually cheaper than oranges.
→ Apples are not ……………………………………………………………………
7. He’d rather play golf than tennis.
→ He prefers ………………………………………………………………………..
8. Mai broke the cup because of her carelessness.
→ Because Mai ……………………………………………………………………..
9. How long is it since they built the house?
→ When ……………………………………………………………………………..
10. You are not allowed to smoke here.
→ Would you mind …………………………………………………………………
c. Write a composition about 130 words about one of the interesting places in your country,
using some headlines below. ( 2.0 pts)
(don’t show your name, your school or your village):
- Name of the place.
- Sights/ landscapes.
- Acommadation and food.
- Available transportation.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 1
I. Choose the word which is pronounced differently from the others(5ps)
1. A. sights B. flights C. villages D. tribes
2. A. character B. children C. chemistry D. Christmas
3. A. highlight B. habit C. honor D. habit
4. A. watched B. played C. talked D. stopped
5. A. experiments B. coops C. books. D. dishwashers
II. Give the correct form of the verbs given in the brackets. (10ps)
1. I (learn)……………………. English since I (be)………………. in grade 6.
2. You should practice (speak) …………………………..English every day.
3. A new bridge (build)………………………….. here next year.
4. This is the first time Hoa (meet)…………………………… Tim’s family.
5. I have a lot of novels (write) ………………………………….in English.
6. While I (watch) …………………………………….TV, the phone rang.
7. Flowers (cut) …………………………………yesterday.
8. The plastic things can be reused after (recycle)……………………………………..
9. The table needs (repair) ……………………………………..but I don’t know how to repair it.
III. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words given (15ps)
1. NEIGHBOR I know all the boys who live in my……………………
2. FRIEND People in the countryside is……………………...........
3. FLY All ………………….…between Paris and Hanoi have been cancelled due to fog
4. HIGH Do you know the …………………………………of S.t Paul’s Cathedral?
5. KNOW Taxi drivers have to have a very good …………………………..on the street names.
6. COMFORT The hotel was large and …………………..
7. CHILD During his ....................... the family lived in Cornwall
8. WEIGH Every woman nowadays seems to want to loose.........................
9. HELP It’s a nice shop and the assistants are all polite and very..............
10. LUCK The keys were locked inside the car ............................, aside window was open
IV. Fill ONE suitable word in each blank. (20ps)
The country is (1)........................beautiful than a town and more pleasant to live in. Many people
think so, and go to the country (2) ............................ the summer holiday though they can't live
(3) ........................ all the year round. Some have cottage built in a village (4) ......................... that
they can go there whenever they (5) .............................find the time.
English villages are not alike, but (6)............................ some ways they are not very different from
(7) ...................other. Almost every village (8) .........................a church, the round or square tower of
which can (9) ..............................seen from many miles around. Surrounding the church is the church
yard, (10)................................. people are buried.
V. Underline the mistake in each sentence and correct it. (20ps)
1. You know, it is difficult to me to make him understand what I mean.
2. My dear friends, I wish you will visit us someday this summer.
3. I will come and stay with you and your family on March.
4. Let’s gathering somewhere for a coffee after this wonderful meeting.
5. I look forward to hear from my mother in Singapore.
6. The collect of stamps made him become famous in the country
7. Let’s practise listening to English programs in the radio.
8.What about play tennis instead of going to the cinema?
9. Don’t turn on the TV, please. I am so tired to watch it .
10. They turn in the radio to listen to some news.
VI. Rewrite the following sentences. (20ps)
1. “ Can you lend me some money? “ Henry said to Susan.
Henry..................................................................................................................................
2. Both of the chairs are uncomfortable
Neither of……………………………………………………..........................................
3. They will have to change the date of the meeting again.
The date..............................................................................................................................
4. Peter spent three hours repainting his house.
It………………………………………………………….................................................
5. They’ ve lived here for six years .
They moved………………………………………………………....................................
6. I’ve never read a more romatic story.
It’s the……………………………………………………………. ..................................
7. Noone works harder than Barbara.
Barbara…………………………………………………………………...........................
8. I haven’t met him for two years.
It’s .....................................................................................................................................
9. Richard can cook very well.
Richard is a .......................................................................................................................
10. The film’s ending is dramatic.
The film..............................................................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 2
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others
1. a. notice b. grow c. ghost d. lost
2. a. casual b. material c. champagne d. campus
3. a. deny b. deposit c. benefit d. respond.
4. a. hike b. shrine c. widely d. opinion
5. a. furious b. purpose c. surf d. turn.
II. Choose the best answer, circle the letter a, b, c or d
1. The baby’s getting…………..everyday.
a. more big b. bigger c. bigger and bigger d. more and more big
2. English…………at the meeting.
a. speak b. speaks c. is speaking d. is spoken
3. These flowers......................
a. smell good b. smells good c. smell well d. smells well
4. She ………..getting up early now.
a. didn’t use to b. is used to c. is using to d. used to
5. Did you put ..................... sugar in my coffee?
a. many b. a few c. so many d. much
6. Do you know……………… yesterday?
a. if did they arrive b. if they arrive c. if did they arrived d. if they arrived
7. If you are tired, you should………..a break.
a. make b. do c. take d. go
8. Beef is my......................food.
a. preferable b. favorable c. favorite d. likeable
9. I’m looking......................to hearing from you.
a. at b. after c. over d. forward
10. She..............a cake when the telephone rang.
a. makes b. make c. has make d. was making
11. I’ve known him ..........................I left school.
a. when b. before c. until d. since
12. He has left his book here on.........................so that you can read it.
a. design b. intention c. purpose d. meaning
13. What would you........................me to do for you?
a. want b. hope c. wish d. have
14. After retiring, my father will spend his........................on an expensive holiday.
a. dollars b. accounts c. savings d. cheques
15. We can’t go wrong if we.........the instructions.
a. follow b. keep c. take d. guide
III. Read the text below. Use the word given at the end of each line to form a word.
These days it is(o)………….......................to open a newspaper without POSSIBLE
reading about the damage we are doing to the environment.
The earth is being (1)………….....................and the future looks bad. THREAT
What can each of us do?
We cannot clean up our (2)…………......................rivers and seas overnight. POLLUTION
Nor can we stop the (3)……………...................of plants and animals. But APPEAR
we can stop adding to the problem while (4)………………................. .......... SCIENCE
search for answers, and laws are passed in nature’s (5)……………............... DEFEND
It may not be easy to change your lifestyle (6)…………….................., but COMPLETE
some steps are easy to take: cut down the amount of (7)………….................. DRIVE
you do or use as little plastic as possible. It is also easy to save energy,
which also reduces (8)…………….................bills. We must all make HOUSE
a personal (9)……………................... to work for the future of our planet if DECIDE
we want to (10)…………....................a better world for our grand- children. SURE
III. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense or form.
Dentists can do a lot(0)....to improve...(improve) your teeth. They can straighten your teeth
by(1).....................................(put) wires on them. These wires (2)....................................(push) the roots
of the teeth the right way. The best time for (3)..............................(do) this is while the teeth
(4).............................(grow). A lot of dentists, however, prefer not(5).............................(start) doing this
before a child(6)………………(be) at least eight. Sometimes a dentist even(7)……………...........….
(use) elastic bands(8).........................(make) a tooth straight. Sometimes(9)...............................(pull)
tooth out can prevent the other teeth from(10)............................(grow) too close to one another.
IV. Fill in an appropriate word in each blank.
Kipling was the first writer (1)…………….... expressed the faith and national pride. He was
(2)............................ in Bombay India (3)........................... 1865 and was taken (4)..............................
England to (5)………………….... educated at the (6)...................... of 6. But at the age of 17 he
returned (7)................. India and became a journalist. (8)……………………….... this time he (9)
……………..... a great amount of prose and poetry. After wards he returned to England and travelled
in Japan and America. He received the 1907 Nobel ....(10).............................. for literature and died in
1936 while he was working on his autobiographical notes.
V. Read the passage and choose the best answer.
After inventing dynamite, Swedish-born Alfred Nobel became a very rich man. However, he foresaw
its universally destructive powers too late. Nobel preferred not to be remembered as the inventor of
dynamite, so in 1895, just two weeks before his death, he created a fund to be used for awarding
prizes to people who had made worthwhile contributions to mankind. Originally there were five
awards: literature, physics, chemistry, medicine and peace. Economics was added in 1968, just sixty-
seven years after the first awards ceremony. Nobel's original legacy of nine million dollars was
invested, and the interest on this sum is used for the awards which vary from $30,000 to $125,000.
Every year on December 10, the anniversary of Nobel's death, the awards (gold medal, illuminated
diploma, and money) are presented to the winners. Sometimes politics plays an important role in the
judges' decisions. Americans have won numerous science awards, but relatively few literature prizes.
No awards were presented from 1940 to 1942 at the beginning of World War II Some people have
won two prizes, but this is rare; others have shared their prizes.
1. When did the first award ceremony take place7
A. 1895 B . 1901 C. 1962 D. 1968
2. Why was the Nobel prize established?
A. To recognise worthwhile contributions to humanity.
B. To resolve political differences.
C. To honour the inventor of dynamite.
D. To spend money.
3. In which area have Americans received the most awards?
A. Literature B. Peace C. Economics D. Science
4. Which of the following statements is not true?
A. Awards vary in monetary value.
B. Ceremonies are held on December 10 to commemorate Nobel's invention.
C. Politics can play an important role in selecting the winners.
D. A few individuals have won two awards.
5. In how many fields are the prizes bestowed?
A. 2 B. 5 C. 6 D. 10
VI. Write a new sentence as similar in meaning a possible to the original sentence
1. John missed the lecture because he came very late
If John ............................................................................................
2. He could not afford to buy the car
The car............................................................................................
3. You will not be accepted if you don’t finish your home work
Unless.............................................................................................
4. I had to spend the whole evening finishing the test
It.....................................................................................................
5. Weather conditions influence most people’s lives.
Most people’s lives........................................................................
VII. Make meaningful sentences based on given hints
1. My friend / live / next door / enjoy / read / book / very / much
................................................................................................................................................................
2. He / prefer / fiction book / non – fiction book.
................................................................................................................................................................
3. He / start / collect / book / he school / boy.
................................................................................................................................................................
3. He / spend / a lot of money / book /years now
................................................................................................................................................................
5. He hope / he / have / own library.
................................................................................................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 3
Question 1: Choose the word in each group that has underlined pronounced differently.
1. A. set B. between C. get D. met
2. A. started B. needed C. protected D. stopped
3. A. ground B. should C. about D. amount
4. A. durian B. cucumber C. painful D. duty
5. A. worked B. hoped C. forced D. sailed
6. A. improve B. coveralls C. gloves D. stomach
Question 2: Complete the sentences with the most suitable words:
1. They don’t drink coffee. _______ do their friends.
A. either B. neither C. too D. so
2. She hates fish and_______ do I.
A. either B. neither C. too D. so
3. You can buy pineapples and bananas at the_______ stall
A. meat B. fruit C. food D. chicken
4. I_______ like some spinach and cucumbers.
A. hard B. did C. would D. do
5. What_______ the weather like there?
A. does B. did C. was D. will
6. I like_______ badminton.
A. playing B. making C. working D. acting
7. Harry is working at a bank_______
A. at the moment B. a year ago C. for a year D. in a moment
8. Who is_______, Mary or Cathy?
A. tall B. taller C. tallest D. more taller
9. The Robinsons always go to Vietnam_______ plane.
A. in B. on C. with D. by
10. _______ noodle for breakfast yesterday?
A. Did you eat B. Were you eat C. Did you ate D. Do you ate
11. It took us two hours_______ to Hanoi.
A. drive B. driving C. to drive D. drove
12. Hoa and her brother_______ at home last Sunday.
A. didn’t are B. wasn’t C. weren’t D. not were
13. Were you absent_______ school last Monday?
A. from B. at C. in D. on
14. You_______ take a taxi. It is raining outside.
A. would better B. must C. have to D. had better
15. She never touches_______ food.
A. healthy B. unhealthy C. good D. delicious
16. _______ up late. It is harmful to your health.
A. Don’t stay B. Not stay C. Not to stay D. Stay
17. Please show me_______ this machine works.
A. what B. how C. which D. when
18. When I saw her, I thought she looked_______.
A. happy B. happily C. to be happy D. being happy
19. Shall we go out tonight?
A. Yes, we go B. Yes, I can C. Yes, let’s D. Yes, we are
20. They are good student. They study very_______.
A. better B. good C. goodly D. well
Question 3. Read this passage. Then answer. True or False?
Even before it is born, a baby has small teeth under its gums. At about the age of six months, its first
tooth starts to grow. Before the young child is three years old, it has twenty small teeth. Between the
ages of six and twelve a second set of teeth form in the gum below the first teeth and push them out.
1. A baby has teeth under its gums even before its birth.
2. A baby’s first tooth appears as soon as it is born.
3. A three-year-old child has twenty tiny teeth
4. A child’s second set of teeth appear before it is six years old.
5. A child’s second teeth begin to grow while the child still has first teeth.
Question 4: Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one.
1. Mr. Thanh couldn’t enjoy the meal because of the stomachache.
A. The stomachache prevent Mr. Thanh from enjoying the meal.
A. The stomachache prevented Mr. Thanh from enjoying the meal.
A. The stomachache prevented Mr. Thanh from enjoy the meal.
A. The stomachache prevented Mr. Thanh in enjoying the meal.
2. What is your daughter’s age, Mrs. Mai?
A. How old is your daughter, Mrs. Mai? B. How age is your daughter, Mrs. Mai?
C. How old is her daughter, Mrs. Mai? D. How old is Mrs. Mai’s daughter?
3. Hoa didn’t go to school because of her sickness.
A. Because of Hoa was sick, she didn’t go to school yesterday.
B. Because Hoa was sickness, she didn’t go to school yesterday.
C. Because Hoa was sick, she didn’t go to school yesterday.
D. Because Hoa was sick, she went to school yesterday.
4. You shouldn’t eat too much meat.
A. You’d better not eat too much meat. B. You’d not better eat too much meat.
C. You’d better not to eat too much meat. D. You’d better eat not too much meat.
5. How heavy is the chicken
A. What is weight of the chicken? C. How is the weight of the chicken?
B. What weight is the chicken? D. What is the weight of the chicken?
ENGLISH PRACTICE 4
Exercise I: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest
1) A. honest B. hour C. honor D. huour
2) A. deaf B. beat C. lead D. teach
3) A. there B. thank C. youth A. thirsty
4) A. fund B. upset C. tutor D. rug
5) A. safe B. mall C. nature D. face
6) A. option B. information C. quention D. invitation
7) A. choos B. chemistry C. character D. child
8) A. invited B. liked C. ended D. wanted
9) A. notice B. grow C. ghost D. lost
10) A. like B. wide C. oponion D. file
Exercise II: Fill in the blank with a suitable form of verb in the bracket
1. Yesterday, I (1. spend) ……………… two hours (2. do)………… the homeword.
2. The thiefs (3. catch)…………….. when they (4. leave)………….. the bank.
3. Two hours ago, Mrs Brown (5. have)………........… Alice (6. take)……….. her son to the school.
4. How many times you (7. be)………....................… to Ho Chi Minh City?
5. The moon (8. move)……………… around th earth.
6. Next summer, my parents wil let me (9. visit)…………….. my grand father.
7. How about (10. go)……………… to the zoo?
Exercise III: Fill in the blank with a suitable preposition
1. She went out the room………………….. saying a word.
2. The life in the countryside is changing…………. Better.
3. She was born……………… 2 o’clock …………….. 18th July.
4. Mary is thinking……………… importing fowers………….. China.
5. They are traveling……………….. the airport…………….. a bus.
6. I am afraid………………. Ghost.
7. The fight………………... deforestation is very important.
Exercise IV. Fill in the blank with the correct form of word in the bracket
1. Ha Long Bay is in………………… VietNam (north).
2. The wild animals are being…………………..(appear).
3. I couldn’t find any………………. between the tow picture (different).
4. She is a ……………… she sells flowers at a shop in Canada (flower).
5. Long put…………… on that towel to stop the bleeding (press).
6. The question isn’t good. It’s ………….. to ask (import).
7. His father soon died of a ……………… heart (break).
8. Don’t let the child go out because it’s……………. (wind).
9. I am going to have a……………… check-up next Monday (medicine).
10. The knife is ……………… it can cut everything (use).
Exercise V : Choose the best answer by cirling A, B, C or D
1. I finish ………….. the book and went to bed.
A. read B. to read C. reading D. reads
2. That man can tell us where …………….
A. does John live B. is John living C. John lives D. John live
3. …………… clothes do you prefer, T- shirt or pullover?
A. Which B. What C. Where D. How
4. Can you …………… your paper with you when I come there, please?
A. collect B. bring C. get D. take
5. Smoking is harmful …………….. your health.
A. on B. for D. about C. to
6. Do you find anything …………….. there?
A. interested B. useful C. bored D. easily
7. Ann is very busy these days. She has …………… free time.
A. a little B. few C. a few D. little
8. It’s raining very ……………
A.wet B. badly C. hard D. firmly
9. A new shoppig is ……………. In my neighborhood today.
A. being opened B. opened C. opening D. be opened
10. The stolen machines were ………………. a lot of money.
A. valued B. cost C. price D. worth
Exercise VI : Rewrite the sentence by using the given words without changing the meaning
11. Has anyone asked you for your opinions?/
Nam said that………………………………………………………………………………………
12. I had a dog once, but I don’t have anymore./
I …………………………………………………………………………………………………………
13. The water was so cold that the children couldn’t swim in it./
The water…………………………………………………………………………………………………
14. “ Eat more and more vegetables” the doctor said./
The doctor told……………………………………………………………………………………………
15. To live on your salary must be hard./
It …………………………………………………………………………………………………………
16. Tom is the best player in the team./
No one in the team ………………………………………………………………………………………
17. It’s interesting to read this book./
This book …………………………………………………………………………………………
18. I spend half an hour traveling to work by motorbike everyday./
It takes………...…………………………………………………………………………………………
19. Peter said he wasn’t feeling well then./
Peter said “I ……………………………………………………………………………………”
20. A boy was injured in the accident, he is now in the hospital./
The boy ………………………………………………………………………………………………
Exercise VII : Find the mistakes in the passage and correct them
In a modern life today, the work of the farm is less hard because he is helped a lot by machines.
That mean nore food is produced and less labour and less work hours are spent. He also has more free
time for intertain and more things such as a big house, motorbike, television. Her life is getting better
and good day by day. His children go to school. Before they finish school, they are sent to
universityes.The farmer still have to work hardly but his life is much improved.

ENGLISH PRACTICE 13
I. Choose the best answer.
1. London is_______ than Ho Chi Minh city.
A. big B. bigger C. biggest D. the bigger
2. Twins Tower is the_______ building in the world.
A. tall B. taller C. tallest D. the taller
3. We shouldn’t waste too much water. We should_______
A. save B. to save C. saving D. to saving
4. He doesn’t need_______ more eggs.
A. a B. an C. some D any
5. _______ language do you speak? I speak Vietnamese.
A. which B. where C. when D. how
6. What’s the weather like_______ the spring.
A. at B. on C. in D. for
7. How often do you watch TV?________ a week
A. once B. one C. a D. an
8. What about_______ volleyball?
A. to play B. playing C. to playing D. is playing
9. How_______ are they going to stay?
A. long B. often C much D many
10. How_______ milk do his cows produce.
A. much B. many C. long D. often
11. He grows_______ fruit trees.
A. a B. a few C. a little D. little
12. He is_______ aerobics now.
A. playing B. doing C. to do D. do
13. Would you like_______ soda?
A. some B. any C. a D. an
14. Mai_______ a dozen eggs.
A. drink B. need C. needs D. to need
15. Does he like soccer? ______________
A. No, he doesn’t B. No, he does C. No, he like not D. No, he not like
16. What do you do_______ your free time?
A. in B. on C. at D. for
17. _______ oranges are there? There are four.
A. How many B. How much C. How often D. How long
18. You_______ stop. That sign says “stop”.
A. can B. mustn’t C. must D. musts
19. What do you do?
A. you are a student B. she is a student C. I’m a student D. he’s a student
20. The garden is in front_______ Mai’s house.
A. in B. of C. on D. at
II. Match the question in A with the answer in B.
A B
1. How often does he go to school? A. We are going to the cinema?
2. Does he fly his kites in his free time? B. Mexico city.
3. What is the biggest city in the world? C. She’s from France.
4. Where is Lan from? D. Everyday.
5. Where are you going now? E. No, he plays badminton

III. Choose one word to fill in the blank.


Mary lives (1)______ a village in London. Her day starts (2)______ 4 o’clock. She gets up, and she
walks three kilometers to the river. She takes some water and she carries it back to her house. The
water is very (3)______. It isn’t clean but there (4)______ any water in the village. She doesn’t go to
school. She can’t read or write. She (5)______ her mother to clean the house.
1. A. on B. in C. at D. for
2. A. in B. at C. on D. of
3. A. heavy B. heavily C. heavi D. not heavy
4. A. isn’t B. aren’t C. is D. are
5. A. help B. helps C. helping D. to help
True or False
T F Mary lives in London
T F she takes some eggs and carries them back to her house
T F There are a lot of water in the village
T F She doesn’t go to school because she can’ read and write.
T F Her mother helps her to clean the house
ENGLISH PRACTICE 13
I- Find the word whose underlined part is pronounced diffirent from the others.
1- a. sun b. fun c. pull d. hunt
2- a. tie b. sit c. bit d. hit
3- a. cave b. have c. slave d. behave
4- a. bull b. pull c. dull d. full
5- a. do b. go c. so d. no
6- a. hotel b. photo c. move d. pagoda
7- a. needed b. visited c.played d. planted
8- a. my b. curly c. library d.lucky
II- Choose A,B,Cor D to complete the following sentences.

1- My brother is studying hard ........ pass the exam.


A. for B. in order to C. so to D. so that
2- We have studied ........... seven o'clock.
A. for B. at C. since D. to
3- He was born in England. English is his .................................
A. mother tongue B. first language C. foreign language D. A and B are correct
4- It's dangerous ...........in this river.
A. swim B. to swim C. swimming D. swam
5- .............. to America yet ?
A. Were you B. Have you ever been C. Were you been D. Are you
6- The boy was .......... by the dog.
A. bite B. bit C. bited D. bitten
7- My father used .......... me to school.
A. took B. taking C. to take D. take
8- Would you mind .........for a few minutes?
A. to wait B. waiting C. wait D. be waiting

III- Complete the sentences, use the correct form of the words in the brackets.

1- Would you mind if I (smoke)……………………….


2- Surface mail is much (cheap)……………………….. than airmail.
3- He (live)……………………….. in this city since 2000.
4- The man (sit)……………………. next to me was very nervous.
5- The children (play)……………….... when it started to rain.
6- We (learn)………………………… French grammar at the moment.
7- Could you give me some (inform)…………………………?
8-Mr Hung told me (tell)………………….... him the truth.
9- My fater can read (good)………………….... without glasses.
10- Nam must (do)…………………. the homework himself.

IV-Underline and correct the mistake in the sentences.

1- They didn't let me to go.


………………………………………………………………………………………
2- When John is four, he came to London with his parents.
.....................................................................................................................................
3- How long have you living here ?
.....................................................................................................................................
4- They are going to school by foot.
.....................................................................................................................................
5- Do you mind if I smoking in the room ?
.....................................................................................................................................
6- His garden isn't as large than mine.
.....................................................................................................................................
7- We haven't talked to your sister since a long time.
......................................................................................................................................
8- There are much than eighty stores in the mall.
......................................................................................................................................
9- The toys keeping in the box are worth 30 dollars.
......................................................................................................................................
10- This school is different mine.
......................................................................................................................................

V- Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.

1- I am interested ....................... reading books.


2- She is tired ........................ living in the city.
3- This restaurant is famous ....................... Chinese food.
4- The ambulance will be there ...................... a bout 5 minutes.
5- Bobby started school ....................... the age of five.
6- I am very keen ......................... music.
7- Na got up late this morning because her alarm clock didn’t go .....................
8- I’m looking forward ........................ seeing in June.
9- Could I help you .................. your bag?
10- They are traveling to the airport......................... a bus.

VI- Complete the passage with the suitable words.

Learning a language is, in some way, like (1) _________ how to fly or play the piano. There (2)
____________ important differences, but there is a very important similarity. It is this: learning how
to do such things needs lots (3) ___________ practice. It is never simply to “know” something. You
must be able to “do” things with what (4) ___________ know. For example, it is not enough simply
to read a book on (5) ___________ to fly an aeroplane. A (6) ___________ can give you lots of
information about how to fly, but if only read a book and then try to (7) ____________without a great
deal of practice first, you will crash and kill (8) ____________ .The same is true of (9)
____________the piano. So you think it is enough simply to read about it? Can you play the piano
without having lots of (10) ____________ first?

VII- Read the following passage and choose the item A,B,C or D that best answer each question
about it.
Nick Johnson lives with his parents, and his sister. They live in Wembley, in north London. Nick’s
mum is called Sue. She works in a supermarket. His dad is called Jim and he works in a bank. Nick’s
sister is called Tracy. She is nine years old. There is also a dog in the family. His name’s Fred.
1. How many people are there in Nick Johnson’s family?
A. 2 B. 3 C. 4 D. 5
2. Where does Nick’ family live?
A. America B. England C. Scotland D. Australia
3. Which does the word “his” in line 4 refer to?
A. Nick’s mother B. Nick’s sister C. Nisk’s cousin D. Nick’s dog
4. What’s Nick’s sister’s name?
A. Sue B. Jim C. Tracy
D. Fred
5. Who is Jim?
A. Nick’s father B. Nick’s mother C. Nick’s cousin D. Nick’s sister
6. Which of the following is not TRUE?
A. Nick’s family live in London. B. Nick’s father works in a bank.
C. Nick’s mother works in a supermarket. D. Nick’s sister is five years old.

VIII- Rewite the following sentences so that have the same meanings as the first ones.

1- The last time I saw her was in 2005.


 I haven't ..................................................................................................................
2- He is writing a book on biology.
 A book on biology .................................................................................................
3- Going swimming in the summer is interesting.
 It .............................................................................................................................
4- He was punished by his mother
 His mother...............................................................................................................
5-“Don’t play video games too much, Minh"Mr Ha said.
 Mr Ha asked ...........................................................................................................
6- Tom is not as tall as Mary.
 Mary...................................................................................................................
7- How is the weather ?
What’s.................................................................................................
8-“Please turn down the radio for me,” said my father.
 My father asked......................................................................................................
9- Many trees are cut down to make paper.
 They..................................................................................................................
10- She cleaned the house.Then she went to the market.
 After.. .................................................................................................

IX- Complete the following sentences based on the given cues.

1- How long / it / take you / get / school ?


.....................................................................................................................................
2- He / not interested / buy / new / house.
.....................................................................................................................................
3- I / play badminton / Nam / when / my friends / come.
.....................................................................................................................................
4- I / bored / doing / same thing / day after day.
.....................................................................................................................................
5- Marie Curie / born / Poland / 1867
.....................................................................................................................................
6- We ought / use/ cloth bags/ instead / reuse/ plastic bags.
.....................................................................................................................................
7- We / have / wonderful/ time / moment / SaPa.
.....................................................................................................................................
8- Could / give me / information ?
.....................................................................................................................................

X- Write a passage in 200 words about the beauty of your hometown


ENGLISH PRACTICE 14
Question 1. Choose the word that has underlined, italic part pronounced differently.
1. A. thunder B. earthquake C. gather D. healthy
2. A. hobby B. honest C. humor D. hole
3. A. deny B. symbol C. terrify D. dynamite
4. A. claimed B. warned C. occurred D. existed
5. A. health B. ready C. heavy D. appear
Question 2. Complete the sentences with the most suitable words:
6. We want_______ my English.
A. to improve B. improving C. improved D. improve
7. The telephone was_______ by Alexander Bell.
A. invent B. invented C. to invent D. inventing
8. We will be there_______ 5 o’clock early_______ the morning.
A. in/ on B. on/ in C. at/ in D. in/ at
9. He has a fine stamp_______.
A. collect B. collection C. collective D. collector
10. I can’t go to the movies with you if it_______ heavily.
A. rained B. rains C. rain D. raining
11. Jeans_______ all over the world.
A. sell B. sold C. is sold D. are sold
12. You must be_______ when doing this test.
A. carefully B. care C. careful D. careless
13. Nguyen Du is a famous_______ in Vietnam.
A. musician B. designer C. correspondent D. poet
14. He will be in Singapore from Monday_______ Thursday.
A. in B. up to C. at D. on
15. We feel very_______ today.
A. happy B. happiness C. happily D. happen
16. Solar energy doesn’t cause_______
A. pollution B. polluted C. pollute D. pollutant
17. _______ is a person who installs and repairs water pipes.
A. electrician B. carpenter C. locksmith D. plumper
18. All the classes were_______ painted
A. bad B. badly C. worse D. good
19 Her family is aware of saving_______
A. energy B. energize C. energetic D. energetically
20. Passover is celebrated in Israel and by all_______
A. English B. Vietnamese C. Japanese D. Jewish
21. He is the man_______ helped me yesterday.
A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
22. In Australia, a tropical storm is called a_______
A. typhoon B. hurricane C. cyclone D. eruption
23. My father has to go to work_______ it is raining hard.
A. though B. but C. because D. and
24. Where are the photos_______ were taken at the Christmas party?
A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
25. I’m very_______ that I will go to Dalat tomorrow.
A. excite B. excited C. excitedly D. exciting
Question 3. Read this speech. Then answer. True or False? Check (√) in the boxes.
Good evening, everybody. My name is Professor Roberts and tonight I’m going to tell you how to
study English well.
Most of you don’t have a good method of learning English. You can learn English well by:
-Listening to the lecture carefully.
-Practice speaking – listening – reading – writing English regularly.
-Using a good dictionary.
-Working harder on the pronunciation.
-Corresponding to the facts.
If you follow these simple rules, you will improve your English quickly.
No Content True False
26. The meeting happens in the afternoon.
27. There are many people in the room.
28. The speaker gives two simple rules.
29. According to speaker, English will be better.
Question 4. Choose A, B, C, D to complete the passage.
Tet of the Lunar New Year holiday is the (30)_______ important in Vietnam. Tet is a joyful festival
(31)_______ occurs in late January or early February. It (32)_______ a time for families to clean and
decorate their houses, wear new (33)_______ and enjoy special (34)_______ such as sticky rice
cakes. Family members who live apart try to be together (35)_______ Tet.
30. A. less B. more C. most D. least
31. A. which B. the C. who D. when
32. A. was B. is C. be D. are
33. A. clothe B. clothes C. dressed D. cloth
34. A. diner B. lunch C. meal D. meals
35. A. on B. in C. at D. with
ENGLISH PRACTICE 14
I.Choose the word or phrase which best completes each of the following sentences. Write your
answers in the table below
1. It was ………………………… cold to go outside.
A too B enough C much D more
2. She finished the test ………………………… without any help.
A he B she C hers D herself
3. John ………………………… to be frightened of spiders when he was younger.
A was B used C did D must
4. We love going swimming, ………………………… ?
A don’t we B aren’t we C won’t we D didn’t we
5. There aren’t ………………………… eggs to make a cake.
A much B enough C too D more
6. When I went into the room, somebody ……………… through the window.
A looked B was looking C looks D have looked
7. If you show me your homework I …………………… you.
A help B will help C helping D have helped
8. …….. she plays the piano!
A. How well B. How good C. What well D. What good
9. Life here is very …………….
A. peace B. peacefully C. peaceful D. peacefulness
10. It is raining outside, and Tom brought his umbrella with him …………..he wouldn’t get wet.
A. so as to B. in order C. so that D. in order to
11. For lunch, you may have …………….fish or chicken.
A. both B. neither C. not only D. either
12. I …………. my house ……………….. That is why there is all this mess.
A. had – paint B. have – paint C. am having – painted D. had had - paint
13. The librarian told us not ____ reference books out of the library.
A. take B. taking C. to take D. took
14. I could not cut the grass because the machine …………… a few days previously.
A. broke down B. has been broken C. have been broken D. breaks down
15. Ann is not at home. She’s …………….. to dinner.
A. been B. gone C. went D. being
16. “Where are my jeans?” “They ……………..at the moment. Sorry.”
A. are washing B. were washed C. are washed D. are being
washed
17. The film was ……………………. There was so much blood in it.
A. horrify B. horrified C. horrifying D. being
18. How long will it …………………. you to get there .
A. go B. need C. have D. take
19.This book is …………….from the one I had .
A. different B. similar C. same D. like
20. The teacher asked me if I…………..answer the question
A. can B. could C. have to D. should
II.Read the text below and think of the word which best fits space .Use only one word in each
space
My day usually (1)…………. at six thirty. I get up and do some exercises for about fifteen minutes.
Then I take my shower. After that I (2)……………dress and have breakfast with my family. At
seven thirty I leave (3)………..school. I generally take the bus to school. I catch the bus near my
house and then (4)………….. from the bus -stop to school. It (5)…………….about thirty minutes to
get to school. My first class is at eight thirty and I usually (6)………….school at three. Sometimes I
stay (7)…………..to have a game of volleyball or to work in the library. I usually watch TV for a (8)
………………. Then I start my homework. I have dinner at seven o’clock. After that I often (9)
……….. more homework to do. Sometimes I watch TV or go (10)………….. with friends after
dinner. I generally go to bed at around ten thirty.
III. Choose the suitable word for each blank in the following passage
subjects teenagers because themselves language
difficult enough university their or
Every year students in many countries learn Enghlish . Some of these students are young children .
Others are (1)…………... Many are adults . Some learn at school , others study by (2)………….. A
few learn English just by hearing the (3) ………. in film , on television , in the office , or among
their friends . But not many are lucky (4)………….to do that . Most people must work hard to learn
another language .
Learning another language ! Learning English ! Why do all these people want to learn English ? It is
not (5)…………..to answer that quetion . Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is
one of their (6)…………. They study (7)…………..own language , and mathematics .... and
English . ( In England , or America , or Australia , many boys and girls study their own language ,
which is English and mathematics ..... and another language , perhaps French , or German , or
Spainish )
Many adults learn English (8)…………..it is useful for their work . Teenagers often learn English
for their higher studies , because some of their books are in English at the college or (9)………….
Other people learn English because they want to read newspapers (10)………….magazines in
English .
IV. Choose thebest answer which can fit in the number space
Many British people go abroad on holiday, to visit family, or on short business trips. People are (1)
……… to find out how to get urgent treatment before leaving the UK. They have to (2)…………… a
form which explains what they (3)………….. do if they fall ill or (4)……………… an accident, and
what arrangements exist in (5)…………… country for medical treatment. The regulations are fairly
simple but(6)…………. people do not have this information, they may(7)………….that private
medical care is extremely expensive. It is not unsual for people to discover that they do not have (8)
………….. money with them to (9)………… the total costs and (10)……………… such
circumstances an already difficult situation becomes even more complicated.
1. A. advised B. suggested C. said D. spoken
2. A. put B. bring C. till D. get
3. A. ought B. will C. should D. may
4. A. have B. get C. happen D. take
5. A. their B. each C. one D. this
6. A. because B. whether C. as D. if
7. A. look B. want C. find D. know
8. A. enough B. little C. few D. full
9. A. pay B. give C. spend D. have
10. A. on B. in C. at D. up

VI. There are 11 mistakes in the following paragraph. Underline the mistake then correct it.
Write your answer in the table below
In 1783, two French brothers build the first balloon to take people into the air. One hundred and
twenty years lately, in 1903, the Wright brothers built the first plane with an engine and flied in it .
This was in the United States. Then, in 1918, the US Post Office begun the first airmail service.
Aeroplanes changed a lot in the next thirty year. Then, in 1950s, aeroplanes became many faster
because they had jet engines. In 1976, Concorde was building in the UK and France. It is the faster
passenger plane in the world and it can flying at 2500 kilometers an hour, so the journey in London to
New York is only four hours. Today millions of people travel on aeroplane, and it is difficult to think
of a world without them.
0. build  built
VII. Give the correct form of the words in capital letter to complete the sentences
1. This knife is ……………….-it can’t cut anything. USE
2. It’s difficult to find ………………at busy times in this town. ACCOMMODATE
3. The lecturer is giving us first-aid …………………… INSTRUCT
4. Nam likes acting and outdoor ………………… ACT
5. The Boy Scouts of America is a youth……………….. ORGANIZE
6. You shouldn’t talk about her character only through her ………….. APPEAR
7. Bell ……………..demonstrated his invention. SUCCESS
8. She is beautiful with a …………………smile. LOVE
9. There are many cultural ………………between his country and mine. DIFFER
10. He is one of the most ……………..writers in the world. FAME
VIII. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence
1. I haven’t eaten this kind of food before.
This is the first……………………………………………………………..
2. My brother started working in that factory five years ago.
 My brother has……………………………………………………………..
3. ‘Can I borrow your bike,Nga?’, Nam asked.
 Nam asked Nga …………………………………………………………..
4. This pen belongs to Phong.
 This is ……………………………………………………………………..
5. They haven’t cleaned the streets this week.
 The streets………………………………………………………………….
6. Apples are usually cheaper than oranges.
 Apples are not……………………………………………………………..
7. He’d rather play golf than tennis.
 He prefers…………………………………………………………………..
8. Mai broke the cup because of her carelessness.
Because Mai………………………………………………………………
9. How long is it since they built the house?
 When………………………………………………………………………?
10. You are not allowed to smoke here.
 Would you mind………………………………………………………….?

IX. Write a composition about 150 words on the following topic:


THE SUBJECT I LIKE BEST
ENGLISH PRACTICE 15
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. knife B. injure C. scissors D. sink
2. A. precaution B. cause C. because D. aunt
3. A. cover B. movie C. above D. oven
4. A. reach B. beneath C. near D. bead
5. A. chemical B. chore C. kitchen D. children
II. Choose from the four options given one best answer to complete each sentence.
1. What does your friend look_________?
A. likes B. like C. likely D. to like
2. Is she going to________ you this summer?
A. visit B. visits C. visted D. visiting
3. Why did Romeo and Juliet kill___________?
A. they B. them C. themselves D. themself
4. Why do we have to put all dangerous objects out of___________.
A. children reach B. reach chidren C. children reaching D. children’s reach
5. Why mustn’t we let children________ in the kitchen.
A. play B. playing C. to play D. played
III. Read the following passage then answer questions below.
This is Hoa’s bedroom. There is a desk on the left of the room. On the desk, there are many folders,
and above the desk there is a bookshelf. There is a bed near the desk. On the right side of the room,
there is a window. There is a wardrobe beside the window. The wardrobe is opposite the desk.
1. What is on the left of the room? ~ It’s______________.
A. a desk B. a wardrobe C. a bed D. a window
2. Are there many folders on the desk? ~ ________________.
A. No, there aren’t. B. Yes, there are. C. No, there isn’t. D. Yes, there is.
3. There is a bookshelf___________the desk.
A. on B. near C. opposite D. above
4. Opposite the desk, there is a__________________.
A. window B. bookshelf C. wardrobe D. bed
IV. Choose the correct sentence according to the given words and phrases.
1. it/ be not/ safe/ leave/ medicine/ around/ house.
A. It be not safe to leave medicine around house.
B. It is not safe to leaving medicine around the house.
C. It is not safe leave medicine around the house.
D. It is not safe to leave medicine around the house.
2. put/ rice/ teaspoon/ salt/ in it.
A. Put the rice and a teaspoon of salt in it. B. Put rice and a teaspoon of salt in it.
C. Put rice and teaspoon of salt in it. D. Put the rice and a teaspoon of the salt in the it.
3. I/ going/ be/ home/ late tonight.
A. I am going to be home late tonight. B. I am going to am home late tonight.
C. I going to be at home late tonight.D. I am going be in the home late tonight.
4. Alexander Graham Bell/ born / March 3 1847 / Edinburgh.
A. Alexander Graham Bell is born in March 3 1847 in Edinburgh.
B. Alexander Graham Bell was born in March 3 1847 in the Edinburgh.
C. Alexander Graham Bell was born on March 3 1847 in Edinburgh.
D. Alexander Graham Bell is born on March 3 1847 at the Edinburgh.
5. bag / be not / big / enough/ carry /everything.
A. The bag is not enough big carry everything.
B. The bag is not big enough to carry everything.
C. The bag are not big enough to carry everything in it.
D. Bag is not enough big to carry everything.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 15
I. PHONETICS : ( 2PTS)
1/ Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others by
circling A, B, C or D ( 1pt)
11: A. tourist B. anxious C. delicious D. famous
12: A. university B. unit C. discuss D. computer
13: A. fat B. festival C. grand D. man
14: A. rub B. surrounding C. plumber D. husk
15: A. helped B. worked C. asked D. cleaned
2/ Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others .( 1pt)
16. A. comprise B. depend C. design D. novel
17. A. tropical B. collection C. tendency D. charity
18 A. friendliness B. occasion C. pagoda D. deposit
19. A. importing B. specific C. impolite D. important
20. A. federation B. unpolluted C. disappearing D. profitable
II. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (6PTS)
1. Circle the best option A, B, C, or D to complete the following sentences : ( 2pts)
21. Our friends have lived in Ho Chi Minh city __________ 2002
A. for B. since C. in D. about
22. He prefers soccer ___________ tennis
A. from B. than C. to D. or
23. This is the first time I _________ this film.
A. am seeing B. saw C. see D. have seen
24. He __________ to his friend’s party when his parents asked him to go home.
A. was going B. goes C. went D. has gone
25. There’s a strange man behind us. I think_______.
A. we are followed B. we are being followed
C. we are being following D. we are following
26. Which of the following is the strongest advice?
A. You really must get a hair-cut B. If I were you, I’d get a hair-cut.
C. You ought to get a hair-cut. D. You should get a hair-cut.
27. ________ you mind if I use your dictionary?
A. Will B. Can C. Do D. Did
28. The man ________ to the principal is my form teacher.
A. talks B. talk C. talked D. talking
29 . All that rubbish will have to be _____ at once.
A. got rid of B. get rid of C. got rid D. getting rid of
30. Would you mind putting out your cigarette? ~ _____________
A. No, thanks. B. No, of course not C. No, I wouldn’t. D. No, I don’t.
2. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the spaces(2pts).
31. Their children have quite _____________ characters. (difference)
32. What is the correct ______________of this word? (pronounce)
33. He didn’t win the championship, so he felt very _____________ . (hope)
34. She is one of the greatest _______ to appear in this theater. (perform)
35. My house is on the top of a hill. It’s very ____ there in the fall. (wind)
36. It is ___________ to eat too much sugar and fatty food. (health)
37. Many rural areas in Viet Nam have been __________ in the last few years. (urban )
38. Bell ______________ demonstrated his invention. (success)
39. Every day, there are two _________ from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh city. (fly)
40. There are a lot of _______________ in the competition. (contest)
3. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets. (1pt)
41. Would you mind if I (smoke) __________?
42- I don't enjoy (laugh)___________ at by other people.
43- He (live) __________in this city since 2000.
44- Most of the NOKIA mobile phones (sell) ___________in this shop are imported from China.
45- The children (play)_____________soccer when it started to rain.
4. Fill in each gaps of the following sentences with a suitable preposition. ( 1pt)
46. In our place it is very cold ________ night, but it’s warm during the day.
47. Phong Nha Cave is known __________ a World Heritage Site.
48. She is thinking __________ importing flowers from Viet Nam ?
49. The canoe overturned and everyone fell ________ the deep water.
50. I prefer walking ________ riding a bicycle.
III. READING: (5pts)
1. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage. (2 pts)
For many people sport is a popular part of school life and …(51)…in one of the school teams and
playing in matches is very important. …(52)…someone is in a team it means a lot of extra practice
and often spending a Saturday or Sunday away …(53)…home, as many matches are played then.
It …(54)…also involve traveling to other towns to play against other school teams and then …(55)…
on after the match for a meal or a drink. Some parents, friends or other students will travel with the
team to support …(56)…own side.
When a school team wins a match, it is the whole school which feels proud, …(57)…only the
players. It can also mean that a school …(58)…well-known for being good at cetain sports and
people from that school may end up playing …(59)…national and international teams so that the
school has some really …(60)…names associated with it.
51 a.having b. being c.taking d. putting
52 a.If b.As c.Then d. So
53 a.at b. on c.for d. from
54 a.ought b.is c.can d.has
55 a.being b.staying c.leaving d.spending
56 a.their b.its c.our d.whose
57 a.but b.however c.and d.not
55 a.turns b.makes c.comes d.becomes
59 a. up b.to c.for d.beside
60 a.old b.new c.common d.famous
2. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage.(2pts)
Charlie Chaplin was born in a very poor part of London. (61) ................ father was comedian and his
mother worked (62) .................... a dancer and a singer. (63) ......... of them was successful so the
family had very (64) ..................... money. The (65) ……………… time he himself earned money by
dancing and singing, he was only five years old. He did many kinds of jobs, but what he loved
(66) ..................... was working in the theatre.
When he was (67) ..................... fifteen, he joined a traveling theatre company and went on trips to
America. On (68) ..................such tour, he was (69) ................... a part in a film, so he went to
Hollywood, where he eventually became both a famous actor and film director.
He died in Switzerland in 1977, at the age of 88. There is now a statue of him in Leicester Square,
London, the city of his (70) ..................... and early up-bringing.
3. Read the passage and decide which statements are True (T) or False (F). (1pt)
A week ago, Huy's family went for a picnic in the country. It was early spring, so they thought it was
too cold to go to the seaside. They set off early after breakfast and drove about 45 km into the country
until
they came to this favorite place. Huy and his sister went into the woods to pick wild flowers Huy's
parents sat quietly, fishing by the stream. At 4.30 p.m, they put the plates, cups, saucers and other
things back into the basket and went back to their car. They got home at 5.00 p.m.
T F
71. Huy's family went for a picnic seven days ago.
72. They went to the city.
73. They went to the country by train.
74. The children went into the woods to pick wild flowers and their parents fished by the
stream.
75. They came back home at 5.00 p.m.
IV. WRITING (5pts)
1. Make meaningful sentences using the given words. (1pt)
76. Last year/ we/ spend/ week/ My Son / and /I not want / leave.
___________________________________________________________
77. What / should / do / protect / environment / save / natural resources?
__________________________________________________________
78. I/ not talk / uncle / since / he / buy / new house / city center.
________________________________________________________________
79. We / ought / use / cloth bags / instead / reuse / plastic one.
______________________________________________________________
80. Hoang / cross / road / when / father / call out / him .
_______________________________________________________________
2. Finish the second sentence in such a way that is similar to the first one. (2pts)
81. The last time I went to Ho Chi Minh City was 6 years ago.
 I haven’t……………………………………………………
82. “Where is the post office?” A visitor asked Lan.
 A visitor asked Lan…………………………………………
83. May I borrow your ruler?
 Would you mind……………………………………………
84. We spent five hours getting to London.
 It took us …………………………………………………….
85. Some one is going to tune my piano tomorrow.
 I am going………………………………………………………
86. Nam keeps forgetting his homework.
 Nam is…………………………………………………………….
87. My mother gave me a very nice watch yesterday.
 I was ………………………………………… ……………………
88. We’d prefer you not to smoke.
 We’d rather………………………………………………………
89. Let’s meet inside the center ,at the cafe corner.
 How……………………………………………………………….?
90. I’ve never eaten this kind of cake.
 It’s ………………………………………………………………….
3. In about 100 words write about your Tet holiday . (3pts) .
( don’t show your name, your school or your village)
ENGLISH PRACTICE 16
Question I: Choose the best answer to fill in each blank.
1. My aunt speaks English very ................................
A. good B. well C. goodly D. best
2. We have math on Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday; It means we have math .................. a week.
A. once B. twice C. three times D. four times
3. Lan promises to ............................ her best in learning English.
A. try B. make C. work D. learn
4. Learners don’t only learn the meaning ......................... the spelling and pronunciation of new words.
A. too B. as well as C. also D. but also
5. The manager asked me ............................. for him outside his office.
A. wait B. waiting C. to wait D. waited
6. She hasn’t written to me ........................................
A. already B. yet C. never D. any longer
7. Would you be ................................ to hold the door open?
A. kind enough B. too kind C. as kind D. so kind
8. Take the number 7 bus and get ......................... at Forest Road.
A. up B. down C. outside D. off
9. They have never come ............................ such a beautiful village before.
A. off B. along C. at D. across
10. Surely David’s not going to drive, .......................... he?
A. does B. isn’t C. is D. will
Question II: Give the correct form of the words in the brackets.
1. He fell off the bike, but his ............................... were not serious. (injure)
2. She gave me a ............................... of the new house. (demonstrate)
3. The shop ............................. showed me a lot of new models. (assist)
4. You must read the following ............................... precautions carefully. (safe)
5. You shouldn’t talk about her character only through her .......................... (appear)
6. We are waiting for the .............................. of our uncle’s train. (arrive)
7. The increase in population has led to .................................... in many cities. (crowd)
8. We had a terrible trip because the weather was ............................. (please)
9. If you want to get more ................................, please contact Mr. Phong. (inform)
10. It’s a good restaurant; the food there is very ........................... (taste)
Question III: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the
other words in each group.
1. A. visit B. resort C. museum D. restaurant
2. A. seat B. great C. please D. beach
3. A. helped B. wanted C. sounded D. suggested
4. A. hotel B. photo C. move D. pagoda
5. A. city B. center C. country D. cigarette
6. A. mind B. climb C. exciting D. destination
7. A. sugar B. sorry C. seaside D. summer
8. A. busy B. why C. history D. family
9. A. page B. village C. luggage D. heritage
10. A. what B. which C. where D. who
Question IV: Give the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets.
1. My uncle (not/ be) ……………………………. out of his house since he (buy)
………………………… a color TV.
2. I don’t think I (go) ............................... out tonight. I (be) .......................... too tired.
3. John (wash) .............................. his hands. He (just/ repair) ...................................... the TV set.
4. Tell him (bring) .................................. his bike inside. If he (leave) ........................... it there,
someone (steal) ....................................... it.
5. Where (you/ spend) ........................................ your summer holiday last year?
Question V: Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first.
1. Keeping the environment clean is very important.
-> It’s ....................................................................................................................................
2. They will show the time machine to the public when they finish it.
-> The time machine .............................................................................................................
3. He was delighted to receive his aunt’s letter.
-> He was delighted that his .................................................................................................
4. Old car tires are recycled to make shoes and sandals.
-> People ...............................................................................................................................
5. I’m very sad that I wasn’t accepted in that group.
-> I’m very sad not ................................................................................................................
6. Van keeps forgetting his homework.
-> Van is ...............................................................................................................................
7. I would like you to help me to put the chairs away.
-> Do you mind ...................................................................................................................?
8. Please don’t make any noise; I’m very tired.
-> I’d rather ...........................................................................................................................
9. Having a vacation abroad is very interesting.
-> It is ...................................................................................................................................
10. The water was so cold that the children couldn’t swim in it.
-> The water wasn’t ..............................................................................................................
Question VII: Use the given words to make complete sentences.
1. Linh/ parents/ proud/ him/ because/ he/ always/ get/ good marks.
...............................................................................................................................................
2. We/ very interested/ play/ soccer/ when/ live/ countryside.
3. I/ not talk/ uncle/ since/ he/ buy/ new house/ city center.
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
4. The Browns/ buy/ lot/ food/ because/ they/ go/ have/ party.
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
5. It/ only/ small car/ so/ there/ not/ enough room/ all/ us.
...............................................................................................................................................
Question VIII: Fill in each blank with the suitable word in the following passage.
I have just .............................. (1) a letter from my brother, Dave. He is in Australia. He has been
there .................................. (2) six months. He is an engineer. He is ..............................(3) for a big
farm and he has visited a great ........................... (4) of different places in Australia. He has just
bought ............................. (5) Australian car and he has ................................... (6) to Alice Spring, a
small town to the center of Australia. He .............................. (7) soon visit Darwin.
From ............................... (8), he’ll fly to Perth. My brother has ..............................(9) been abroad
before, so he ...................... (10) this trip very exciting.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 16
Question I: Choose the best answer to fill in each blank.
1. My aunt speaks English very ................................
A. good B. well C. goodly D. best
2. We have math on Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday; It means we have math .................. a week.
A. once B. twice C. three times D. four times
3. Lan promises to ............................ her best in learning English.
A. try B. make C. work D. learn
4. Learners don’t only learn the meaning ......................... the spelling and pronunciation of new words.
A. too B. as well as C. also D. but also
5. The manager asked me ............................. for him outside his office.
A. wait B. waiting C. to wait D. waited
6. She hasn’t written to me ........................................
A. already B. yet C. never D. any longer
7. Would you be ................................ to hold the door open?
A. kind enough B. too kind C. as kind D. so kind
8. Take the number 7 bus and get ......................... at Forest Road.
A. up B. down C. outside D. off
9. They have never come ............................ such a beautiful village before.
A. off B. along C. at D. across
10. Surely David’s not going to drive, .......................... he?
A. does B. isn’t C. is D. will
Question II: Give the correct form of the words in the brackets.
1. He fell off the bike, but his ............................... were not serious. (injure)
2. She gave me a ............................... of the new house. (demonstrate)
3. The shop ............................. showed me a lot of new models. (assist)
4. You must read the following ............................... precautions carefully. (safe)
5. You shouldn’t talk about her character only through her .......................... (appear)
6. We are waiting for the .............................. of our uncle’s train. (arrive)
7. The increase in population has led to .................................... in many cities. (crowd)
8. We had a terrible trip because the weather was ............................. (please)
9. If you want to get more ................................, please contact Mr. Phong. (inform)
10. It’s a good restaurant; the food there is very ........................... (taste)
Question III: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the
other words in each group.
1. A. visit B. resort C. museum D. restaurant
2. A. seat B. great C. please D. beach
3. A. helped B. wanted C. sounded D. suggested
4. A. hotel B. photo C. move D. pagoda
5. A. city B. center C. country D. cigarette
6. A. mind B. climb C. exciting D. destination
7. A. sugar B. sorry C. seaside D. summer
8. A. busy B. why C. history D. family
9. A. page B. village C. luggage D. heritage
10. A. what B. which C. where D. who
Question IV: Give the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets.
1. My uncle (not/ be) ……………………………. out of his house since he (buy)
………………………… a color TV.
2. I don’t think I (go) ............................... out tonight. I (be) .......................... too tired.
3. John (wash) .............................. his hands. He (just/ repair) ...................................... the TV set.
4. Tell him (bring) .................................. his bike inside. If he (leave) ........................... it there,
someone (steal) ....................................... it.
5. Where (you/ spend) ........................................ your summer holiday last year?
Question V: Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first.
1. Keeping the environment clean is very important.
-> It’s ....................................................................................................................................
2. They will show the time machine to the public when they finish it.
-> The time machine .............................................................................................................
3. He was delighted to receive his aunt’s letter.
-> He was delighted that his .................................................................................................
4. Old car tires are recycled to make shoes and sandals.
-> People ...............................................................................................................................
5. I’m very sad that I wasn’t accepted in that group.
-> I’m very sad not ................................................................................................................
6. Van keeps forgetting his homework.
-> Van is ...............................................................................................................................
7. I would like you to help me to put the chairs away.
-> Do you mind ...................................................................................................................?
8. Please don’t make any noise; I’m very tired.
-> I’d rather ...........................................................................................................................
9. Having a vacation abroad is very interesting.
-> It is ...................................................................................................................................
10. The water was so cold that the children couldn’t swim in it.
-> The water wasn’t ..............................................................................................................
Question VII: Use the given words to make complete sentences.
1. Linh/ parents/ proud/ him/ because/ he/ always/ get/ good marks.
...............................................................................................................................................
2. We/ very interested/ play/ soccer/ when/ live/ countryside.
...............................................................................................................................................
3. I/ not talk/ uncle/ since/ he/ buy/ new house/ city center.
...............................................................................................................................................
4. The Browns/ buy/ lot/ food/ because/ they/ go/ have/ party.
...............................................................................................................................................
5. It/ only/ small car/ so/ there/ not/ enough room/ all/ us.
...............................................................................................................................................
Question VIII: Fill in each blank with the suitable word in the following passage.
I have just .............................. (1) a letter from my brother, Dave. He is in Australia. He has been
there .................................. (2) six months. He is an engineer. He is ..............................(3) for a big
farm and he has visited a great ........................... (4) of different places in Australia. He has just
bought ............................. (5) Australian car and he has ................................... (6) to Alice Spring, a
small town to the center of Australia. He .............................. (7) soon visit Darwin.
From ............................... (8), he’ll fly to Perth. My brother has ..............................(9) been abroad
before, so he ...................... (10) this trip very exciting.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 17
Question 1: Choose the word in each group that has underlined, italic part pronounced differently from
the rest.
1. A. set B. between C. get D. met
2. A. started B. needed C. protected D. stopped
3. A. ground B. should C. about D. amount
4. A. durian B. cucumber C. painful D. duty
5. A. worked B. hoped C. forced D. sailed
6. A. improve B. coveralls C. gloves D. stomach
Question 2: Complete the sentences with the most suitable words:
1. They don’t drink coffee. _______ do their friends.
A. either B. neither C. too D. so
2. She hates fish and_______ do I.
A. either B. neither C. too D. so
3. You can buy pineapples and bananas at the_______ stall
A. meat B. fruit C. food D. chicken
4. I_______ like some spinach and cucumbers.
A. hard B. did C. would D, do
5. What_______ the weather like there?
A. does B. did C. was D. will
6. I like_______ badminton.
A. playing B. making C. working D. acting
7. Harry is working at a bank_______.
A. at the moment B. a year ago C. for a year D. in a moment
8. Who is_______ , Mary or Cathy?
A. tall B. taller C. tallest D. more taller
9. The Robinsons always go to Vietnam_______ plane.
A. in B. on C. with D. by
10. _______ noodle for breakfast yesterday?
A. Did you eat B. Were you eat C. Did you ate D. Do you ate
11. It took us two hours_______ to Hanoi.
A. drive B. driving C. to drive D. drove
12. Hoa and her brother_______ at home last Sunday.
A. didn’t are B. wasn’t C. weren’t D. not were
13. Were you absent_______ school last Monday?
A. from B. at C. in D. on
14. You_______ take a taxi. It is raining out side.
A. would better B. must C. have to D. had better
15. She never touches_______ food.
A. healthy B. unhealthy C. good D. delicious
16. _______ up late. It is harmful to your heath.
A. Don’t stay B. Not stay C. Not to stay D. Stay
17. Please show me_______ this machine works.
A. what B. how C. which D. when
18. When I saw her, I thought she looked_______.
A. happy B. happily C. to be happy D. being happy
19. Shall we go out tonight?
A. Yes, we go B. Yes, I can C. Yes, let’s D. Yes, we are
20. They are good student. They study very_______.
A. better B. good C. goodly D. well
Question 3: Read this passage. Then answer .True or False? Check (√) in the boxes.
Even before it is born, a baby has small teeth under its gums. At about the age of six months, its first
tooth starts to grow. Before the young child is three years old, it has twenty small teeth. Between the
ages of six and twelve a second set of teeth form in the gum below the first teeth and push them out.
T F 1. A baby has teeth under its gums even before its birth.
T F 2. A baby’s first tooth appears as soon as it is born.
T F 3. A three-year-old child has twenty tiny teeth
T F 4. A child’s second set of teeth appear before it is six years old.
T F 5. A child’s second teeth begin to grow while the child still has first teeth.
Question 4: Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one.
1. Mr. Thanh couldn’t enjoy the meal because of the stomachache.
A. The stomachache prevent Mr. Thanh from enjoying the meal.
B. The stomachache prevented Mr. Thanh from enjoying the meal.
C. The stomachache prevented Mr. Thanh from enjoy the meal.
D. The stomachache prevented Mr. Thanh in enjoying the meal.
2. What is your daughter’s age, Mrs. Mai?
A. How old is your daughter, Mrs. Mai? B. How age is your daughter, Mrs. Mai?
C. How old is her daughter, Mrs. Mai? D. How old is Mrs. Mai’s daughter?
3. Hoa didn’t go to school because of her sickness.
A. Because of Hoa was sick, she didn’t go to school yesterday.
B. Because Hoa was sickness, she didn’t go to school yesterday.
C. Because Hoa was sick, she didn’t go to school yesterday.
D. Because Hoa was sick, she went to school yesterday.
4. You shouldn’t eat too much meat.
A. You’d better not eat too much meat. B. You’d not better eat too much meat.
C. You’d better not to eat too much meat. D. You’d better eat not too much meat.
5. How heavy is the chicken?
A. What is weight of the chicken? B. How is the weight of the chicken?
C. What weight is the chicken? D. What is the weight of the chicken?
Question 5: Which word is odd one out?
1. A. ill B. sick C. sad D. unwell
2. A. sleep B. take care of C. nurse D. look after
3. A. hospital B. hotel C. surgery D. clinic
4. A. corn B. papaya C. pineapple D. orange
ENGLISH PRACTICE 17
I. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the
rest
1 A. hour B. honor C. honest D. how
.
2 A. empire B. bridge C. liberty D. pyramid
.
3 A. cave B. statue C. bay D. ancient
.
4 A. believe B. field C. science D. movie
.
5 A. required B. opened C. plugged D. worked
.
II. Choose a word in each group that has different stress pattern
1. A. paddle B. canoe C. travel D. institute
2. A. invent B. decorate C. participate D. design
3. A. emergency B. hospital C. ambulance D. handkerchief
4. A. recognize B. remember C. deposit D. immediate
5. A. minimize B. damage C. natural D. recycle
III. Choose the best answer for each of the following sentences.
1. She was very sad ______ good marks in the final test.
A. not get B. not to get C. to not get D. not getting

2. My sister has decided to lose weight, so she is living ______ oranges for a week.
A. with B. on C. in D. by
3. When I ______ school, I am going to work in a factory .
A. begin B. study C. leave D. learn
4. What can we do to prevent people ______ throwing drink cans away?.
A. in B. of C. on D. from
5. We have not seen each other ______last Sunday.
A. for B. since C. on D. in
6. Excuse me! I am doing my homework. ______ turning down your radio a bit?.
A. Would you please B. Can you C. Could you D. Would you mind
7. You should work ______ for the coming exam.
A. hard B. hardly C. more hardly D. more
hard
8. He found a watch when he ______ in the street.
A. walked B. has been walking C. was walking D. has walked
9. My uncle used to live ______ a farm when he was young.
A. in B. at C. during D. on
10. Millions of Christmas cards ______every year.
A. send B. are sent C. are sending D. was sent
IV. There mistake in the four underlined part of each sentence underline it then correct it .
1. You should take a taxi although it is raining hard .
________________
A B C D
2. The telephone was invented with a Scotsman, Alexandre G. Bell, in 1876.
________________
A B C D
3. It is difficult for students to answer all of the question in fifteen minutes.
________________
A B C D
4. It has been a long time since we last talked together, isn’t it ?
________________
A B C D
5. Lots of information are store in the computer. ________________
A B C D
6. This is the second time I took part in the flower-making contest. ________________
A B C D
7. Either Nam or his father know how to connect the printer. ________________
A B C D
V. Give the correct form of each verb in brackets to complete the following sentences if
necessary
1. Look! Somebody (break)…………………………….. that door.
2. They (not meet)……………………….. us since last week.
3. What (you/do) ………………………………….. at this time yesterday.
4. Would you like (come)…………………………… to dinner to night.
5. You (phone)…………….. me last night?.......................................................................
6. Would you mind if I (smoke)……………………………………………….?
7. I don't enjoy………………………………………………. (laugh) at by other people.
8.Most of the NOKIA mobile phones (sell)…………………………………. in this shop are imported
from China.
VI. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals .
1. What is the correct ………………………………..of this word?
(pronounce)
2. . Last week we had an ……………………… summer holiday.
( enjoy)
3. The ……………………. of the project made me tense.
(important).
4. You had better do some ………………….. for the final exams
(revise)
5. We should save ………………. …….resources.
(nature)
6. People in the in the country are often more ………. …………. than people in the city.
(friend)
7. The air is heavily ………………………with traffic fumes.
(pollute)
8. …………………, her illness was more serious than we thought.
(fortunate)

VII. Read the passage and complete the sentences. Circle A, B, or C.


America is known as the land of opportunity. Thousands of people immigrate to the United States
every year from different parts of the world to have access to these kinds of opportunities. This is
what is known as, "the American dream".
America is also home to many of the world's top colleges and universities. The California Institute of
Technology is a top world-ranked college that focuses highly on science and engineering. It is located
in the city of Pasadena. Harvard University is another top world-ranked college that you might be
familiar with. The buildings at Harvard date all the way back to the year 1636, making Harvard the
oldest university in the United States. It is located in the state of Massachusetts. University of
California, Los Angeles is another institute worthy of recognition. Located next to Hollywood,
UCLA has distinguished itself as a prestigious and selective university due to the number of people
who apply for admission throughout the United States. The universities mentioned are but a few of
the many other excellent schools that make the United States so outstanding.
1. America is called the land of __________.
A. dream B. opportunity C. immigration
2. The word immigrate in line 1 can be replaced by__________.
A. come into B. go out of C. travel
3. The California Institute of Technology __________.
A. ranks first in the world
B. is a university focusing on natural sciences
C. focuses on science and engineering
4. What is NOT true about Harvard?
A. It was founded in 1636.
B. It is the oldest university in the world.
C. It is located in Massachusetts.
5. University of California, Los Angeles __________.
A. is in Hollywood
B. is different from other universities
C. has a high number of applications
VIII. Choose the best answer by circling A, B, C or D to complete the passage.
THE LANGUAGE OF CLOTHES
We don’t only choose clothes to make us look.........(1)......, we also use them to tell the world .........
(2)...... our personality. The clothes we wear and our appearance......(3)...... a whole give other people
useful information about what we think and.........(4)...... we feel. If we feel cheerful, we usually
wear......(5)...... clothes and if we feel.........(6)..... we sometimes put on dark clothes. But why do
teenagers wear black so.........(7)......? Is it because they feel miserable all.........(8)......? This is
unlikely the case. It is probably just because it is.........(9)...... to wear black, and young people they
are real fans.........(10)...... fashion.
1. A. attract B. attractive C. attractively D. attraction
2. A. of B. with C. by D. about
3. A. on B. as C. for D. in
4. A. which B. what C. how D. when
5. A. colorful B. colors C. colorfully D. colorless
6. A. depress B. depressed C. depressing D. depression
7. A. frequent B. frequency C. frequently D. infrequency
8. A. the time B. the times C. the week D. the month
9. A. fashion B. fashionable C. fashioner D. fashioned
10. A. of B. in C. from D. with
IX. Fill in each blank with one suitable preposition to complete the following sentences:
1. You can use dictionary to find ___________ new words.
2. Nam should work harder ____________ his English pronunciation .
3. Are you laughing ________________ me?.
4. This cake is made ________________ flour, eggs, milk, salt and butter.
5. We thanked them ______________________ all their help.
X. Rewrite the following sentences with the beginning words, staying the same meaning
with the old one.
1. Having a vacation in Da Lat is very interesting.
It…………………………….........................................................................................................
2. The water was so hot that I could not drink it.
The water was not
.....................................................................................................................................................
…………
3. She last ate this kind of food in January.
She has not
.....................................................................................................................................................
…………
4. The theater is near Hoa’s house
The theater is not……………………………………………………………………………
5. Nobody has used this machine for years.
This machine……………………………………………………………………………………
6. Please don’t smoke in the kitchen.
Would you mind ………………………………………………………………………………
XI. Use the words or phrases given to make complete sentences. You can add more words if
necessary.
1. Learning / foreign language / necessary / us / get / job. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………
2 . My family / I / spend / two months / make our plan / for summer holiday. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………
3. driver / stop / car / time / save / child / yesterday. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………
4. It / difficult/ learn English / without/ good dictionary.
……………………………………………………………………………………………
5. He / try / stop / smoking / many times / but / he / never / succeed. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………
6. I / hope / my English / improve / by the end / course. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………

XII. Use the words to write the second sentence in such a way that it is as similar as possible in
meaning to the original sentence. Do not change the form of the given words
1. We went to Hai Phong two months ago. (been)
We…………………………………………………………………………..
2. Whose book is this? (belong)
Who………………………………………………………………………
3. How long is the presentation? (last)
How………………………………………………………………………………………?
4. English eight has twelve units. (are)
There……………………………………………………………………………
5. “You should not lend him your car”, Nam said to me. (advised)
Nam ………………………………………………………………………
ENGLISH PRACTICE 18
II. Choose the best answer. (5 pts)
1. We enjoy_______ around the world.
A. travel B. to travel C. travelled D. travelling
2. Vietnamese students have_______ vacations than American students.
A. fewer B. longer C. most D. less
3. She needed_______ these postcards to her friends.
A. sending B. to send C. sends D. sent
4. My father_______ me a letter two days ago.
A. write B. wrote C. writed D. written
5. Are you scared_______ seeing the dentist.
A. at B. in C of D. to
6. Remember_______ your teeth.
A. brush B. to brush C. brushing D. brushed
7. Clean teeth are_______ teeth.
A. health B. healthy C. unhealthy D. unhealth
8. You_______ go to school because of your headache.
A. had not better B. had better not C. not had better D. better had not
9. I ate bread and eggs for breakfast. ______________.
A. neither did Nam B. so did Nam C. either did I D. too did Nam
10. You shouldn’t drink coffee. ______________.
A. I don’t either B. I shouldn’t either C. neither shouldn’t I D. I should either
11. _________________. Two days ago
A. When do you bought this dress? B. When did you bought this dress?
C. When did you buy this dress? D. When were you buy this dress?
12. __________________ I’m one meter forty five centimeters.
A. How hight are you? B. How height are you? C. What is your high? D. What is your height?
13. Nam bought_______ meat for lunch.
A. many B. a few C. a little D. much
14. Would you open your mouth, please? ______________
A. Yes, please B. Yes, let’s C. No, thanks D. Yes, I did
15. _______ do they cost? They cost 15.000 dong.
A. How often B. How many C. How much D. How long
16. Why_______ you absent yesterday, Hoa?
A. did B. do C. were D. was
17. Your teeth aren’t strong and white. You should_______.
A. don’t go to the dentist B. not go to the dentist C. go to the dentist D. went to the dentist
18.I would like_______ to the movies tonight?
A. to go B. going C. went D. go
19. A_______ diet is good for your health.
A. balanced B. balances C. balance D. balancal
20. The medicines_______ the pain in my chest.
A.relieved B. prevented C. preventing D. protected
III. Read the passage then choose a suitable word and fill in the blank then do True(T) or False
(F)(2,5 pts)
You are feeling weak. You’ve got a headache and pain in your back and limbs. Your temperature is
up over 380 C. You may sweat a lot and don’t want (1)______. Those symptoms show that you’ve got
flu.
There’re no quick cure for flu because when you have flu you have a virus. You don’t have to see the
doctor because medicines can’t (2)______ the flu. They just relieve the symptoms. You’ll feel better
after a few days. So what should you do when you’ve got flu? You’d (3)______ stay indoors and
keep warm. Besides, you should have plenty (4)______ cool drinks: water, fruit or milky drinks. Try
to have three light meals a day and rest bed if you can. And remember (5)______ away from the
crowds so that you don’t give flu to others.
1. A. eat B. to eat C. ate D. did eat
2. A. be cured B. cure C. did cure D. cured
3. A. good B. well C. better D. goodly
4. A. in B. of C. for D. from
5. A. to stay B. staying C. stayed D. did stay
6. A. to B. at C. on D. in
True or false
1. One symptoms of flu is aching back. 2. Medicines can cure flu quickly.
3. Other people can catch flu from you. 4. You always should stay at home when you have had
flu.
5. Don’t drink orange juice when you have got flu.
IV. Each sentence has an underlined and corrected mistake. Choose the best correction.(1,25 pts)
1. We didn’t wanted to go to the park.
A. We our B. wanted want C. go going
2. The shop closed ten minutes last.
A. closed was closed B. last ago C. minutes minute
3. We no live in a city.
A. no  do not B.in on C. city cities
4. I can’t speak Chinese and neither can’t my brother.
A. Ime B. speak spoke C. neither either
5. I want to buy a few chicken.
A want to want B. a fewa little C. chicken chickens
ENGLISH PRACTICE 18
I/ Section one: vocabulary and structures

Question 1: Choose the best answers


1. Don’t be silly! That ...................................possibly be Rivaldo!
a. mustn’t b . shouldn’t c. won’t d. can’t
2. No sooner had we started the game, .........................it began to rain.
a. than b. then c. that d. and
3. I ..................................be interested in playing badminton as a child.
a. could b. ought to c. might d. used to
4. They’ve told you time and time ............................. not to go out at night.
a. to b. over c. again d. before
5. Sorry I’m late, but I..............................feed my little son before leaving home.
a. needed b. must c. had to d. was to
6. Smith writes very quickly. He’s .........................finished his essay.
a. already b. been c. for d. yet
7. What are you going to do? - I don’t know. I haven’t made................my mind yet.
a. on b. at c. in d. up
8. I’ve ..............................to Paris. I went there in March.
a. been b. gone c. just d. yet
9. This is the first ..................... I’ve ever lived far from home.
a. already b. since c. that d. time
10. What did the girl say ........................?
a. at you b. for you c. you d. to you?
11. Phong rang his friend in Nha Trang yesterday, and he said it ..............raining there.
a. was b. is c. should be d. to be
12. The last time I saw Khang, he looked very relaxed. He explained that he’d been on holiday
the ........................week.
a. earlier b. following c. next d. previous
13. We wonder ........................the tickets are on sales yet.
a. what b. when c. whether d. where
14. When I rang Oanh some time last week, she said she was busy.................day.
a. this b. that c. then d. the
15. Which word has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others?
a. just b. sun c. put d. bucket
16. Which word has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others?
a. instead b. head c. heap d. dead
17. Which word has a different stress in the group?
a. amount b. inventor c. garbage d. resource
18. This film must be new. We’ve ........................ seen it before.
a. ever b. never c. since d. yet
19. He hates.......................................to do something by others.
a. to be asked b. asking c. being asked d. to ask
20. Let’s go camping in the mountain, ........................?
a. do we b. can we c. will we d. shall we

Question 2: Supply the correct forms of the word in parentheses.


1. Phuong Linh arranged flowers the most .......................(attract) in the contest.
2. It is a contest in which ....................(participate) have to read two poems in English.
3. .......................(environment) are concerned about the use of dynamite to catch fish.
4. Years later, she passed me in the street without even a small sign of .......(recognize).
5. Nam put ................(press) on that towel to stop the bleeding.
6. After many years of ............(fail), Edison finally succeeded in inventing the light bulb.
7. We use first-aid in order to ease the victim’s pain and ......................(anxious).
8. She felt ....................(relief) after she passed the exam.
9. You’ll meet the tour guide on your ..................(arrive) at the hotel.
10. We can take buses or trains to Northern ......................(destine) of Nha Trang.
11. Sapa is considered the most beautiful .......(mountain) resort in the north of Viet Nam.
12. It’s now high time you knew how to dress and ....................(dress) yourself.
13. We are having a good time here. People on the island are very friendly and ...........(hospitality).
14. The police are interested in the sudden ............(appear) of the valuable painting.
15. I wrote .............(end) letters of application but I got no reply.
16. A fairy appeared and ...................................... ( MAGIC )changed her old clothes
17. The tiger wanted to see the farmer’s .................................. ( WISE )
18. In that story, the prince got ........................( MARRY )to a poor girl
19. Let me get an .................................... ( APPLY ) form and I can fill out
20. He was ............................... ( FOOL ) to say that English is helpless

II/ Section two: reading comprehension

Question 1: Read these passages and match the each passage to its title. There is ONE title you
needn’t use

A. How I began D. My most frightening experience


B. The worst aspect of my hobby E. Why I like my hobby
C. My hopes for the future F. When and where I do it
1. __________ For me, every weekday begins the same: I get up at 7.00. I have breakfast, I take the
bus to school, I go to lessons ... I don’t hate this daily routine, but it isn’t very thrilling. In the
evenings, however, I drive Formula 1 cars, build enormous cities and defend my planet against aliens.
In short, I play computer games. It’s like entering a different world. That’s why I love playing them
so much.
2. __________My interest in computer games has taught me a lot about computer graphics. I want
to study computing at college, and learn how to design and program games. Eventually, I’d like to
start my own software company, creating and testing new games. That way, I could spend all day
doing what I love most.
3. ____________Computer games are interesting because they often contain stories and characters.
The games are getting better all the time, but they are also getting more expensive. The only thing I
don’t like about my hobby is the cost! New games are often about $50.
4. ____________ Some of my friends from school are interested in computer games too. We
normally meet at my house in the evenings and play for a few hours. We sometimes play at
weekends, but if the weather’s good I prefer to go cycling or play basketball instead.
5. ____________ I first became interested in computer games about four years ago. I was staying
with my cousin for the weekend. He had some games and he taught me how to play them. I became
hooked immediately! When I got home, I decided to save all my money for buying games. Now I’ve
got about twenty different games.

Question 2: Read the text and choose the best answer to fill in each gap
Have you ever followed instructions for knitting something or have you read a piece of music? If
you have, you have behaved in a similar way(1)................ a computer. A computer obeys a program
to carry out a particular task. Just (2)................. a knitting pattern is expressed in numbers and piece
of music in lines and dots, so a computer program is (3)................. in the form of programming
language. Like the English language (or any other language), there are (4).................... of grammar,
and a program must be correct in every way.
There are hundreds of programming language, but only (5)............. are well-known and widely
used. The most popular language which is used in offices(6)................Cobol. This language is used
for printing payrolls and keeping records of goods. Engineers and scientists use Fortran
(7)......................carry out calculations. (8)......................... neither of these two programs is very
popular with people working on home computers. Basis is the most popular language for home
computers, chiefly (9)...................it is easy to learn and use.
(10)................. these languages are useful for many purposes, it is time that a new simple program
was devised. Such a program ought to be not only easy to use but also completely reliable.
1. A. to B. as C. so D. from
2. A. like B. by C. too D. as
3. A. expensive B. expresses C. expressed D. expressing
4. A. rules B. laws C. regulations D. principles
5. A. a little B. a few C. much D. a lot of
6. A. called B. calling C. is called D. is calling
7. A. so as for B. in order that C. so as that D. in order to
8. A. In addition B. Therefore C. Consequently D. However
9. A. because B. if C. because of D. unless
10. A. Even B. Despite C. Although D. In spite

Question 3: Find and correct one mistake in each line of the passage below
Nam is a student. This year he had a very interested summer 1........................................
holiday. He traveled with him classmates to a mountainous 2........................................
area in Hoa Binh province. They gone there to help make a 3........................................
road through a forest among two villages. “It was very difficult 4........................................
because there had no water to drink and no shops where we could 5........................................
bought food,” said Nam. “It was also cold and wet 6........................................
in the mountains. It is one of the wetter place in the country.” Nam 7........................................
stayed in the mountains since six weeks. It was hard 8........................................
work, but he says it was the best thing he has ever did. He is 9........................................
hoping to return next year to do any more work there. 10........................................

III/ Section three: Writing

Question 1: Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences


1. exported / many / last year / rice / how / to/ Japan / tons / were / of / ?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. trees / planting / on / the boys / the hill / group / are / the / in / volunteer / .
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………
3. rain / heavy / from / prevented / the / playing / us / soccer.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. if / he / me / some / asked / I / money / could / then / lend / him /
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. design / to send / friends / someone / greetings / Englishman / a card / Christmas / to / an / his /
had /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. Le Lai Street / are/ living / they / in / at / An Giang / their / with /children / 186.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. uncle / spent / most / their /of /the /violin / practicing / his time / in / room /music /the/.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. which / us / tells / sentence / that / more / than / is / she / her / beautiful / sister /?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. his / friends / old / unlike / he / is / impolite / very /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. going / fatherland / month / Kenny / his / is / family / next / visit / with / his / to /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
11. colleagues / go / he / to / to / weekend / and / don’t / have / at / work / the / his /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
12. there / she / near / wanted / a / here / was / museum / know / to / if /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
13. hold / going / their / are / they / tomorrow / party / house / at / to / a /.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
14. going / aren’t / are / boys / the / the / they / canteen / to / school /?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
15. for / you’ll / meeting / late / be / the / if / bed / to / soon / don’t / you / go
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Question 2: Rewrite sentences as directed so that it has the same meaning as the sentence given
1. Thinking of making toys from used paper was his interesting idea.
It’s interesting that...................................................................................................................
2. He hasn’t come back to his home village for over 20 years now.
It’s............................................................................................................................................
3. That’s the strangest film I’ve ever seen.
I have never..............................................................................................................................
4. Please don’t interrupt me while I am speaking.
I’d rather...................................................................................................................................
5. Get up now or you’ll be late for school.
If...............................................................................................................................................
6. The last time we met each other was ten years ago.
We haven’t...............................................................................................................................
7. Finding accommodation at busy time in Da Lat is difficult .
It’s...........................................................................................................................................
8. Originally, tennis was an indoor game.
Tennis used..............................................................................................................................
9. My father prefers living in the countryside to living in the city.
My father likes........................................................................................................................
10. Nobody in my class is as intelligent as Lan.
Lan is.......................................................................................................................................
11. Have you ever played a computer game before?
Is this.......................................................................................................................................
12. France presented the Statue of Liberty to the United States in 1876.
The Statue ...............................................................................................................................
13. The water was so cold that the children couldn’t swim in it.
The water wasn’t.....................................................................................................................
14. He hasn’t chatted with his classmates through the Internet for ages.
It’s ages...................................................................................................................................
15. People should stop experiments on animals.
Experiments............................................................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 19
Question 1: Choose the word in each group that has underlined, italic part pronounced
differently.
1. A. album B. use C. amusement D. united
2. A. minority B. gramophone C. robbery D. monument
3. A. attraction B. battle C. veteran D. character
4. A. invention B. depend C. resort D. defeat
5. A. hoped B. looked C. opened D. washed
Question 2: Which word is odd one out?
1. A. Vientiane B. Jakarta C. Beijing D. Ho Chi Minh City
2. A. began B. played C. knew D. sent
3. A. papaya B. mango C. durian D. potato
4. A. skillfully B. badly C. friendly D. safely
Question 3: Complete the sentences with the most suitable words:
1. Would you like to play tennis, Nam?
A. I’d like to, but I can’t B. Yes, I’d like to C. No, thanks D. I’d like to go
2. I have some home work. I________ finish it before I play table tennis.
A. should to B. need to C. ought D. want
3. Can I borrow your fishing rob, Minh?
A. No, I can’t B. I’m sorry Nam I’m using C. I’d love to D. Yes, please
4. Traffic police never let you________ without a ticket
A. go B. going C. to go D. gone
5. London is the________ of England.
A. capital B. the capital C. a capital D. one capital
6. ________ do you go shopping? – Every week.
A. How far B. What time C. How often D. How
7. ________ people go to the movies now than ten years ago.
A. Fewer B. Few C. Less D. Lesser
8. ________ was in. The room was empty.
A. Anybody B. Somebody C. Everybody D. Nobody
9. Would you tell me where________ born.
A. you were B. were you C. you was D. was you
10. Tom hates watching T.V. ________ does Peter.
A. So B. Too C. Neither D. Either
11. Hoa prefers colorful dances in Thailand________ shadow puppet shows in Indonesia.
A. to B. than C. as D. for
12. ________ seeing beautiful sites, visitors can enjoy traditional food.
A. Apart B. Together C. According to D. As well as
13. People in Asia often drink________
A. some tea B. the tea C. tea D. many tea
14. Uncle Ho was born________.
A. At 1890, in May B. on May, 1890 C. 1890, at May D. in May,1890
15. Some scientists spend most of their lives________ at rocks.
A. looking B. look C. to look D. looked
Question 4: Read the dialogue then choose the best answer:
Nam: Hello, Viet. Do you hear about the new sports centre?
Viet: No, Nam. Where is it?
Nam: On Thang Long Road. You know near Xuan Thuy Street, behind the station.
Viet: Oh. Is it good?
Nam: Yes, it’s great! You can do a lot of sports. I played table tennis courts next year.
Viet: What about tennis?
Nam: Not yet. They are going to built some tennis courts next year.
Viet: Is it expensive?
Nam: Not really, Viet. It’s 50,000 dong a month if you’re 15 to 18, and 30,000 dong if you are under
15.
Viet: Oh, that’s good because I’m still 14.
Nam: And on Tuesday, Thursday and Friday it stays open late – till 10 o’clock.
Viet: Oh, great. How did you get there?
Nam: I got the number 16 bus. It’s only 10 minutes from the bus station. Do you want to go next
week?
Viet: OK. Any day except Thursday.
Nam: Well, why don’t you go on Friday? Then we can stay late.
Viet: Yes, OK. Let’s meet after school.
1. Where is the new sports centre?
A. on Thang Long Road B. on Xuan Thuy Street
C. in front of the station C. opposite the station
2. What sports CAN’T you do at the sports centre?
A. tennis B. table tennis C. volleyball D. football
3. How much must Viet pay?
A. 14,000 dong a month B. 25,000 dong a month
C. 30,000 dong a month C. 50,000 dong a month
4. How many days a week does the sports centre open late?
A. 2 B. 3 C. 4 D. 5
5. Which bus goes to the sports centre?
A. number 6 B. number 10 C. number 16 D. number 60
6. When will Viet and Nam go to the sports centre?
A. Tuesday B. Thursday C. Friday D. Sunday
Question 5: Which sentence is right in the two sentences?
1. A. How much time a week do you wash your clothes?
B. How many times a week do you wash your clothes?
2. A. What’s the matter with you, Minh? B. How’s the matter with you, Minh?
3. A. I understand how do you feel, but don’t worry.
B. I understand how you feel, but don’t worry.
4. A. My broken tooth sopped to hurt afterwards. B. My broken tooth sopped hurting afterwards.
5. A. Last week Dr. Lai felt a cavity in my tooth. B. Last week Dr. Lai filled a cavity in my
tooth.
6. A. After talking to Minh, Hoa felt less scared. B. After talking to Minh, Hoa felt fewer
scared.
7. A. Why did Trang go to the dentist last Sunday? B. Why was Trang went to the dentist last
Sunday?
8. A. We eated breakfast at 6.30. B. We ate breakfast at 6.30
9. A. Nam is worried because he has to see the dentist.
B. Nam is worry because he has to see the dentist.
10. A. My brother wasn’t did morning exercises.B. My brother didn’t do morning exercises.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 19
I. Choose the best answer by circling A, B, C or D
1. Jack is……. His jokes often make his friends laugh a lot.
A. generous B. humorous C.easy-going D. unusual
2. I’m sorry. I’m not………to help you lift the table.
A. enough strong B. too strong C. strong enough D. enough strength.
3. We…….in our present house for 5 years.
A. live B. have lived C. are living D. lived.
4. We used to wash clothes by hand. Now we have a…….
A. washing machine B. dishwasher C. hair dryer D. steamer.
5. It took me a long time to get used……… glasses.
A. to wear B. to wearing C. wear D. wore.
6.The wedding party…………at the Rex Hotel.
A. is B. is being C. will be D. is going to be
7."Don’t shout", I said to Jim.
A. I told Jim don't shout B. I told to Jim not to shout
C. I told Jim not to shout D. I said to Jim don't shout.
8.The longest fish in the contest was eighteen inches long".
"It………by Thelma Rivers".
A. was catching B. caught C. was caught D. catch
9.She went to market without………. anything.
A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. buying
10.Since we have to be there by 8.30, we………. take a taxi.
A. had better B. may C. ought D. are able to

II. Fill in the blank with the suitable form of verb in the bracket
1. They (watch) …………….. their favorite TV programmes at the moment.
2. Mary and John are neighbors. They (know) …………….. each other for a long time.
3. We (arrive) ……………..in New york yesterday.
4. We (begin) …………….. to study English since 1999.
5. My mother is tired enough (cook) ……………..tonight.
6. The teacher asked me (not make) …………….. noise in class.
7. The boys like (play) ……………..games but hate doing lessons.
8. His doctor advised him (give) …………….. up smoking.
9. Look at those black clouds. It ( rain) ……………...
10. When I was a small boy. I used (live) ……………..on a farm.
11.
III. Fill in the blank with the suitable form of word in the bracket
1. If you want to join the club, please fill in the ( apply) form. ……………..
2. Send the letter by ( air) if you want it to reach the recipient in time. ……………..
3. After his parents died, he was sent to an ( orphan) .……………..
4. Huy makes friends very easily because he is very ( social) .…………….
5. Cook the meat in the ( steam) for at least 30 minutes. ……………..
6. My friend, Nga plays the piano ( beautiful). ………………
7. He always gets bad marks because he is an ( careful) student. ………………
8. “The lost shoe” is one of the ( tradition) stories I like best. ………………
9. Our teacher always (courage) us to work hard. .……………..
10. The Scouts also help the elderly and street (CHILD). ………………

IV. Rewrite the sentence, using the given words below


1. He is strong. He can carry that table.
->
He…..........................................................................................................................................................
...
2. Alexander GrahamBell invented telephone
->Alexander GrahamBell
was………………………………………………………………………………..
3. You went to see the movie Dream city last night, didn’t you?
-
>Did……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………..?
4. The front yard is too small to play soccer in.
-> The front yard isn’t…………………………………………………………………………………….
……….
5. Miss Johnson told me: “ Read books regularly”.
-> Miss Johnson told
me…………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. “ Don’t stay up too late”
-> My sister
asked…………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. It’s 3 years since I last spoke to her.
-> I
haven’t…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………...
8. Tam doesn’t type as fast as she used to.
-> Tam
used………………………………………………………………………………………………………
….
9. Minh began to collect stamps in 2000.
-> Minh
has………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…..
10. His car runs fast but a race car run faster.
->His car
doesn’t…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

V. Write the meaningful sentence, using given words above


1. Nam/ spend/ most/ free time/play soccer.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
2. When/ we/ children/we/ used/ listen/ grandma’s old folktales after dinner.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
3. You/ can/ tell me/ best ways/ learn new word?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
4. I/ write down/ all new words/ small notebook.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
5. They/ going/ visit/ homevillage/ weekend.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
6. She/ have to/ house work/ all day after/ mother/ died.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
7. I/ just/ have/ wonderful holiday/ cousins/ Hanoi.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
8. Lan/ like/ cook/ meals/ but/ not like/ washing up.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
9. Brother/ very good/ repair/ household/ appliances.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
10. We/ sometimes/ have/ go/ school/ very early/ do/ class duties.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………

VI. Fill in the blank with a suitable word


The country is…(1).................................................…beautiful than a town and more pleasant to live in.
Many people think so, and go there……(2) .................................................… the summer holiday
though they can’t live…(3) .................................................…. all the year round. Some have cottages
built in a village……(4) .................................................…..that they can go there whenever they…(5)
… find the time.
English villages are not all alike, but……(6) .................................................… some ways they are not
very different from……(7)… ................................................. other. Almost every village…
(8) ................................................… a church, the round or square tower of which can…(9)
… .................................................. seen from many miles around. Surrounding the church is the
church yard where people …(10) .................................................…. burried.

VII. Read the passage and fill in the blank with a suitable word by circling A, B, C or D
For many people sport is a popular part of school life and …(1)…in one of the school teams and
playing in matches is very important. …(2)…someone is in a team it means a lot of extra practice and
often spending a Saturday or Sunday away …(3)…home, as many matches are played then.
It …(4)…also involve traveling to other towns to play against other school teams and then …(5)…on
after the match for a meal or a drink. Some parents, friends or other students will travel with the team
to support …(6)…own side.
When a school team wins a match, it is the whole school which feels proud, …(7)…only the players.
It can also mean that a school …(8)…well-known for being good at cetain sports and people from
that school may end up playing …(9)…national and international teams so that the school has some
really …(10)…names associated with it.
1. a.having b. being c.taking d. putting
2. a.If b.As c.Then d. So
3. a.at b. on c.for d. from
4. a.ought b.is c.can d.has
5. a.being b.staying c.leaving d.spending
6. a.their b.its c.our d.whose
7. a.but b.however c.and d.not
8. a.turns b.makes c.comes d.becomes
9. a. up b.to c.for d.beside
10. a.old b.new c.common d.famous
VIII. Find the incorrect part in the sentence and correct it
1. These colour televisions are too expensive for we to buy at this time.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Minh is 5 years old. He is not enough old to ride a bike.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. I don’t know what is he doing at the moment.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Smoking cigarettes aren’t allowed in this hospital.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. I’m used to drink coffee with cream, but now I drink it black.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. The shopkeeper asked the boys don’t lean their bikes against his window.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. We like watching TV at night but our parents loves reading newspapers.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. Let’s stop to work for a while. I’m getting tired.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. Jane hasn’t worked for last summer when the factory closed down.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. Is Jack older than Jerry? No. He is as old as Jerry.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………

IX Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in
the following questions
1. a. young b. about c. account d. sound
2. a. blind b. mint c. hire d. light
3. a. Christmas b. anchor c. chemistry d. cheque
4. a. deliver b. different c. diagram d. disease
5. a. hurl b. pull c. June d. would
6. a. allow b. how c. account d. country
7. a. trade b. payment c. relation d. bank
8. a. value b. change c. actual d. transaction
9. a. holder b. bore c. important d. score
10. a. credit b. service c. letter d. specified
ENGLISH PRACTICE 20
I. Choose the best answer.
1. London is________ than Ho Chi Minh city.
A. big B. bigger C. biggest D. the bigger
2. Twins Tower is the ________ building in the world.
A. tall B. taller C. tallest D. the taller
3. We shouldn’t waste too much water. We should________.
A. save B. to save C. saving D. to saving
4. He doesn’t need________ more eggs.
A. a B. an C. some D any
5. ________ language do you speak? I speak Vietnamese.
A. which B. where C. when D. how
6. What’s the wheather like________ the spring.
A. at B. on C. in D. for
7. How often do you watch TV? _________ a week
A. once B. one C. a D. an
8. What about________ volleyball?
A. to play B. playing C. to playing D. is playing
9. How________ are they going to stay?
A. long B. often C much D many
10. How________ milk do his cows produce.
A. much B. many C. long D. often
11. He grows________ fruit trees.
A. a B. a few C. a little D. little
12. He is________ aerobics now.
A. playing B. doing C. to do D. do
13. Would you like________ soda?
A. some B. any C. a D. an
14. Mai________ a dozen eggs.
A. drink B. need C. needs D. to need
15. Does he like soccer? ________________
A. No, he doesn’t B. No, he does C. No, he like not D. No, he not like
16. What do you do________ your free time?
A. in B. on C. at D. for
17. ________ oranges are there? There are four.
A. How many B. How much C. How often D. How long
18. You________ stop. That sign says “stop”.
A. can B. mustn’t C. must D. musts
19. What do you do? ________________
A. you are a student B. she is a student C. I’m a student D. he’s a student
20. The garden is in front________ Mai’s house.
A. in B. of C. on D. at
II. Match the question in A with the answer in B.
A B
1. How often does he go to school? A. We are going to the cinema?
2. Does he fly his kites in his free time? B. Mexico city.
3. What is the biggest city in the world? C. She’s from France.
4. Where is Lan from? D. Everyday.
5. Where are you going now? E. No, he plays badminton
III. Choose one word to fill in the blank.
Mary lives (1)______ a village in London. Her day starts (2)______ 4 o’clock. She gets up, and she
walks three kilometers to the river. She takes some water and she carries it back to her house. The
water is very (3)______. It isn’t clean but there (4)______ any water in the village. She doesn’t go to
school. She can’t read or write. She (5)______ her mother to clean the house.
1. A. on B. in C. at D. for
2. A. in B. at C. on D. of
3. A. heavy B. heavily C. heavi D. not heavy
4. A. isn’t B. aren’t C. is D. are
5. help B. helps C. helping D. to help
True or False
T F Mary lives in London
T F she takes some eggs and carries them back to her house
T F There are a lot of water in the village
T F She doesn’t go to school because she can’ read and write.
T F Her mother helps her to clean the house
IV. Which one is different?
1. A. wants B. needs C. goes D. fish
2. A. thirsty B. hungry C. hot D. vegetables
3. A. sometimes B. always C. often D. eat
4. A. orange B. apple C. banana D. beef
5. A. warm B. hot C. cold D. feel
ENGLISH PRACTICE 20
I. Choose the underlined part that pronounced differently from the others
1) A. cliam B. wait C. said D. paid
2) A. watch B. bath C. want D. wash
3) A. sure B. mixture C. injure A. pleasure
4) A. few B. new C. threw D. knew
5) A. clothes B. matches C. colleges D. churches
6) A. watched B.naked C. liked D. looked
7) A. sunbathe B. father C. theater D. weather
8) A. pour B. four C. flour D. resource
9) A clear B. wear C. bear D. ware
10) sixty B. my C. sky D.fly

II. Put the verbs in brackets into correct tenses


1. Yester day, I (1. spend) ……………… two hours (2. do)………… the homeword.
2. The thiefs (3. catch)…………….. when the (4. leave)………….. the bank.
3. Two hors ago, Mrs Brown (5. have)………… Alice (6. take)……….. her son to the school.
4. How many times you (7. be)………… to Ho Chi Minh City?
5. The moon (8. move)……………… around th earth.
6. Next summer, my parents wil let me (9. visit)…………….. my grand father.
7. How about (10. go)……………… to the zoo?

III. Fill in the gaps with suitable prepositions


1. She went out the room………………….. saying a word.
2. The life in the countryside is changing…………. Better.
3. She was born……………… 2 o’clock …………….. 18th July.
4. Mary is thinking……………… importing fowers………….. China.
5. They are traveling……………….. the airport…………….. a bus.
6. I am afraid………………. Ghost.
7. The fight………………... deforestation is very important.
IV. Put the words in brackets into correct forms
1. Ha Long Bay is in………………… VietNam (north).
2. The wild animals are being…………………..(appear).
3. I couldn’t find any………………. between the tow picture (different).
4. She is a ……………… she sells flowers at a shop in Canada (flower).
5. Long put…………… on that towel to stop the bleeding (press).
6. The question isn’t good. It’s ………….. to ask (import).
7. His father soon died of a ……………… heart (break).
8. Don’t let the child go out because it’s……………. (wind).
9. I am going to have a……………… check-up next Monday (medicine).
10. The knife is ……………… it can cut everything (use).

V. Choose the best answer


1. I finish ………….. the book and went to bed.
A. read B. to read C. reading D. reads
2. That man can tell us where …………….
A. does John live B. is John living C. John lives D. John live
3. …………… clothes do you prefer, T- shirt or pullover?
A. Which B. What C. Where D. How
4. Can you …………… your paper with you when I come there, please?
A. collect B. bring C. get D. take
5. Smoking is harmful …………….. your health.
A. on B. for D. about C. to
6. Do you find anything …………….. there?
A. interested B. useful C. bored D. easily
7. Ann is very busy these days. She has …………… free time.
A. a little B. few C. a few D. little
8. It’s raining very ……………
A.wet B. badly C. hard D. firmly
9. A new shoppig is ……………. In my neighborhood today.
A. being opened B. opened C. opening D. be opened
10. The stolen machines were ………………. a lot of money.
A. valued B. cost C. price D. worth

VI. Rewrite the following sentences as directed


21. Has anyone asked you for your opinions?
Nam said
that………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
22. I had a dog once, but I don’t have anymore.
I
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………….
23. The water was so cold that the children couldn’t swim in it.
The
water……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………..
24. “ Eat more and more vegetables” the doctor said.
The doctor told…………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
….
25. To live on your salary must be hard.
It
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………….
26. Tom is the best player in the team.
No one in the team
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………
27. It’s interesting to read this book.
This book
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
28. I spend half an hour traveling to work by motorbike everyday.
It takes………...
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
29. Peter said he wasn’t feeling well then.
Peter said “I
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………”
30. A boy was injured in the accident, he is now in the hospital.
The boy
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………...

VII. Find and correct mistakes in the passage


In a modern life today, the work of the farm is less hard because he is helped a lot by machines.
That mean nore food is produced and less labour and less work hours are spent. He also has more free
time for intertain and more things such as a big house, motorbike, television. Her life is getting better
and good day by day. His children go to school. Before they finish school, they are sent to
universityes.The farmer still have to work hardly but his life is much improved.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………….
ENGLISH PRACTICE 21
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently. (5 pts)
1. A. brush B. music C. truck D. bus
2. A. hour B. house C. help D. home
3. A. plays B. says C. days D. stays
4. A. watches B. brushes C. classes D. lives
5. A. station B. intersection C. question D. invitation
II. Choose the best option A, B, C, or D to finish each of the sentences. (20 pts)
1. Phuong can swim_______ she can’t use the computer.
A. and B. but C. very D. too
2. What is your_______? I am fourteen.
A. age B. country C. name D. family
3. When we say “Hello, How are you?”, we are talking to a_______.
A. stranger B. teacher C. friend D. person
4. My brother and I_______ students.
A. am B. is C. are D. being
5. That is my father. _______ is thirty-nine years old.
A. He B. She C. It D. They
6. My apartment is_______ the fifth floor.
A. at B. from C. in D. on
7. Our class_______ English on Wednesday.
A. have B. in C. has D. does
8. Thu and Nga help_______ mother after school.
A. her B. she C. their D. they
9. Where’s the ink-pot?
A. It’s hers B. It’s on the table C. It’s of the table D. It’s mine
10. My pencils are there. Where are yours?
A. Here they are B. There they aren’t C. Here it is D. There it is
11. My aunt and uncle’s children are my_______.
A. nieces B. nephews C. cousins D. sisters
12. Six and three are_______.
A. eighteen B. three C. nine D. two
13. Four pairs are_______.
A. four B. six C. ten D. eight
14. He doesn’t like_______ biscuits for breakfast.
A. any B. some C. a D. an
15. They come here_______ foot.
A. in B. on C. by D. at
16. It’s sunny. Please put_______ your hat.
A. away B. on C. off D. up
17. There are two_______ in our sitting-room.
A. bench B. benchs C. benches D. benchies
18. The shops_______ open today.
A. are not B. is not C. has not D. have not
19. Are_______ three rooms in Linh’s house?
A. their B. the C. any D. there
20. Our city has_______ university.
A. an B. a C. the D. some
III. Put each of the verbs in brackets into correct tense. (5 pts)
1. Where’s Tommy? He (have)__________ a bath.
2. She (do)__________ morning exercise every morning but today she (not do)__________ it.
3. They (read)__________ books before sleeping?
4. My mother can’t (speak)__________ English.
IV. Find and correct errors in the following sentences. (10 pts)
1. That’s my sister over there. She stands near the window.
2. Do you know how many teachers does our school have?
3. What do your friend do?
4. This is France. It’s capital is Paris.
5. Everyday Nam gets up at 6 and goes to school at 7.
V. Make up questions for the underlined parts. (5 pts)
1. They are traveling to work by car? 
……………………………………………………………
2. There is a lake near our house? 
……………………………………………………………
3. The man in the car is our new teacher.
……………………………………………………………
4. There are ten boys and nineteen girls in our class.
……………………………………………………………
5. My sister works in Ha Noi.
……………………………………………………………
VI. Rewrite the following sentences. (10 pts)
1. Hoa is Mrs. Giang’s daughter.  Mrs. Giang ….
………………………………………
2. He often flies to London.  He often goes
…………………………………..…
3. Our house is far from the school.  Our house is not
…………………………………
4. Does your school have over eight hundred students?  Are
…………………………………………….……….
5. That motorbike belongs to Mr. Trung.  That is ………………………………..
……………..
VII. Make up sentences using suggested words. (5 pts)
1. planting/ are/ flowers/ the/ garden/ the/ in/ and/ school/ children/ trees.
 ...................................................................................................................................................... .
2. at/ see/ the cafe/ 8.30/ the movie/ please/ behind/ at/ me/ theater.
 ...................................................................................................................................................... .
3. office/ hospital/ brother’s/ is/ my/ to/ next/ the.
 ...................................................................................................................................................... .
4. “No Parking”/ here/ so/ sign/ mustn’t/ says/ park/ this/ we.
 .......................................................................................................................................................
5. your/ using/ the/ moment/ I/ ruler/ it/ can/ you/ borrow/ are/ or/ at?
 .......................................................................................................................................................
VIII. Fill in the missing words. (20 pts)
I (1)_______ in a house near the sea. It’s (2)_______ old house about 100 (3)_______ old and
(4)_______ very small. There (5)_______ two bedrooms upstairs (6)_______ to the kitchen and
there’s (7)_______ living-room where there’s a lovely old fireplace. There’s a garden in (8)_______
of the house. The garden goes down (9)_______ the beach and (10)_______ spring (11)_______
summer, there are flowers everywhere.
I live alone (12)_______ my dog, Boxer but we (13)_______ a lot of visitors. Many (14)_______ my
friends work in (15)_______ city so they often stay (16)_______ me because they (17)_______ to
relax.
I love my (18)_______ for many reasons: the garden, the flowers in summer, the fire in (19)_______,
but the best thing is the view (20)_______ my bedroom window.
IX. Read the text then answer questions. (20 pts)
I’m An. I have twin brothers, Viet and Nam. They are very similar and a lot of people don’t know
which is which. They both have black hair and black eyes, and they always wear jeans and T-shirts.
They like doing the same thing, too. For example, they both like music and they’re crazy about
soccer. They go to a soccer match once a week. Viet doesn’t like dancing or video games and Nam
doesn’t like them, either.
Although they are twins, they’re not exactly the same at everything. Viet works hard at school
because he wants to go to university, but Nam is a bit lazy.
Our mother is often away from home because of her job, so we work together in the house. Most of
the time it’s fine, but sometimes we fight a bit.
1. How many brothers does An have?
…………………………………………………………………………
2. What do An’s brothers always wear?
…………………………………………………………………………
3. What do Viet and Nam do once a week?
…………………………………………………………………………
4. Why does Viet work hard at school?
…………………………………………………………………………
5. Do they sometimes fight a bit?
…………………………………………………………………………
ENGLISH PRACTICE 21
AI) Multiple choice (6ms)
I) From each number, pich out one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from
the others.
1) a-perform b-colour c-boring d-your
2) a-bath b-watch c-want d-water
3) a-thank b-think c-father d-them
4) a-happen b-house c-hour d-horse
5) a-filled b-destroyed c-wished d-prepared
6) a-flow b-crowd c-cloud d-scout
II) From each number, pick out one word which has the stress on the second syllable:
7) a-chemical b-upset c-steamer d-cupboard
8) a-jungle b-volcano c-surroud d-marine
9) a-foreman b-microwave c-manufactor d-mortar
10) a-powder b-process c-flavour d-defrost
III) Choose the correct answer for each sentence.
11) Please ask them . . . . . . . . . . in this area.
a) don’t smoke b) not smoking c) to not smoke d) not to smoke
12) Come and . . . . . . . . . . . . badminton, Nam!
a) do b) make c) take d) play
13) Timson . . . . . . . . . . 13 films and I think her latest is the best.
a) made b) had made c) has made d) was making
14) My birthday is . . . . . . . . . . February 2nd.
a) on b) in c) at d) from
15) You should learn your lesson . . . . . . . . . .
a) careful b) carefully c) careless d) carelessly
16) “The students went on a canoe trip yesterday.”
“I heard it was . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .”
a) excited b) exciting c) exciteful d) an excitement
17) “Do you think your father will worry if we’re late?”
“Maybe we’d better . . . . . . . . . . . . . . him.”
a) call b) be calling to c) to call d) will call
18) I said “Happy Birthday” before . . . . . . . . . . Lan a present.
a) give b) will give c) gave d) giving
19) Tam . . . . . . . . . last night when the telephone . . . . . . . . . . .
a) slept-rang b) slept-wasringing
c) was sleeping-rang d) was sleeping-was ringing
20) “Would you like to go to the movie with me tonight?”
“ - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .”
a) Yes, please. b) I’m sorry. I’d love to.
c) No, thanks. d) Yes, I’d love to.
21) John doesn’t play tennis. David doesn’t play tennis.
a. Both John and David doesn’t play tennis.
b. Neither John nor David plays tennis.
c. Not either John or David plays tennis.
d. Not only John but also David doesn’t play tennis.
22) The coach said, “It’s time for you to go home, boys!”
a. The coach told the boys that it was time for you to go home.
b. The coach tells the boys that it was time for them to go home.
c. The coach told the boys that it is time for them to go home.
d. The coach told the boys that it was time for them to go home.
23) _____ the old man spoke very slowly and clearly, I couldn’t understand him at all.
a. If b. Because c. Since d. Although
24) She startedlearning English ten years ago.
a) She has not learnt English before.
b) She has started learning English for ten years.
c) She has learnt English for ten years.
d) She has learnt English since ten years.
25) They spent a lot of money on food and clothes.
a) A lot of money was spent on food and clothes.
b) A lot of money were spent on food and clothes.
c) A lot of money on food and clothes were spent.
d) A lot of money on food and clothes was spent.
26) There is a detective film _____ at the Thang Long Theater.
a) on b) in c) inside d) outside
27) She got used to _______ her bike.
a) ride b) riding c) rode d) rides
28) You need a good pair of paddles to play _____.
a) tennis b) football c) table tennis d) badminton
29) Ha Long Bay is a _________.
a) World Natural Heritage. b) Natural World Heritage.
c) World Cultural Heritage. d) Cultural World Heritage.
30) A(n) ______ can take a patient to hospital quickly.
a) emergency b) bleeding
c) wound d) ambulance
B) Complete the following sentences with an appropriate form of the word in brackets. (0) is an
example for you. (4ms)
31) Life is more . . . . . . . . . . now. (comfort)
32) Would you like to go . . . . . . . . . . . (swim)
33) He speaks French very . . . . . . . . . . . . (good)
34) Life in the city is . . . . . . . . . . . . . from life in the country. (difference)
35) Meat is not a . . . . . . . . . . food if we know how much to eat. (health)
36) These medicines can work well with your . . . . . . . . . (ill)
37) My sister has a beautiful . . . . . . . . . . . . . of stamp. (collect)
38) There was no . . . . . . . . . . for his absence from class yesterday. (explain)
C) Circle the italized portion of the sentence that is incorrect. (2ms)
39) Some people grow so taller that their health may become endangered.
A B C D
40) After said goodbye to my parents, I went to school with my sister.
A B C D
41) The phone rung while I was washing the dishes.
A B C D
42) Henry’s friends told themselves to put his coat on the rack in their hall.
A B C D
43) She isn’t old enough to done this job.
A B C D
44) Eight hundred years ago Christmas songs are performed for people in towns
A B C
and villages.
D
45) Would you mind help me solve these mathematics problems? I can hardly
A B C
understand how to do them.
D
46) She was having dinner when a man was coming and giving her a bunch of
A B C D
flowers.

D) Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning. (2,5ms)


47) The sister asked: “Are you hungry, Tom?”
- The sister ___________________________________.
48) A lot of effort has been put in the work by the little girl.
- The little girl __________________________________________.
49) How long have you studied medicine?
- When _____________________________________?
50) John was too ill to go to school.
- John wasn’t _________________________________.
51) Tom is not as tall as Peter.
- Peter ____________________________.
E) Read the paragraphs below and the summary which follows. (3ms)
Air pollution is a cause of ill-health in human beings. In a lot of countries there are laws limiting the
amount of smoke which factories can produce. Although there isn’t enuogh information on the effects
of smoke in the atmosphere, doctors have proved that air pollution causes lung diseases.
The gases from the exhausts of cars have also increased air pollution in most cities. The lead in petrol
produces a poisonous gas which often collects in busy streets surrounded by high buildings. Children
who live in areas where there is a lot of lead in the atmosphere can’t think as quickly as other children
and are clumsy when they use their hands.
There are other long-term effects of pollution. If the gases in the atmosphere continue to increase , the
earth’s climate may become warmer. A lot of the ice near the Poles ma melt and may cause serious
floods.
* Complete the summary by writing the correct word in each blank (write one word only.)
Air ___________ (52) can make people ___________ (53). Consequently, some countries pass
____________ (54) to control the quantity of ___________ (55) in the air. Air pollution causes
particular damage to the body by harming the ___________ (56). _____________ (57) should not be
used in petrol because it is bad for children’s _____________ (58) and makes them clumsy in using
their hands. Poisonous gas from ____________ (59) collects in those parts of cities where there are
tall buildings. Pollution can also have an influence on the earth’s ____________ (60). The ice may
melt near the North and South Poles, resulting in very bad ____________ (61).
F) Read the following passage and choose the best answer: (2,5ms)
Every year students in many countries learn English. Some of these students are young children.
Others are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, others study by themselves. A few learn
English just by hearing the language in films, on television, in the office or among their friends. But
not many are lucky enough to do that. Most people must work hard to learn another language.
Many boys nad girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their own
language, and mathematics… and English. In England, America or Australia, many boys and girls
study their own language, which is English and mathematics… and another language, perhaps French
or German or Spainish.
Many adults learn English, because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their
higher studies, because some of their books are in English at the college or university. Other people
learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English.
62) According to the writer . . . . . . . . . . . .
a) only adults learn English.
b) no children like to learn English.
c) English is useful only for teenagers.
d) English is popular in most of the world.
63) Most people learn English by. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
a) watching videos only.
b) hearing the language in the office.
c) talking with foreigners.
d) working hard on their lessons.
64) Many boys and girls learn English because . . . . . . . .
a) English can give them a job.
b) it is included in their study courses.
c) they are forced to learn it.
d) they have to study their own language.
65) In America or Australia many school children study . . . . . . . . .
a) English as a foreign language.
b) English and mathematics only.
c) such foreign languages as French, German and Spainish.
d) their own language and no foreign language.
66) Many adults learn English because . . . . . . . . . .
a) English is spoken in their office.
b) they want to go abroad.
c) most of their books are in English.
d) it helps them in their work.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 22
Question I: Choose the best answer to fill in each blank.
1. Please ............... the milk carefully. I don’t want it to boil over.
A. see B. watch C. look at D. notice
2. “Was he disappointed?” - “Yes, he found the movie ........................”
A. boring B. boringly C. bores D. bored
3. ........................ 20 September, 1529, five small ships set sail from Spain.
A. At B. In C. On D. By
4. Every student in those five rooms must bring ......................... own books to class.
A. one’s B. someone’s C. their D. his
5. “Was the competition a success?” - “Yes, ...................... people took part in it than usual.”
A. more B. fewer C. less D. many
6. What do students often do ...................... break?
A. in B. for C. at D. on
7. I don’t like brown rice. Don’t you have ................................?
A. white ones B. any white C. no white D. a white
8. Would you like .......................... that for you?
A. me doing B. that I do C. me do D. me to do
9. You can join the club when you ........................... older.
A. will get B. get C. are getting D. can get
10. Can you see any people in the house? .................................
A. Only a little B. Only few C. Only a few D. Only little
Question II: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other
words in each group.
1. A. teenager B. together C. guess D. regular
2. A. chicken B. coach C. orchestra D. change
3. A. meat B. reader C. overseas D. realize
4. A. horrible B. hour C. hundred D. hold
5. A. much B. drug C. future D. buffalo
6. A. started B. weighed C. measured D. called
7. A. appointment B. affect C. amount D. add
8. A. serious B. symptom C. sugar D. sauce
9. A. great B. beautiful C. teacher D. means
10. A. wet B. better C. rest D. pretty
Question III: Give the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets.
1. At the moment we (sit) .............................. in a café. We (wait) ..................... for the museum to
open, so I (write) ............................ some postcards.
2. Miss Helen (help) ............................. as soon as she (finish) ............................. that letter.
3. Boys like (play) ............................. marbles or catch while girls enjoy (skip) .............. rope or
chatting.
4. (you/ go) ....................................... abroad for your holiday? - Well, I (get) ................... a holiday
job. I’m going to an agent’s on Saturday (find out) ........................... about it.
Question IV: Choose the best answer to fill in each blank of the following passage.
Dear Hanh,
I’m writing to invite you to a party we ........................ (1) at the flat next Friday, December 14th. As
you know, ...........................(2) Lan’s 13th birthday next week and my birthday next
month, .......................... (3) we thought we’d celebrate together and have a joint party.
I can’t remember if you know my address or not, but anyway, if you ..............................(4) the
direction below, you shouldn’t get lost. Take the Number 15 bus from the station
and ........................... (5) at the Star Hotel. Walk down Long Viet Road, past the DanChu Cinema,
and then .........................(6) the first turning on the right. That’s LeLoi Road. Turn left .....................
(7) the first junction, then go straight past the church as far as the next crossroads. ......................(8)
and our block of flats is the second on the right.
Do try and come. Of course you’re ..................... (9) to bring someone with you if you want to.
Look forward .............................. (10) you then!
1. A. have B. are having C. going to have D. will has
2. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. she’s
3. A. too B. but C. because D. so
4. A. to follow B. follow C. following D. follows
5. A. get up B. get by C. get on D. get off
6. A. have B. get C. take D. bring
7. A. in B. at C. of D. on
8. A. Right turn B. To right C. To turn D. Turn right
9. A. welcomed B. welcome C. welcoming D. to welcome
10. A. to see B. for seeing C. of seeing D. to seeing
Question V: Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first.
1. A year has twelve months.
-> There are ..........................................................................................................................
2. Lan is more intelligent than her sister.
-> Lan’s sister isn’t ..............................................................................................................
3. He looks after the sick people.
-> He takes ...........................................................................................................................
4. Do you enjoy listening to music?
-> Are you interested ..........................................................................................................?
5. What is your mother’s job?
-> What does .......................................................................................................................?
6. We have a two - month summer vacation.
-> Our summer vacation lasts ..............................................................................................
7. Will you please look after the house while we are away?
-> Will you please take .......................................................................................................?
8. Vietnamese students have fewer vacations than American ones.
-> American students ...........................................................................................................
9. It takes me about two hours each day to do my homework.
-> I spend ..............................................................................................................................
10. Hoa is a hard student.
-> Hoa studies .......................................................................................................................
Question VI: Use the given words to make complete sentences.
1. Could/ tell/ how/ get/ police station/ please?
.............................................................................................................................................?
2. How much/ cost/ mail/ letter/ USA?
..............................................................................................................................................?
3. In/ future/ we/ less work/ more money/ spend.
...............................................................................................................................................
4. Brother/ engineer/ and/ work/ factory/ suburb/ capital.
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
5. Eat/ and/ talk/ friends/ be/ most common ways/ relax/ recess/ many countries.
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
Question VIII: Fill in each blank with the suitable preposition.
1. It was interesting. I had a lot ................................ fun.
2. What do you think ............................... the place?
3. My friends took me .................................. a temple.
4. I bought gifts ............................ my friends.
5. Were you tired ................................... the trip?
6. She put the hat ........................... the wall.
7. Why don’t you look ............................. the fish? - They are lovely.
8. Last night I spoke to my mum ................................ my hobby.
9. He rented a house next door ......................... mine.
10. He moved .............................. a new house.
ENLISH PRACTICE 22
Question I: Choose the best option from A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.
1. I will return you the book as soon as I_______ reading it.
A. finishing B. finish C. finished D. will finish
2. He is getting married _______ a famous film star this weekend.
A. with B. to C. for D. after
3. The heavy rain has caused _______in many parts of the country.
A. storms B. droughts C. typhoon D. floods
4. Deaf-mutes can_______ speak_______ hear.
A. both/ and B. either/ or C. neither/ nor D. not only/ but also
5. They _______from Canada to America to find work.
A. started B. demonstrated C. delivered D. emigrated
6. Doctor insists _______ for a few days.
A that he is resting B. his resting C. him to rest D. that he rest
7. The number of cars on the road _______.
A. increase B. is increasing C. are going to increase D. are increasing
8. _______bacon and eggs every morning.
A. I am used to eat B. I used to eating C. I am used to eating D. I use to eat
9. The team really looks good tonight because the coach had them _______ every night this week.
A. practice B. to practice C. practiced D. the practice
10. The road _______ to the sea is very rough.
A. goes B. to go C. going D. is going
11. You _______ forget what I told you. It’s very important.
A. mustn’t B. needn’t C. don’t have to D. can’t
12. Make sure that the needles are sterile.
A. free from bacteria B. slightly clean C. straight D. unused
13. She is a _______ girl with _______.
A. green-eyes/ red hair B. green-eyed/ red hairs
C. green-eye/ a red hair D. green-eyed/ red hair
14. At four o’clock Mr. Hutchinson still had some _______ to do in the garden.
A. work B. job C. effort D. task

Question II: Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
1. Keep the cheese freshly by wrapping each one individually.
2. What is the most important thing in really life?
3. Da Lat is known like a city of pines, waterfalls and flowers.
4. The river bank was covered by weed.
5. The harder he tried the worst he danced before the large audience.
6. A flower growing in the garden is more beautiful than a flower stood in a vase.
7. A five - thousand - dollar reward were offered for the capture of the escaped criminals.
8. In the mid-nineteenth century, an Englishman had someone designed a Christmas card.
9. His illness is probably because stress.
10. Jack asked his boss could he have a day off.
Question III: Supply an appropriate form of the words in CAPITALS.
1. WEIGH Every woman nowadays seems to want to lose (1) _______. It has become
2. DAY almost a (2) _______ topic of conversation.
3. END Otherwise sensible women spend hours in (3) _______ argument about what to
4. DISCUSS eat. Newspaper articles are eagerly read and radio and TV (4) _______
5. AVAIL carefully listened to. There is so much information (5) _______ it is no
wonder people get confused.
Women who are slimming can never enjoy a meal without being afraid of
6. ORGANIZE (6) _______ their diet. And when they have lost a few pounds are they really
7. HAPPY any (7) _______. Is it really a fact of life that slim women are the only really
8. ATTRACT (8) _______ ones? No, in some parts of the world a husband would be
9. SHAME (9) _______ to be seen with a thin wife. Nevertheless, if a woman really has a
10. DECIDE slimming problem, there is only one (10) _______ to make: Eat Less

III. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets .


1. I‘ve decided (stop) _______smoking.
2. I (visit) _______Singapore two years ago.
3. Look at those black clouds. It (rain) _______.
4. We are tired of (work) _______ for low salary.
5. This is the second time you (break) _______ a cup.
6. (you/do) _______ the homework yet?
7. Mai is in her room. She (play) _______the guitar.
8. The plays (write) _______by Shakespeare are very interesting.
9. Water (cover) _______ most of the Earth’s surface.
10. The gate (lock) _______ at 6.30 p.m. everyday.

PART C: READING
Question I: Choose the most suitable answer from the four options marked A, B, C, or D to
complete each of the numbered gaps in the passage below. .
In the waters around New York City is a very small island called Liberty Island. On Liberty Island
there is a very special statue called the Statue of Liberty. It is one of the most (1) _______ sights in
the world.
The Statue of Liberty was a gift (2) _______ the people of France to the people of the United
States. The statue was made by a French (3) _______ named Fredric Auguste Bartholdi. The inner
support system was designed by Gustave Eiffel, the same man who made the famous Eiffel Tower in
Paris.
Liberty, of course, (4) _______ freedom, and the Statue of Liberty was given to the United States
to (5) _______ the one-hundredth anniversary of U.S independence from England. The statue was
built in France, (6) _______ apart piece by piece, and the rebuilt in the United States. It was opened
to the (7) _______ on October 28, 1886.
(8) _______ you might expect, the statue is very big. Visitors can ride an elevator from the (9)
_______ to the bottom of the statue. If they want to, they can then walk up the 168 steps to reach the
head of the statue where they can look out and enjoy the beautiful (10) _______of the city of New
York.
1. A. well-known B. celebrated C. famous D. notorious
2. A. from B. by C. of D. for
3. A. sculpture B. sculptor C. carver D. potter
4. A. indicates B. points out C. clarifies D. means
5. A. organize B. commemorate C. celebrate D. hold
6. A. taken B. brought C. broken D. torn
7. A. humans B. crowd C. people D. public
8. A. So B. Like C. As D. Thus
9. A. surface B. ground C. soil D. level
10. A. sight B. view C. scene D. scenes
II. Read the following passage carefully and fill in each gap with one suitable word.
New Year is one of the most important (1) _______ in the United States. On New Year’s Eve,
most people go to the parties. At twelve o’clock (2) _______ night, everyone says “Happy New
Year” and they (3) _______ their friends and relatives good luck. New Year’s parties usually last a
long (4) _______ . Many people don’t go home (5) _______ next morning. Another holiday,
Halloween, is mainly for children. On this holiday, children (6) _______ as witches, ghosts or others.
Most children go (7) _______ house to house asking for candy or fruit. If people at the house don’t
give (8)_______candy, the children will (9)_______a trick on them. But this hardly ever happens.
Almost people give them (10)_______or fruit.
I. Write the second sentence as directed so that it has the same meaning to the first one.
1. This is the first time I have ever eaten such a delicious chicken thigh.
-> This is
the...................................................................................................................................................
2. Do you mind if I borrow your dictionary?
-> Do you
mind............................................................................................................................................?
3. We haven’t met one another since we left school.
-> The
last.......................................................................................................................................................
4. I’d rather you didn’t take the table away
-.> Would you mind..................................................................................................................................?
5. I don’t think learning English is too difficult for people who love it.
-> I don’t think
English................................................................................................................................
6. “Why don’t you take a long rest, Peter?” said Ann.
-> Ann
advised.................................................................................................................................................
7. I used to spend more money than I could earn when I was younger.
-> I
once...........................................................................................................................................................
...
8. She is wearing sunglasses. She doesn’t want the sun to hurt her eyes. (so that)
-
>.................................................................................................................................................................
...........
9. My mother asked me whether I had gone to work the day before or not.
-> “...........................................................................................................................?” asked my mother.
10. We couldn’t carry out our project because it rained heavily.
-> Because
of.....................................................................................................................................................

II. Write a passage of about 150-180 words on the following topic: MY HOMETOWN.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 23
C©u I: Chän tõ cã phÇn g¹ch ch©n cã c¸ch ph¸t ©m kh¸c c¸c tõ cßn l¹i:
1. A. hungry B. thirsty C. my D. empty
2. A. yes B. he C. she D. we
3. A. five B. fine C. live D. nine
4. A. cat B. hat C. black D. an
5. A. body B. onion C. store D. orange
6. A. when B. who C. why D. where
7. A. green B. bean C. head D. jeans
8. A. full B. hungry C. ruler D. blue
9. A. read B. teacher C. eat D. head
10. A. apple B. man C. water D. map
C©u II: Chän ®¸p ¸n ®óng nhÊt ®Ó hoµn thµnh c¸c c©u sau:
1. He (go/ goes/ going) to school everyday.
2. How (much/ many/ often) do you go to the cinema?
3. I always (play/ go/ ride) my bike.
4. How (much/ many/ often) pens does he have?
5. Hai is sitting (in/ on/ at) front of Long.
6. She (want/ wants/ don’t want) some butter.
7. Do you have (a/ any/ some) tea?
8. (When/ Where/ Who) are they waiting for?
9. Is your city bigger than this city? - No, it’s (small/ smallest/ smaller) than this city.
10. Do you help your mother (for/ about/ with) the housework?
C©u III: Cho d¹ng ®óng cña ®éng tõ trong ngoÆc:
1. They(practice) English at the moment. ->
2. Minh (go) sailing every fall. ->
3. Nga and her sister (visit) Hue next year. ->
4. Ba (live) near our house. ->
5. Nga always (brush) her teeth before she (go) to bed.->
6. We often (play) volleyball in the spring but this spring we (play) basketball.
->
C©u IV: §Æt c©u hái cho phÇn cã g¹ch ë nh÷ng c©u sau:
1. Nam watches TV in his room.->..............................................................................
2. He goes jogging every morning.->............................................................................
3. She reads once a week.->..........................................................................................
I often play table tennis in my free time.-……………………………………………………………..
……………>...............................................................
4. No. they never go to school on Sunday.->................................................................
5. They’d like some beans.->........................................................................................
6. His pen is 6000 ®. ->.................................................................
7. It’s often cool in the fall. ->......................................................................................
8. Her brother goes to work by car.->...........................................................................
9. I’m going to stay for a week.->.................................................................................
C©u V: Mçi c©u cã mét lçi sai, t×m vµ s÷a l¹i cho ®óng:
1. The girls are going jogging everyday. ->
2. My friend never go sailing. ->
3. How often does Mai goes to the park? ->
4. They play sometimes volleyball. ->
5. What are the weather like in the winter? ->
6. We don’t need some apples. ->
7. Ngoc and I am going to play badminton. ->
8. What is her parents going to do? ->
9. How many milks do you have? ->
10. It’s often hot on the summer. ->
C©u VI:ViÕt l¹i c¸c c©u sau sao cho nghÜa kh«ng thay ®æi b¾t ®Çu b»ng tõ cho s½n:
1. My brother is taller than me. -> I............................................................................
2. He’s Minh. -> His............................................................................................
3. Nam likes tea .-> Nam’s favorite...........................................................
4. Let’s go fishing .-> Why don’t we.....................................................
5. The bookstore is to the left of the bakery.->the bakery………………………….
6. Ha walks to school everyday. -> Ha goes..............................................
7. She is Hoa’s mother. -> Hoa.....................................................................................
8. My room is bigger than his. Her room is bigger than mine.
->Her room.............................................................................................
9. A year has four seasons. -> There.....................................................
10. Nam often goes to work at six thirty
-> Nam often goes to work at half....................................................................
C©u VII: Dïng tõ gîi ý viÕt thµnh c©u hoµn chØnh:
1. What/ eweather/ like/ fall?->.....................................................................................
When/ it/ cold/ we/ play/ soccer.-…………..................................................................
2. What/ she/ do/ when/ it/ cool?.->..............................................................................
3. How often/ you/ do/ morning exercises?->...............................................................
4. My sister/ not/ want/ new/ bike.->............................................................................
5. We/ often/ have/ dinner/ 6 p.m.->.............................................................................
6. Nga/ walk/ zoo/ moment.->.......................................................................................
7. The children/ like/ toys/ but/ Thu/ not.->..................................................................
8. How much/ water/ they/ want?->..............................................................................
9. It/ often/ hot/ summer.->..........................................................................................
C©u VIII: §äc ®o¹n v¨n sau vµ tr¶ lêi c©u hái:
Minh likes sports very much. He jogs every mornig. On the weekend, he plays soccer or table tennis
with his friends. Sometimes he goes fishing on the lake near his house. Today is Sunday but he
doesn’t play sports or go fishing. At the moment, he’s flying his kite because he likes it, too.
1. Does Minh love sports?->.........................................................................................
2. Which sports does he take?->...................................................................................
3. Who does he play with?->.........................................................................................
4. How often does he go fishing?->..............................................................................
5. Does he like flying kites?->......................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 23
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others in each group.
1. A. bother B. sunbathe C. cloth D. months
2. A. vegetable B. comfortable C. nature D. moderate
3. A. interest B. selection C. resident D. injection
4. A. concern B. contact C. convenient D. conclude
5. A. promise B. conscious C. religious D. scissors
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the other words in each group.
1. A. pancake B. discount C. wardrobe D. marine
2. A. migrant B. typhoon C. compost D. limestone
3. A. glassware B. refill C. award D. surround
4. A. loudspeaker B. itinerary C. participate D. magnificent
5. A. helicopter B. microware C. memorial D. magically
I. Choose the best answer from the four choices (A or B, C, D) to complete each of the following
sentences.
1. Bob hasn’t _________up his mind yet.
A. made B. gone C. used to D. found
2. Everyone has to follow this way to get into the fair, _________?
A. do they B. don’t they C. doesn’t she D. doesn’t he
3. Would you like me to get you something to drink? - _________.
A. That would be nice B. No, I’m sorry C. That’s too bad D. My pleasure
4. I usually go to work by bus, but _________and then I use my motorbike.
A. again B. once C. now D. ever
5. Of my parents, my father is _________.
A. the stricter B. the strictest C. stricter D. strict
6. "What can I get for you?" - “ _________.”
A. All right B. I'm afraid not C. I hope so D. Yes, please
7. The coat _________on the floor belongs to my brother.
A. lies B. lying C. lain D. is lying
8. Tuan had a bad cut on his arm. It’s _________badly.
A. bleeding B. burning C. coughing D. sneezing
9. Your _________is included in the ticket price.
A. reservation B. vacation C. accommodation D. money
10. The beans are roasted to _________the chocolate favor.
A. carry out B. bring out C. carry into D. bring into
11. The computer is _________guarantee so the company should do something with it.
A. with B. on C. for D. under
12. Nowadays many students can get a _________without being on campus.
A. diploma B. card C. degree D. license
13. “I think computers are useful.” - “ _________.”
A. I’m not agree B. So do I C. I disagree too D. So are they
14. Vietnam is a _________country.
A. rubber-exported B. exporting-rubber C. exported-rubber D. rubber-exporting
15. Are you free to _________for dinner this evening?
A. come over B. go over C. come across D. go across
II. Choose the underlined words or phrases (A, B, C or D) that are incorrect in standard English.
1. Be careful when you cross a busy street. Look out with cars and trucks.
2. Is she accustomed to doing her homework by her?
3. We have sung together ever when I was a small child.
4. My father’s car is the same color like my uncle’s car.
5. I went to every play at the local theater so far this year.
III. Give the correct form of the words in CAPITAL to complete the sentences.
1. The _________are scheduled to take off at 15.00 and 15.30.      FLY
2. She’d rather have a job involving creative work or _________skills. ART
3. It is _________to drink alcohol and drive. RESPONSIBLE
4. We received a lot of _________from our teacher. ENCOURAGE
5. With all the modern facilities, doing housework is still very _________. CONSUME
6. I know all the boys who live in my . NEIGHBOR
7. People in the countryside is . FRIEND
8. Taxi drivers have to have a very good on the street names. KNOW
9. During his the family lived in Cornwall. CHILD
10. Do you kown the of S.T Paul’s Cathedral? HIGH
IV. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Can’t you see that I am busy (write) ____________?
2. I lit the fire at 7.00 and it (burn) ____________brightly when Jack came in at 8.00.
3. The money (steal) ____________in the robbery was never found.
4. At this time next month, they (work) ____________in Ho Chi Minh City.
5. She locked the door so as (not disturb) ____________.
PART C. READING
I. Choose the correct answer from the four options marked A, B, C or D to complete each of the
numbered blanks in the following passage.
Everyone wants to reduce pollution. But the pollution problem is as complicated (1) __________it is
serious. It is complicated because much (2) __________is caused by things that benefit people. For
example, exhaust (3) _________automobiles causes a large percentage of all air pollution.
(4)_________ the automobiles provide transportation for millions of people. Factories (5)
__________much of the material which pollutes air and water, but factories give employment to a
large number of people.
Thus, to (6) __________or greatly reduce pollution immediately, people would have to stop using
many things that benefit them. Most of the people do not want to do that, of course. But pollution can
be (7) __________reduced in several ways. (8) _______and engineers can work to find ways to
lessen the (9)__________of pollution that such things as automobiles and factories cause.
Governments can pass and enforce laws that require businesses and individuals to stop, or cut
(10)__________on certain polluting activities.
1. A. for B. as C. because D. since
2. A. polluter B. pollutant C. polluting D. pollution
3. A. in B. at C. from D. for
4. A. Therefore B. However C. Moreover D. But
5. A. discharge B. offer C. emit D. dissolve
6. A. cause B. end C. increase D. pause
7. A. increasingly B. hopelessly C. gradually D. dangerously
8. A. Scientists B. Doctors C. Lecturers D. Botanists
9. A. number B. figures C. numbers D. amount
10. A. up B. off C. down D. into
IV. Fill in each blank with one suitable preposition.
1. It’s 2.5 km…………my school………..the movie theater.
2. I live ……….. Xuan Dieu street……….my grandparents
3. She is talking…………her students in the school yard.
4. My new house is different……….my old house.
5. My father is a farmer. He works………..a farm.
6. Does your aunt work ……….the central hospital? – Yes, she is a nurse there.
7. I’m always busy. I must work ………..early morning until night.
8. Mr. Minh is a journalist. He writes ………..Tuoi Tre newspaper.
9. This apartment is suitable………….my family.
10. I often help my parents ………….the housework after school.
I. Write the sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the original one.
1. Why do you come home late?
 What ...................................................................................................................................................
2. It is common knowledge that he has been in prison several times.
 He is known .......................................................................................................................................
3. She cannot get into the habit of studying every evening.
 She cannot be .....................................................................................................................................
4. We have not visited the museum before.
 This is .................................................................................................................................................
5. Immediately after his arrival, things went wrong.
 No sooner ...........................................................................................................................................
6. Tam doesn’t type as fast as she used to.
Tam used .............................................................................................................................................
7. How long is it since you used the car?
When ...................................................................................................................................................
8. We started living here 15 years ago.
We have...............................................................................................................................................
9. Let’s meet inside the center, at the cafe corner?
How......................................................................................................................................................
10. Nam is very strong, he can do heavy work.
Nam is strong ......................................................................................................................................
II. Use the following set of words and phrases to complete the following sentences. You can put
additional words and make any changes necessary.
1. Last night / cashier / force / hand / money / by / robber.
 .............................................................................................................................................................
2. 1897 /when Jack London / 21 / year / old / gold / discover / Alaska.
 .............................................................................................................................................................
3. If / Peter / wake / earlier / not / miss / train.
 .............................................................................................................................................................
4. This / be / good / computer / I / ever / use.
 .............................................................................................................................................................
5. I / ask / Mary / if she/ come / Sydney/ Australia.
 .............................................................................................................................................................
III. Do you think bicycles are the best means of transport in Vietnam? Write a passage (120-140
words) about your opinion.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 24
I. Odd one out.
1. A. stretcher B. wheelchair C. crutches D. victim
2. A. garbage B. fertilizer C. manure D. compost
3. A. waterfall B. ocean C. resort D. stream
4. A. fly B. bus C. train D. mini-bus
5. A. faint B. injury C. bleed D. fall
6. A. glass B. metal C. plastic D. vegetable
II. Choose the best answer.
7._________ you mind if I smoke?
A. could B. don’t C. do D. would
8. My sister likes sweets_________ from chocolate.
A. making B. made C. to make D. make
9. There are flights daily to Ho Chi Minh city_________ Monday.
A. besides B. after C. except D. on
10. Milk bottles can be_________ after being cleaned.
A. recycled B. thrown away C. broken D. reused
11. We were delighted_________ your letter last week.
A. getting B. to get C. get D. got
12. People use first aid_________ ease the victim’s pain.
A. so that B. in order to C. in order that C. so as that
13. Would you mind_________ off the lights? I’d rather you didn’t.
A. if I turn B. turn C. if I turned D. turning
14. I_________ a lovely holiday in Da Lat last summer.
A. passed B. had C. brought D. make
15. How far is it from Ha Noi to Hoa Binh? It_________ about two hours.
A. wants B. goes C. needs D. takes
16. I can see a boy_________ a water buffalo.
A. ride B. riding C. to ride D. rode
17. It’s_________ to travel around Viet Nam.
A. interesting B. interested C. interestedly D. interest
18. Do you mind_________ the windows.
A. To close B. closing C. close D. closed
III. Sentence transformation.
19. This question is difficult to understand. →
It’s………………………………………………
20. Many students in the world speak English. → English……………………………….
……….
21. I will repair your house tomorrow. → Your
house……………………………….…
22. Can you take me a photograph? → Would you
mind…………………………
23. Could I borrow your newspaper? → Do you mind if I ………………………….
24. Those questions can be answered by Nam. →
Nam……………………………………...........
IV. Fill in the missing words.
slopes, cared, putting, as soon as, cold, overturned, fertilizing, wrapped, remember, town
25. The weather in Sydney is rather___________ in July.
26. Suddenly the canoe_________ and everyone fell into the cold water.
27. Would you mind_________ out the cigarette.
28. The flowers________ in blue paper over there are beautiful.
29. Please two mile to drop by our house when you are in__________.
30. Mount Rushmore is famous for having the heads of four American Presidents________ into the
rock.
31. They went swimming and sunbathing________ arrived in Nha Trang.
32. There are so many beautiful mountain_______ you can visit in Sa Pa.
33. Nam had a day to________ last weekend.
34. Farmers grow food for their animals and use the dung for_________ their field.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 24
I.Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently fromthe others
1. a. notice b. grow c. ghost d. lost
2. a. casual b. material c. champagne d. campus
3. a. deny b. deposit c. benefit d. respond.
4. a. hike b. shrine c. widely d. opinion
5. a. furious b. purpose c. surf d. turn.
II. Choose the best answer, circle the letter a, b, c or d
1. The baby’s getting…………..everyday.
a. more big b. bigger c. bigger and bigger d. more and more big
2. English…………at the meeting.
a. speak b. speaks c. is speaking d. is spoken
3. These flowers......................
a. smell good b. smells good c. smell well d. smells well
4. She ………..getting up early now.
a. didn’t use to b. is used to c. is using to d. used to
5. Did you put ..................... sugar in my coffee?
a. many b. a few c. so many d. much
6. Do you know……………… yesterday?
a. if did they arrive b. if they arrive
c. if did they arrived d. if they arrived
7. If you are tired, you should………..a break.
a. make b. do c. take d. go
8. Beef is my......................food.
a. preferable b. favorable c. favorite d. likeable
9. I’m looking......................to hearing from you.
a. at b. after c. over d. forward
10. She..............a cake when the telephone rang.
a. makes b. make c. has make d. was making
11. I’ve known him ..........................I left school.
a. when b. before c. until d. since
12. He has left his book here on.........................so that you can read it.
a. design b. intention c. purpose d. meaning
13. What would you........................me to do for you?
a. want b. hope c. wish d. have
14. After retiring, my father will spend his........................on an expensive holiday.
a. dollars b. accounts c. savings d. cheques
15. We can’t go wrong if we.........the instructions.
a. follow b. keep c.take d. guide
III. Read the text below. Use the word given at the end of each line to form a word that fits in the
space in the same line.
These days it is(o)………….......................to open a newspaper without POSSIBLE
reading about the damage we are doing to the environment.
The earth is being(1)………….....................and the future looks bad. THREAT
What can each of us do?
We cannot clean up our(2)…………......................rivers and seas overnight. POLLUTION
Nor can we stop the(3)……………...................of plants and animals. But APPEAR
we can stop adding to the problem while(4)………………................. .......... SCIENCE
search for answers, and laws are passed in nature’s(5)……………............... DEFEND
It may not be easy to change your lifestyle(6)…………….................., but COMPLETE
some steps are easy to take: cut down the amount of(7)………….................. DRIVE
you do or use as little plastic as possible. It is also easy to save energy,
which also reduces(8)…………….................bills. We must all make HOUSE
a personal (9)……………................... to work for the future of our planet if DECIDE
we want to (10)…………....................a better world for our grand- children. SURE

III. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense or form.

Dentists can do a lot(0)....to improve...(improve) your teeth. They can straighten your teeth
by(1).....................................(put) wires on them. These wires(2)....................................(push) the roots
of the teeth the right way. The best time for (3)..............................(do) this is while the
teeth(4).............................(grow). A lot of dentists, however, prefer not(5).............................(start)
doing this before a child(6)………………(be) at least eight. Sometimes a dentist even(7)
……………...........….(use) elastic bands(8).........................(make) a tooth straight.
Sometimes(9)...............................(pull) tooth out can prevent the other teeth from(10)............................
(grow) too close to one another.

IV. Fill in an appropriate word in each blank.


Kipling was the first writer........ (1)..... expressed the faith and national pride. He was.......(2)......
in Bombay India.........(3)..... 1865 and was taken .....(4)..... England to .....(5).... educated at the .....
(6).... of 6. But at the age of 17 he returned ......(7)...... India and became a journalist. ........(8)..... this
time he.....(9).... a great amount of prose and portry. After wards he returned to England and travelled
in Japan and America. He received the 1907 Nobel ....(10)... for literature and died in 1936 while he
was working on his autbiographical notes.

V. Read the passage and choose the best answer.


After inventing dynamite, Swedish-born Alfred Nobel became a very rich man. However, he foresaw
its universally destructive powers too late. Nobel preferred not to be remembered as the inventor of
dynamite, so in 1895, just two weeks before his death, he created a fund to be used for awarding
prizes to people who had made worthwhile contributions to mankind. Originally there were five
awards: literature, physics, chemistry, medicine and peace. Economics was added in 1968, just sixty-
seven years after the first awards ceremony. Nobel's original legacy of nine million dollars was
invested, and the interest on this sum is used for the awards which vary from $30,000 to $125,000.
Every year on December 10, the anniversary of Nobel's death, the awards (gold medal, illuminated
diploma, and money) are presented to the winners. Sometimes politics plays an important role in the
judges' decisions. Americans have won numerous science awards, but relatively few literature prizes.
No awards were presented from 1940 to 1942 at the beginning of World War II Some people have
won two prizes, but this is rare; others have shared their prizes.
1. When did the first award ceremony take place7
A. 1895 B . 1901 C. 1962 D. 1968
2. Why was the Nobel prize established?
A. To recognise worthwhile contributions to humanity.B. To resolve political differences.
C. To honour the inventor of dynamite.D. To spend money.
3. In which area have Americans received the most awards?
A. Literature B. Peace C. Economics D. Science
4. Which of the following statements is not true?
A. Awards vary in monetary value.B. Ceremonies are held on December 10 to commemorate Nobel's
invention.
C. Politics can play an important role in selecting the winners.D. A few individuals have won two
awards.
5. In how many fields are the prizes bestowed?
A. 2 B. 5 C. 6 D. 10
VI. Write a new sentence as similar in meaning a possible to the original sentence
6. John missed the lecture because he came very late
If John ............................................................................................
7. He could not afford to buy the car
The car............................................................................................
8. You will not be accepted if you don’t finish your home work.
Unless.....................................................................
9. I had to spend the whole evening finishing the test
It.......................................................................
10. Weather conditions influence most people’s lives.
Most people’s lives....................................................
VII. Make meaningfull sentences based on given hints
1. My friend / live / next door / enjoy / read / book / very / much
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. He / prefer / fiction book / non – fiction book.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. He / start / collect / book / he school / boy.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. He / spend / a lot of money / book /years now
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. He hope / he / have / own library.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
ENGLISH PRACTICE 25
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. knife B. injure C. scissors D. sink
2. A. precaution B. cause C. because D. aunt
3. A. cover B. movie C. above D. oven
4. A. reach B. beneath C. near D. bead
5. A. chemical B. chore C. kitchen D. children
II. Choose from the four options given one best answer to complete each sentence.
1. What does your friend look_________?
A. likes B. like C. likely D. to like
2. Is she going to________ you this summer?
A. visit B. visits C. visted D. visiting
3. Why did Romeo and Juliet kill___________?
A. they B. them C. themselves D. themself
4. Why do we have to put all dangerous objects out of___________.
A. children reach B. reach chidren C. children reaching D. children’s reach
5. Why mustn’t we let children________ in the kitchen.
A. play B. playing C. to play D. played
III. Read the following passage then answer questions below.
This is Hoa’s bedroom. There is a desk on the left of the room. On the desk, there are many folders,
and above the desk there is a bookshelf. There is a bed near the desk. On the right side of the room,
there is a window. There is a wardrobe beside the window. The wardrobe is opposite the desk.
1. What is on the left of the room? ~ It’s______________.
A. a desk B. a wardrobe C. a bed D. a window
2. Are there many folders on the desk? ~ ________________.
A. No, there aren’t. B. Yes, there are. C. No, there isn’t. D. Yes, there is.
3. There is a bookshelf___________the desk.
A. on B. near C. opposite D. above
4. Opposite the desk, there is a__________________.
A. window B. bookshelf C. wardrobe D. bed
IV. Choose the correct sentence according to the given words and phrases.
1. it/ be not/ safe/ leave/ medicine/ around/ house.
A. It be not safe to leave medicine around house.
B. It is not safe to leaving medicine around the house.
C. It is not safe leave medicine around the house.
D. It is not safe to leave medicine around the house.
2. put/ rice/ teaspoon/ salt/ in it.
A. Put the rice and a teaspoon of salt in it. B. Put rice and a teaspoon of salt in it.
C. Put rice and teaspoon of salt in it. D. Put the rice and a teaspoon of the salt in the it.
3. I/ going/ be/ home/ late tonight.
A. I am going to be home late tonight. B. I am going to am home late tonight.
C. I going to be at home late tonight.D. I am going be in the home late tonight.
4. Alexander Graham Bell/ born / March 3 1847 / Edinburgh.
A. Alexander Graham Bell is born in March 3 1847 in Edinburgh.
B. Alexander Graham Bell was born in March 3 1847 in the Edinburgh.
C. Alexander Graham Bell was born on March 3 1847 in Edinburgh.
D. Alexander Graham Bell is born on March 3 1847 at the Edinburgh.
5. bag / be not / big / enough/ carry /everything.
A. The bag is not enough big carry everything.
B. The bag is not big enough to carry everything.
C. The bag are not big enough to carry everything in it.
D. Bag is not enough big to carry everything.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 25
I. Choose the best answer to fill in the blank by circling A, B, C or D
1. Bob hasn’t ……… his mind yet.
A. Made B. Gone C. used to D. Found
2. Everyone has to follow this way to get into the fair, ………?
A. do they B. don’t they C. doesn’t she D. doesn’t he
3. We spent half a year _____ this hotel.
A. to build B. Built C. with building D. Building
4. She is bored _____ getting up early.
A. With B. In C. of D. To
5. Would you like me to get you something to drink? - ______
A. That would be nice B. No, I’m sorry C. That’s too bad D. My pleasure
6. English is the _____ language on one- fifth of the land area of the world.
A. Office B. Official C. officer D. Officially
7. It's an hour since he ......... , so he must be at the office now.
A. has left B. Left C. was leaving D. is leaving
8. 14. I usually go to work by bus, but ________ and then I use my motorbike.
A. Again B. Once C. now D. Ever
9. Of my parents, my father is _________________.
A. the stricter B. the strictest C. stricter D. strict
10. "What can I get for you?". ______________ .
A. All right B. I'm afraid not C. I hope so D. Yes, please
11. Bob hasn’t ……… his mind yet.
A. Made B. Gone C. used to D. Found
12. Everyone has to follow this way to get into the fair, ………?
A. do they B. don’t they C. doesn’t she D. doesn’t he
13. We spent half a year _____ this hotel.
A. to build B. Built C. with building D. Building
14. She is bored _____ getting up early.
A. With B. In C. of D. To
15. Would you like me to get you something to drink? - ______
A. That would be nice B. No, I’m sorry C. That’s too bad D. My pleasure
16. English is the _____ language on one- fifth of the land area of the world.
A. Office B. Official C. officer D. Officially
17. It's an hour since he ......... , so he must be at the office now.
A. has left B. Left C. was leaving D. is leaving
18. 14. I usually go to work by bus, but ________ and then I use my motorbike.
A. Again B. Once C. now D. Ever
19. Of my parents, my father is _________________.
A. the stricter B. the strictest C. stricter D. strict
20. "What can I get for you?". ______________ .
A. All right B. I'm afraid not C. I hope so D. Yes, please

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. Think B. Healthy C. Thus D. ethnic
2. A. discussion B. Revision C. Attention D. admission
3. A. Cease B. Chase C. Increase D. raise
4. A. although B. Enough C. laugh D. cough
5. A. Mute B. Junior C. Music D. humor
6. A. Who B. Where C. Which D. when
7. A. Send B. Tent C. Rely D. tend
8. A. Lock B. Shock C. Block D. program
9. A. Talked B. Passed C. Dialed D. stopped
10. A. Comb B. Climb C. Dumb D. blond

III. Put the correct verb forms of the verb in brackets.


11. "Do you mind if I sit here?" - "I'd rather you (sit)...................... over there."
12. There (be) ………….. no rain here for 6 months.
13. He spoke to me as if he (be) ………… my father.
14. By the time we (stop) …………, we had driven six hundred miles.
15. The price ( become ) ................... more and more expensive these days.
16. Pupils are made (work)……………… hard at this school.
17. It’s ten years since I last (see) ………… her.
18. Don’t forget (lock) ………… the door before going to bed.
19. The pens ( produce ).............. by Thien Long Company are usually cheap and good.
20. The film (begin) ......................at 7.30 or 8.00?

IV. Fill the blanks with the right form of the CAPITAL words provided in the right column
1. Their children have quite _____________ characters. DIFFERENCE
2. What is the correct ______________of this word? PRONOUNCE
3. He didn’t win the championship, so he felt very _____________ . HOPE
4. She is one of the greatest _______ to appear in this theater. PERFORM
5. My house is on the top of a hill. It’s very ____ there in the fall. WIND
6. It is ___________ to eat too much sugar and fatty food. HEALTH
7. Many rural areas in Viet Nam have been __________ in the last few years. URBAN
8. Bell ______________ demonstrated his invention. SUCCESS
9. Every day, there are two ____ from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh city. FLY
10. There are a lot of _______________ in the competition. CONTEST

V. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not corect in standard written English.
Find and correct
1. Lan seemed happily when she received her aunt’s letter.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
......................
2. My brother didn’t have money enough to buy the dictionary he liked
.....................................................................................................................................................................
......................
3. We should put the coffee table among the armchair and the couch.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
......................
4. The driver of the car was serious injured in the accident.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
......................
5. Everyone was exciting as the prince wanted to choose his wife from the village.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
......................
6. He gets up early in order reviewing lessons before school.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
......................
7. All the students are looking forward to spend their free time relaxing in the sun this summer.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
......................
8. I agree that we ought be good students at school and good children at home
.....................................................................................................................................................................
......................
9. Be careful when you cross a busy street. Look out with cars and trucks.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
......................
10. Is she accustomed to doing her homework by her?
.....................................................................................................................................................................
......................

VI. Read the passage and choose the correct answer in A, B, C or D.


Flood in Dorchester
…… (1) ... six o’clock yesterday evening, the River Thames burst its banks and flooded a wide area.
By nine o’clock the floods had reached the town of Dorchester. The main street was soon …… (2).....
3 feet of water. Fire engines arrived quickly to pump away the water, but heavy rain made their job
very ……… (3) ..... .
Mrs Rose Willow, a ……… (4)......... nearly 80 years old, and living alone in her cottage, was trapped
upstairs ……… (5)........ three hours. Finally, firemen were able to rescue her with ladders and a
small ……… (6).......... “My cat, Tibbles, stayed with me all the time”, said Mrs Willow. “She
……… (7)......... me a lot. She sat with me so I didn’t feel afraid”.
The rain has finally stopped, the river level is falling and the weather forecast is good, ………
(8) ...........the floods have done a great deal of damage. “Luckily, nobody was …… (9) ......or
injured”, Chief Fire Office Hawkins …… (10) .......reporters, “but it will take a long time to clear up
the mess”.
1. A. In B. To C. At D. Until
2. A. Over B. Under C. through D. between
3. A. Easy B. Difficult C. quick D. clear
4. A. Girl B. Man C. lady D. child
5. A. For B. During C. while D. through
6. A. Ship B. Boat C. car D. bicycle
7. A. worried B. Frightened C. bored D. helped
8. A. But B. Also C. therefore D. so
9. A. Burnt B. Cut C. scratched D. drowned
10. A. Said B. Asked C. told D. spoke

VII. Read the text and choose one suitable word to fill in the blank.

Foreign English language teachers for schools inVietnam


has to is teaching cover teacher
more and high decided
Vietnam ...(1)... well on its way to integrate with the world and for that reason emphasis on English
language skills ...(2)... .............................. become very essential.
Recently, the City Department of Education and Training ...(3).. ............................... to recruit foreign
native English speakers to teach in elementary, middle and ...(4)................................. schools in
Vietnam.
The policy calls for social contributions to improve English language ...(5)................................. from
primary schools to senior high schools by employing only foreign native English teachers. Each
student will chip in VND120,000 ($5.8) a month to ...(6).. ............................... the $35 an hour salary
of the foreign ...(7)... ...............................
Compared ...(8).. ................................ traditional English teaching methodology, it is better that
thousands of students in the City have a chance of practicing listening ...(9). ................................
speaking skills with native English speakers, who create a ...(10)...exciting atmosphere in classrooms
for students.
VIII. Rewrite the following sentences using the words provided in such a way that they mean
the same as the original sentences.
1. Couldn’t you find a better hotel?
Is this ....................................................................................................................................................
2. I haven’t seen that man here before.
This is ...................................................................................................................................................
3. Old car tires are recycled to make shoes and sandals.
People ...................................................................................................................................................
4. The coffee is so hot that I can’t drink it.
The coffee is too ...................................................................................................................................
5. Somebody repaired his car yesterday.
He had...................................................................................................................................................
6. It was thought that the painting had been destroyed.
The painting .........................................................................................................................................
7. Our house is going to be rebuilt by a local firm.
We are ..................................................................................................................................................
8. I can’t buy the tickets. They are too expensive.
The tickets ............................................................................................................................................
9. Peter spent three hours repainting his house.
It ...........................................................................................................................................................
10. Leave now or you will miss the train.
Unless ...................................................................................................................................................

IX. Use the suggestions to make the meaningful sentences.


1. information / bringing / entertainment / also / is / only / but / TV / not / .
.............................................................................................................................................................
2. village / the / definitely / better / Life / the / changing / is / for / in / .
.............................................................................................................................................................
3. look for / more money / Farmers / when / family / often / other work / their / need / they / for / .
.............................................................................................................................................................
4. people / still / a week / work / in / Many / days / the countryside / seven / .
.............................................................................................................................................................
5. back / in / months / going / England / They / two / are / .
.............................................................................................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 26
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently.
1. A. meal B. please C. clean D. great-grandma
2. A. life B. lit C. light D. like
3. A. poor B. cook C. look D. book
4. A. folk B. old C. story D. folder
5. A. traditional B. grandma C. tale D. lamp
II. The following sentences are incomplete. Choose from the four options given.
1. She_______ look after her younger brothers and sisters.
A. used to B. use to C. used D. uses
2. Nga’s grandma_______ stay home and help her Mom.
A. had B. have C. had to D. haved to
3. People didn’t_______ talk on the phone 200 years ago.
A. use B. used C. use to D. used to
4. The best old folktale was The_______ Shoe.
A. losing B. lose C. losed D. lost
5. Mom had to do everything_______ the help of modern equipment.
A. without B. for C. of D. to
III. Read the following passage then answer questions below
This is Nga’s grandma. She used to live on a farm when she was a young girl. Life was hard then so
she didn’t go to school because she had to stay home and help her mom. She used to look after her
younger brothers and sisters.
Nga’s great- grandma used to cook the meals, clean the house and wash the clothes. That was a hard
work and there wasn’t any electricity then so she had to do everything without the help of modern
equipment.
In the evening, Nga’s great- grandmother and great-grandfather used to stay home. She lit the lamp
and he used to tell Nga’s grandma stories after dinner. And the best one Nga’s grandma still
remembered was The Lost Shoe.
1. Where did Nga’s grandma use to live when she was a young girl? ~ _____________.
A. On a farm B. In a city C. In a school D. In a town
2. Was life hard then? ~ ________________.
A. No, it was B. Yes, it was C. No, life wasn’t D. Yes, life was
3. What did Nga’s grandma have to do when she was young? ~____________________.
A. She used to live on a farm B. She had to stay home and help her mom.
C. She had to look after her younger brothers and sisters D. Both B and C are correct
4. Nga’s great- grandma used to do everything without the help of modern equipment because there
was no _____________ then.
A. traditional stories B. folktales C. electricity D. lamps
5. What does the word “one” in line 8 mean?
A. A story B. A lamp C. A shoe D. electricity
ENGLISH PRACTICE 26
I-Choose the words that has the underline pronounced differently from the others. Identify your
answer by writing the corresponding word or phrase on your answer paper.
1.A. though B. enough C. cough D. rough
2.A. chair B. cheap C. chorus D. child
3.A. missed B. closed C. called D. planned
4.A. fat B. any C. gas D. hat
5.A physics B. basic C. sailor D. subject
II- Choose one word that has a different stress position from the others. Identify your answer by
writing the corresponding word or phrase on your answer paper.
6.A. scissors B. object C. wardrobe D. transmit
7.A. comfortable B. commercial C. generous D. demonstrate
8.A. experiment B. assistant C. sociable D. equipment
9.A. advice B. beauty C. picture D. postcard
10.A. theater B. career C. cinema D. gallery
III- Choose from the four options given (marked A,B,C or D) one best answer to complete each of the
following sentences. Identify your answer by writing the corresponding word or phrase on your
answer paper.
11. David’s school ………….. is very bad this term.
A. report B. period C. day D. semester
12. People go to a …………….. to look at the famous works of art.
A. stadium B. gallery C. theater D. fair
13. I’d like to go ……………. very much.
A. camp B. to camp C. a camp D. camping
14. Hoa is reading short stories …………. Jack London.
A. of B. from C. by D. with
15. John ………….. Susan to go out with him but her parents didn’t let her out.
A. insisted B. suggested C. invited D. helped
16. This book is ……………. that I try to read it from beginning to end at one time.
A. so interesting B. so interested C. such interesting D. too interesting
17. “Let it be” is a famous song ……………. . It is one of the best works by this band.
A. singing by the Beatles B. was sung by the Beatles
C. sung by the Beatles D. sang by the Beatles
18. He ………… the train ticket at home.
A. took B. put C. brought D. left
19. She was ………….. of watching television.
A. interested B. tired C. tiring D. pleased
20. My mother ………….. me that I should wake up earlier.
A. told to B. said C. was told D. said to
21. Our teacher asked us ……………. in class.
A. not to talk B. to not talk C. no talk D. without talking
22. Peter broke his leg when he fell ………….. his bike.
A. in B. on C. off D. of
23. You should …………… your lesson before the examination.
A. read B. look C. revise D. study
24. Hung is …………… do the crossword puzzles.
A. intelligent enough to B. intelligent enough
C. enough intelligent D. enough intelligent to
25. Her math result is …………….. than her English result.
A. bad B. bader C. worse D. well
26. His father is very proud ……………… him.
A. of B. with C. on D. about
27. Yesterday I came …………. your brother when I was going to school.
A. of B. to C. about D. across
28. Students should work …………. to make their parents happy.
A. hard B. hardly C. in hard way D. more hardly
29. Keep all dangerous things out of children’s …………. .
A. hands B. place C. reach D. head
30. When I was young, I used ……………. on a farm.
A. to live B. live C. to living D. living
IV- Supply the correct form of the word in Capital letters for each gap in the following sentences.
Identify your answer by writing the corresponding word or phrase on your answer paper.
31. This coffee is too ................... to drink. heat
32. I can’t tell the …………… between the twins. differ
33. A fairy appeared and…………changed Miss Tam’s rags into beautiful clothes. magic
34. He drove ………… and he had an accident. care
35. I feel so ................. that I’m going to bed. sleep
36. Why was his lecture so .................... ?. bore
37. How many ................. are there in a year in Vietnam ?. celebrate
38. ................. have warned the local people of the disaster. science
V- Read the following passage and choose the best answer for each gap. Identify your answer by
writing the corresponding word or phrase on your answer paper.
These days most people, especially young girls, like(39)…….slim. Our grandparent’s tastes were
different(40)……ours but nowadays(41)……seems to enjoy(42)…….fat people. The only thing(43)
……is wrong with this is what a(44)…….said to me the other days: “I don’t mind (45)……..these
foods if they will help me(46)………weight but why do they taste so awful ?” The reason(47)
…….this is that the manufacturers have to include a lot of vitamins to satisfy the law, so the only
sensible advice I could give my friend was “Eat normal food, but (48)………less.”
39.A. to looked B. to look C. they look D. look
40.A. from B. of C. as D. with
41.A. anymore B. none C. everyone D. no one
42.A. to look at B. looking C. looking at D. to look
43.A. it B. that C. what D. who
44.A.friend of mine B. my friend C. friend of me D. friend of my
45.A. to eat B. eat C. eating D. the eating
46.A. gain B. put on C. loose D. lose
47.A. of B. why C. for D. that
48.A. eat B. to eat C. eating D. be eating
VI- Read the following passage, then answer questions 50-53. After each question there are four
options marked A,B,C or D. Choose the correct answer by writing down its corresponding
letter A,B,C or D on your answer sheet.
It is five o’clock in the evening when Rene Wagner come home from work. She walks into the living
room and looks at her three children. They are 14,13 and 9 years old. They are watching TV. The
living room is a mess. There are dirty socks on the floor and cookies on the sofa. Games and toys are
everywhere. Rene is angry, “This place is a mess” she tells her children, “I can’t work all day and
then do housework all evening. I’m not going to do housework!” Rene doesn’t do housework. She
doesn’t clean or wash dishes. She doesn’t wash clothes, either. Every evening she sits on the sofa and
watches TV.
After two weeks, every plate, fork and glass in the house is dirty. All the children’s clothes are dirty.
Every garbage basket is full. The house is a mess.
Then, one day Rene comes home from work and gets a big surprise. The kitchen is clean. The
children clean the kitchen !
The next day, the living room is clean, and the children are washing their clothes. Rene tells the
children “OK, I’ll do the housework again. But you have to help me.”
Now Rene and her three children do the housework together. Then they all sit on the sofa and watch
TV!
49. When Rene came home from work, she found the house ……………. .
A. clean and dirty B. dirty and tidy C. dirty and untidy D. clean but untidy
50. Rene told her children ………………….. .
A. to do the housework B. she couldn’t do housework
C. not to do housework D. she wouldn’t do housework
51. Two weeks later, the house was ……………… .
A. very clean B. a mess C. tidy D. rather dirty
52. Some days later, the house was clean again because ……………………. .
A. she couldn’t let it that way B. her children did housework.
C. her children didn’t do housework. D. she did housework again.
53. Now Rene does housework again because …………………. .
A. her children help her. B. they can watch TV together.
C. her children wash their clothes. D. her children don’t do it.
VII- Complete the second sentence so that it has similar meaning to the first one.
54. The movie was very bad. I couldn’t see it.
The movie was not .................................................................................................................................
55. “Shut the door but don’t lock it”, he said to us.
He told ....................................................................................................................................................
56. The garage is going to repair our car next week.
We are going ..........................................................................................................................................
57. In spite of his intelligence, he doesn’t do well at school.
Although ................................................................................................................................................
58. You must see the headmaster.
You’ve ....................................................................................................................................................
59.Remember to check your flight numbers.
Don’t .......................................................................................................................................................
60.It was such bad news that Helen burst into tears.
The news .................................................................................................................................................
VIII- Use the suggested words and phrases to make a full sentence.
61. Those buses / not going / airport / neither / taxis.
................................................................................................................................................................
62. You / not / want / sell / house last year ?
................................................................................................................................................................
63. He / stop / smoke / save / money .
................................................................................................................................................................
64. My brother / not drive / carefully / I.
................................................................................................................................................................
65. It / difficult / prevent / people / park here.
................................................................................................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 27
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. knife B. injure C. scissors D. sink
2. A. precaution B. cause C. because D. aunt
3. A. cover B. movie C. above D. oven
4. A. reach B. beneath C. near D. bead
5. A. chemical B. chore C. kitchen D. children
II. Choose from the four options given one best answer to complete each sentence.
1. What does your friend look_________?
A. likes B. like C. likely D. to like
2. Is she going to________ you this summer?
A. visit B. visits C. visted D. visiting
3. Why did Romeo and Juliet kill___________?
A. they B. them C. themselves D. themself
4. Why do we have to put all dangerous objects out of___________.
A. children reach B. reach chidren C. children reaching D. children’s reach
5. Why mustn’t we let children________ in the kitchen.
A. play B. playing C. to play D. played
III. Read the following passage then answer questions below.
This is Hoa’s bedroom. There is a desk on the left of the room. On the desk, there are many folders,
and above the desk there is a bookshelf. There is a bed near the desk. On the right side of the room,
there is a window. There is a wardrobe beside the window. The wardrobe is opposite the desk.
1. What is on the left of the room? ~ It’s______________.
A. a desk B. a wardrobe C. a bed D. a window
2. Are there many folders on the desk? ~ ________________.
A. No, there aren’t. B. Yes, there are. C. No, there isn’t. D. Yes, there is.
3. There is a bookshelf___________the desk.
A. on B. near C. opposite D. above
4. Opposite the desk, there is a__________________.
A. window B. bookshelf C. wardrobe D. bed
IV. Choose the correct sentence according to the given words and phrases.
1. it/ be not/ safe/ leave/ medicine/ around/ house.
A. It be not safe to leave medicine around house.
B. It is not safe to leaving medicine around the house.
C. It is not safe leave medicine around the house.
D. It is not safe to leave medicine around the house.
2. put/ rice/ teaspoon/ salt/ in it.
A. Put the rice and a teaspoon of salt in it. B. Put rice and a teaspoon of salt in it.
C. Put rice and teaspoon of salt in it. D. Put the rice and a teaspoon of the salt in the it.
3. I/ going/ be/ home/ late tonight.
A. I am going to be home late tonight. B. I am going to am home late tonight.
C. I going to be at home late tonight.D. I am going be in the home late tonight.
4. Alexander Graham Bell/ born / March 3 1847 / Edinburgh.
A. Alexander Graham Bell is born in March 3 1847 in Edinburgh.
B. Alexander Graham Bell was born in March 3 1847 in the Edinburgh.
C. Alexander Graham Bell was born on March 3 1847 in Edinburgh.
D. Alexander Graham Bell is born on March 3 1847 at the Edinburgh.
5. bag / be not / big / enough/ carry /everything.
A. The bag is not enough big carry everything.
B. The bag is not big enough to carry everything.
C. The bag are not big enough to carry everything in it.
D. Bag is not enough big to carry everything.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 45
I.Choose the word or phrase which best completes each of the following sentences. Write your
answers in the table below(2pts)
1. Jack is……. His jokes often make his friends laugh a lot.
A. generous B. humorous C.easy-going D. unusual
2. I’m sorry. I’m not………to help you lift the table.
A. enough strong B. too strong C. strong enough D. enough strength.
3. We…….in our present house for 5 years.
A. live B. have lived C. are living D. lived.
4. We used to wash clothes by hand. Now we have a…….
A. washing machine B. dishwasher C. hair dryer D. refrigerator.
5. It took me a long time to get used……… glasses.
A. to wear B. to wearing C. wear D. wore.
6.Last night he didn’t go home……..10 o’clock.
A. until B. at C. after D. in front of
7."Don’t shout", I said to Jim.
A. I told Jim don't shout B. I told to Jim not to shout
C. I told Jim not to shout D. I said to Jim don't shout.
8. Hoa was very surprised when she looked at………………………..in the mirror.
A. she B. hers C. herself D. her
9. She went to market without………. anything.
A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. buying
10. Since we have to be there by 8.30, we………. take a taxi.
A. had better B. may C. ought D. are able to
11. I’ve never seen such an interesting …………..
A. performing B. performer C. performance D. performed
12. It’s at least a month since……………….John.
A. I last seen B. I have last seen C. I last see D. I last saw
13. I like my sister’s house. It is a ………………
A. new beautiful house B. beautiful house new
C. beautiful new house D. new house beautiful
14. Living in the country is not expensive. And it isn’t complex ……………….
A. either B. too C. neither D. so
15. The new shopping mall is quite …………..the present shopping area.
A. different from B. the same C. like to D. similar
16. “What …………………?” – “She is very nice.”
A. did Sandra like B. is Sandra like C. does Sandra like D. was Sandra like
17. Thank you very much .................... the Christmas gift .
A. of B. with C. for D. about
18. ………….. she plays the piano!
A. How well B. How good C. What well D. What good
19. Life here is very …………….
A. peace B. peacefully C. peaceful D. peacefulness
20. It is raining outside, and Tom brought his umbrella with him …………..he wouldn’t get wet.
A. so as to B. in order C. so that D. in order to
II. Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences (2pts)
1. Bell experimented with ways of transmiting ...........over a long distance. (SPEAK)
2. The tiger wanted to see the farmer's ............. (WISE)
3. The scouts do the ................work (VOLUNTEER)
4. Nowadays, scouting is popular ................ (WORLD)
5. After his parents died, he was sent to an……….….. ( ORPHAN)
6. Huy makes friends very easily because he is very …………….. ( SOCIAL)
7. Cook the meat in the ……………………..for at least 30 minutes. ( STEAM)
8. My friend, Nga plays the piano…………………….
( BEAUTIFUL).
9. “The lost shoe” is one of the …………………. stories I like best.
( TRADITION)
10. Our teacher always………………………. us to work hard.
(COURAGE)
III. Complete the sentences using the correct form of the verbs in the brackets (2pts)
12. They (watch) their favorite TV programmes at the moment.
13. Mary and John are neighbors. They ( know) each other for a long time.
14. They ( arrive) in New york yesterday?
15. I haven’t met him since he ( move ) to Ho Chi Minh City..
16. My mother is tired enough ( cook) tonight.
17. The teacher asked me ( not make) noise in class.
18. The boys like ( play ) games but hate doing lessons.
19. His doctor advised him ( give) up smoking.
20. Look at those black clouds. It( rain).
21. This is the first time I (be) to Ha Noi.
IV. Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word (2pts)
The country is (1).............beautiful than a town and more pleasant to live in. Many people think so,
and go to the country (2) .......... the summer holiday though they can't live (3) ............. all the year
round. Some have cottage built in a village (4) .......... that they can go there whenever they
(5) ..........find the time.
English villages are not alike, but (6)............. some ways they are not very different from
(7) ...................other. Almost every village (8) ...........a church, the round or square tower of which
can (9) ............seen from many miles around. Surrounding the church is the church yard, (10)..........
people are buried.
V. The following sentences belong to a passage about Cinderella, but they are not in the correct
order. Put them in their correct order to make a full passage. There are examples for you.
Write your answers in the spaces below. ( 2,0 pts )

A.Once upon a time there was a girl called Cinderella who did all the work in the kitchen while her
lazy sisters did nothing.
B. So she went to the ball in a beautiful dress and a wonderful coach.
C. She danced with the prince but at midnight she ran back home, leaving one of her shoes on the
dance floor.
D. One night her sisters went to a ball at the palace.
E. The prince wanted to see her again and went to every house in the capital until he found that the
shoe was the right size for Cinderella.
F. Cinderella was left at home, very sad. After a time her fairy godmother appeared and told
Cinderella that she could go to the ball - but to return home by midnight.
G. She and the prince were married and lived happily ever after.

VI. Read the following passage and choose the best answer(2pts)
Every year students in many countries learn Enghlish . Some of these students are young children .
Others are teenagers . Many are adults. Some learn at school , others study by themselves. A few
learn English just by hearing the language , in film , on television , in the office , or among their
friends . But not many are lucky enough to do that . Most people must work hard to learn another
language .
Learning another language ! Learning English ! Why do all these people want to learn English ? It is
difficult to answer that quetion . Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of
their subjects . They study their own language , and mathematics .... and English . ( In England , or
America , or Australia , many boys and girls study their own language , which is English and
mathematics .... and another language , perhaps French , or German , or Spainish )
Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work . Teenagers often learn English for
their high studies , because some of their books are in English at the college or university . Other
people learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English .
1. According to the writer ,………
A. only adults learn English . B. no children like learning English
C. English is only useful to teenagers . D. English is popular in much of the world .
2. Many people learn English by ………
A. watching videos only . B. hearing the language in the office .
C. talking with the film star D. working hard on their lesson.
3. Many boys and girls learn English because ………
A. English can give them a job. B. it's included in their study courses.
C.their parents make them . D.they have to study their own language .
4. In America or Australia many school children study………
A. English as a foreign language .
B. English and Mathematics only .
C. such foreign languages as French , German , and Spanish .
D. their own language and no foreign language .
5. Many adults learn English because………
A. their work is useful . B. they want to go abroad .
C. most of their books are in English D. it helps them in their work .
VII. There are five mistakes in the passage. Find and correct them (1pt)
Everyone know that in studying foreign languages, practice is the key of fluency. All foreign language
learner even the advanced ones need practice. There has a fact that a learner can know a lot of
grammar rules and vocabulary, however, they can’t speaking well yet. So the learners must know
how use what they have learned apart from the ability to explain grammar rules.
VIII. Rewrite the sentences so that it has the same meaning as the sentence printed before (4pts)
1. It’s a long time since we became close friends.
We have...............................................................................................................................................
2. No one is more intelligent than her in our school.
She........................................................................................................................................................
3. ‘Can I borrow your bike, Nga?’, Nam asked.
 Nam asked Nga ..................................................................................................................................
4. Lan is 1.60m tall and Hoa is 1.60 tall, too.
 Lan .....................................................................................................................................................
5. Apples are usually cheaper than oranges.
 Apples are not.....................................................................................................................................
73. Her father asked her if she would go to the cinema with her friends.
Her father asked her:”…………………………… ……………………………………………….”
6. He’d rather play golf than tennis.
 He prefers............................................................................................................................................7.
“You shouldn’t translate each sentence into Vietnamese,” my brother told me
My brother told ...................................................................................................................................
8. When did you start playing the piano?
 How long.............................................................................................................................................
9. Your younger brother is too weak to lift that box
Your brother is not...............................................................................................................................
10. Hung is interested in collecting stamps
 Hung’s.................................................................................................................................................
IX-Choose the words that has the underline pronounced differently from the others. Identify
your answer by writing the corresponding word or phrase on your answer paper.
1.A. though B. enough C. cough D. rough
2.A. chair B. cheap C. chorus D. child
3.A. missed B. closed C. called D. planned
4.A. fat B. any C. gas D. hat
5.A physics B. basic C. sailor D. subject
X. Use the suggested words and phrases to make a full sentence.
1. Those buses / not going / airport / neither / taxis.
................................................................................................................................................................
2. You / not / want / sell / house last year ?
................................................................................................................................................................
3. He / stop / smoke / save / money .
................................................................................................................................................................
4. My brother / not drive / carefully / I.
................................................................................................................................................................
5. It / difficult / prevent / people / park here.
................................................................................................................................................................
6) watching/ the living room/ father/ in/ at the moment/ My/ is/ TV.
................................................................................................................................................................
7) interested/ history/ John/ the/ of/ is/ Vietnam/ in.
................................................................................................................................................................
8) is/ the/ to/ She/ strong/ suitcase/ not/ lift/ enough
................................................................................................................................................................
9) time/ your/ will/ What/ be/ here/ aunt/ ?
................................................................................................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 28
Question 1: Choose the word in each group that has underlined, italic part pronounced
differently from the rest.
1. A. set B. between C. get D. met
2. A. started B. needed C. protected D. stopped
3. A. ground B. should C. about D. amount
4. A. durian B. cucumber C. painful D. duty
5. A. worked B. hoped C. forced D. sailed
6. A. improve B. coveralls C. gloves D. stomach
Question 2: Complete the sentences with the most suitable words:
21. They don’t drink coffee. _______ do their friends.
A. either B. neither C. too D. so
22. She hates fish and_______ do I.
A. either B. neither C. too D. so
23. You can buy pineapples and bananas at the_______ stall
A. meat B. fruit C. food D. chicken
24. I_______ like some spinach and cucumbers.
A. hard B. did C. would D. do
25. What_______ the weather like there?
A. does B. did C. was D. will
26. I like_______ badminton.
A. playing B. making C. working D. acting
27. Harry is working at a bank_______
A. at the moment B. a year ago C. for a year D. in a moment
28. Who is_______, Mary or Cathy?
A. tall B. taller C. tallest D. more taller
29. The Robinsons always go to Vietnam_______ plane.
A. in B. on C. with D. by
30. _______ noodle for breakfast yesterday?
A. Did you eat B. Were you eat C. Did you ate D. Do you ate
31. It took us two hours_______ to Hanoi.
A. drive B. driving C. to drive D. drove
32. Hoa and her brother_______ at home last Sunday.
A. didn’t are B. wasn’t C. weren’t D. not were
33. Were you absent_______ school last Monday?
A. from B. at C. in D. on
34. You_______ take a taxi. It is raining outside.
A. would better B. must C. have to D. had better
35. She never touches_______ food.
A. healthy B. unhealthy C. good D. delicious
36. _______ up late. It is harmful to your health.
A. Don’t stay B. Not stay C. Not to stay D. Stay
37. Please show me_______ this machine works.
A. what B. how C. which D. when
38. When I saw her, I thought she looked_______.
A. happy B. happily C. to be happy D. being happy
39. Shall we go out tonight?
A. Yes, we go B. Yes, I can C. Yes, let’s D. Yes, we are
40. They are good student. They study very_______.
A. better B. good C. goodly D. well
Question 3. Read this passage. Then answer. True or False? Check (√) in the boxes.
Even before it is born, a baby has small teeth under its gums. At about the age of six months, its first
tooth starts to grow. Before the young child is three years old, it has twenty small teeth. Between the
ages of six and twelve a second set of teeth form in the gum below the first teeth and push them out.
T F 1. A baby has teeth under its gums even before its birth.
T F 2. A baby’s first tooth appears as soon as it is born.
T F 3. A three-year-old child has twenty tiny teeth
T F 4. A child’s second set of teeth appear before it is six years old.
T F 5. A child’s second teeth begin to grow while the child still has first teeth.
Question 4: Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one.
6. Mr. Thanh couldn’t enjoy the meal because of the stomachache.
A. The stomachache prevent Mr. Thanh from enjoying the meal.
A. The stomachache prevented Mr. Thanh from enjoying the meal.
A. The stomachache prevented Mr. Thanh from enjoy the meal.
A. The stomachache prevented Mr. Thanh in enjoying the meal.
7. What is your daughter’s age, Mrs. Mai?
A. How old is your daughter, Mrs. Mai? B. How age is your daughter, Mrs. Mai?
C. How old is her daughter, Mrs. Mai? D. How old is Mrs. Mai’s daughter?
8. Hoa didn’t go to school because of her sickness.
A. Because of Hoa was sick, she didn’t go to school yesterday.
B. Because Hoa was sickness, she didn’t go to school yesterday.
C. Because Hoa was sick, she didn’t go to school yesterday.
D. Because Hoa was sick, she went to school yesterday.
9. You shouldn’t eat too much meat.
A. You’d better not eat too much meat. B. You’d not better eat too much meat.
C. You’d better not to eat too much meat.D. You’d better eat not too much meat.
10. How heavy is the chicken
A. What is weight of the chicken? C. How is the weight of the chicken?
B. What weight is the chicken? D. What is the weight of the chicken?
Question 5. Which word is odd one out?
1. A. ill B. sick C. sad D. unwell
2. A. sleep B. take care of C. nurse D. look after
3. A. hospital B. hotel C. surgery D. clinic
4. A. corn B. papaya C. pineapple D. orange
ENGLISH PRACTICE 47
Part 1: Choose the word or phrase which best completes each of the following sentences. Write
your answers in the table below. There is an example for you (Number 0)(1,0 ms).
0. He is ……………….good teacher.
A. a B.the C.an D.one
1) Bao is the most ........................ He spends his free time doing volunteer work at the local hospital.
A. reserved B. sociable C. different D. humorous
2) Mr. Nam called about his stationery order. He said Mrs. Van could..........................
him at 8 634 082
A. talk B. speak C. reach D. tell
3) Nam...................... here for a week
A. is B. was C. be D. has been
4) Your mother is beautiful. She has ...............................................
A. long straight black hair B. straight long black hair
C. black long straight hair D. hair long straight black
5) They are offering a 10%....................on all computers this month.
A. reward B. discount C. reduce D. cut
Part 2: Read the text below and think of the word which best fits space .Use only one word in
each space .The first one has been done for you. Write your answers in the table below. (2,0ms)
I (0)............. several good friends but I suppose that my best (1)............. is Ellen. We have been
friends with each other (2)............. we were very young because she used to live next door to me. We
were in the (3)............. class at school. She has always been much more clever than me at all subjects.
I don’t mind (4).............. she often help me with my homework! Anyway, I have always been better
at sport than she is. I beat her at tennis and she didn’t like that. In fact, she hates (5).................. at
anything and gets very annoyed if she does. That is the only thing that I don’t like about her.
Otherwise, she has a great sense of (6) ................. and she always makes me laugh. We get on very
well (7).................. although we have arguments about silly little things sometimes. Ellen and her
family moved to another district last year but I (8).................. see her a lot. We’re planning to go on a
(9)................around Europe next summer. I’m really looking forward to it because I think we’ll
(10)............. a lot of fun and see exciting places.
Part 3.There are 11 mistakes in the following paragraph. Underline the mistake then correct it.
Write your answer in the table below (2,0ms).
Do you have (0) some close friends? I think everybody has at least one close friend in his life. And so
do I. I has two close friends: Linh and Chi. We are in the same class at the primary factory and the
secondary school. We are also neighbor so we spend most of their time studying and playing
together. Chi is a beauty girl with big black eyes and an oval rosy face. She is an intelligent student
and always studies the better in my class. She also likes read. Linh isn’t as beautiful as Chi and she
has a lovely smile and looks very healthy. Linh is very sporty. She spends most of her free time
playing sports. Linh is a volleyball star on our school team. She is very sociable and has a good sense
of humorous. Her jokes always make us laugh. I love both of my friends and I always hope our
friendly will never die.
Part 4: Read the following passage carefully then say whether the statements are true (T), false
(F) or no information (N)-Tick (√) the correct column (1,0ms)

Last week I went with my elder brother to visit our National Library. We came there early in the
morning and the library was crowded with school children. It was a Saturday morning. Before our
country became free, it was known as “Raffles Library”. It is said to be one of the modern libraries in
Asia.
The library is situated in Stamford Road beside our National Museum. There are hundred thousands
of books in the library including valuable reference books, for university students. Almost all
secondary school students are members of the library and they are allowed to borrow four books at a
time.

STATEMENTS (T) (F) (N)


0) It was in the summer √
1)They went to the library last month
2) There were a lot of school children in the library
3) They came there on Sunday
4) That library used to have another name
5) It is the most well-known library in the world.
6) It is in front of the Nation Museum
7) There are few books in the library
8) Most of the members of the library are secondary school students
9) They can borrow four books in a school-year.
10) They will come there tomorrow
Part 1) complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets (2.0ms)
1) British people (drink)....................................... more and more wine, apparently
2) Lisa (not go).....................................to work yesterday. She wasn’t feeling well.
3) That bag looks heavy. I (help).................................you with it.
4) We (not see)....................................Tom since we left school.
5) Ask him (come)..........................in. Don’t keep him (stand)...................... at the door
6) We (have)........................ a party next Sunday. Would you like (come)....................?
7) ..............you (be)............... away? Yes I (go).....................to the country last Sunday
8) If you arrive after 4pm, the bank (be)...........................closed.
9) Hoa (study)................................English since 2007
10) Bao suggested (meet).................................. at the cafe corner.

Part 2: Rewrite the sentences without changing the meaning, beginning with the word(s)
provided. The (0) is an example for you. (2,5ms)
0. He is taller than her
She……………….………as……………She is not as tall as him.
1) Ba isn’t old enough to ride his bike to school.
-->Ba is..............................................................................................................................
2) Where does she live?
-->What.......................................................................................................................?
3) Can you help me, please?
-->Could you...............................................................................................................?
4) “Can you turn down the radio?” Miss Jackson said to Mary.
-->Miss Jackson asked......................................................................................................
5) Their mother said to them, “Don’t make so much noise”
-->Their mother asked.......................................................................................................
6) A bike is cheaper than a motorbike.
-->A motorbike ................................................................................................................
7) No one helped Ba draw that picture.
-->Ba drew........................................................................................................................
8) We have been here since last week.
-->We came.......................................................................................................................
9) It’s one year since I last saw him
-->I haven’t........................................................................................................................
10) Hoa went to school late this morning because of watching TV late last night.
-->.............................................................because ...........................................................

Part 3: Put the words in their correct order to make complete sentences. Beginning with the
underline words. There is an example for you (Number 0)(1,25ms)
0. teacher/ He / a / is.
He is a teacher.
1) community meeting/ They/ organized/ the situation/ discuss/ have/ in order to/ the situation.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
2) he/ loves/ but/ Ba/ like/ playing/ doesn’t/ glasses/ video games/ gathering.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
3) close friends/ the same/ Do/ characters/ and/ have/ you/ or/ different/ your. ?
.....................................................................................................................................................................
4) cook/ you’ll/ yourself/ I’m/ have/ but/ dinner/ to/ sorry.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
5) example sentences/ the words/ They/ remember/ one or two/ the right way/ each new word/ write/
how to use/ with/ in order to/ in.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 29
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. class B. Math C. black D. far
2. A. fun B. lunch C. awful D. tub
II. Choose from the four options given one best answer to complete each sentence.
1. What__________ now?
A. you are studying B. are you studying
C. do you study D. are you often studying
2. What__________ do you have English class?
A. often B. long C. time D. far
3. __________ do you have Math? ~ I have Math on Tuesday.
A. What B. How C. Which D. When
4. They have History__________ Wednesday__________ 8.50.
A. on-at B. from-to C.at-on D. on-in
5. Math is difficult, but__________.
A. favorite B. easy C. fun D. happy
6. Mai and Hoa__________ History in the classroom at the moment.
A. are study B. are studying C. is study D.is studying
III. Read the following passage then answer questions below.
Thu is a student in class 6A. Now she is studying Math in the classroom. She has her Math classes on
Monday and Friday. Her first Math class is on Wednesday at 7.00 a.m. on Friday, she has two Math
classes from 7.00 a.m. to a quarter to none and other classes are Geography, Music and Physical
Education. Her favorite subject is English. She think, English is an interesting and important subject.
1. What is Thu studying now?
A. She studying Math. B. She is studying Math.
C. She studying a Math. D. She is studying a Math.
2. When does she have her Math classes?
A. She has her Math classes on Wednesday.
B. She have her Math classes on Wednesday and Friday.
C. She has her Math classes on Wednesday.
D. She has her Math classes on Wednesday and Friday.
3. How many classes does she have on Friday?
A. She has two classes. B. She has three classes.
C. She has four classes. D. She has five classes.
4. What does she think about English?
A. She thinks English is difficult. B. She thinks English is interesting.
C. She thinks English is important. D. She thinks English is interesting and important.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 48
I. Which word is differently pronounced ? Circle the letter A, B, C or D ( 1 point ) :

1. A. business B. send C. noisy D. workers


2. A. hour B. horn C. high D. home
3 A. finished B. stopped C. pronounced D. closed
4. A. few B. threw C. knew D. new
5. A. corn B. carriage C. city D. car
6. A. wear B. where C. hair D. here
7. A. both B. dozen C. close D. so
8. A. shoot B. food C. poor D. mood
9. A. laughter B. caught C. taught D. daughter
10. A. the B. them C. they D. three

II. Choose the best by circling the corresponding letter A or B, C, D ( 2.5 points ) :
1. I sometimes stay .................. bed until lunchtime.
A. in B. on C. at D. by

2. He has gone abroad. He will return ....................

A. for two years B. in two years


C. for two years ago D. in next two years
3. Please .................. the radio, it’s too noisy.
A. slow down B. turn down C. put down D. let down
4. .................. to swim across a flooded river.
A. Dangerous C. Very dangerous is
B. There has danger D. It’s dangerous
5. Every car ........ a number at the back and front.
A. is having B. have C. has D. are having
6. The singers were at the microphone at the time of the broadcast. ....................... .
A. It was a successful broadcast C. It was a charity broadcast
B. It was an education broadcast D. It was a live broadcast
7. Good morning Susan. This is my sister, Emily. ................................... .
A. What do you do? B. How do you do?
C. What do you like? D. Don't I meet you?
8. ........................... , Sir? - Fruit salad, please.
A. What would you like for dessert B. What dessert you would like
C. How would you like for dessert D. How dessert would like
9. Could you tell me.................. to get to the bank?
A. where B. what C. how D. place
10.You did very..................in your study.
A. good B. excellent C. bad D. well
11. Wait a minute I want to .................. a picture of you and the baby.
A. take B. give C. make D. do
12. Airmail is much ................... than surface mail.
A. expensive B. very expensive C. more expensive D. most expensive
13. No one can make me ......... my mind ?
A. change B. changing C. to change D. changed
14. What are you cooking in that saucepan ? It ............. good ?
A. makes B. feels C. smells D. tastes
15. This is my book and ......................... .
A. that are yours B. those are your
C. that are your D. those are yours
16. Lan's got dark hair, but ..................... is fair.
A. his brother's hair B. his brother hairs
C. his brother hair D. his brother hair's
17. What's your birthday, Ann ? - It's ........................ .
A. on the thirty-one of July B. on the thirty-first of July
C. on July the thirty-one D. in July the thirty-first
18. Tommy is a better swimmer than Tony.
A. No one can swim as well as Tommy and Tony.
B. Tommy is the best swimmer of all, apart from Tony.
C. Tony can’t swim so well as Tommy.
D, Tony can’t be better than Tommy.
19. Christine finds it easy to make friends.
A. It is easy to make friends to Christine
B. Christine has no difficulty making friends.
C. Christine has a lot of friends.
D. Christine is fond of making friends.
20. She started learning English 3 years ago.
A. She started learning English 3 years.
B. She has learnt English for 3 years.
C. She started learning English since 3 years.
D. She learnt English since 3 years.
21. Walking a mile a day is good exercise.
A. It is good exercise for walking a mile a day.
B. It is good exercise walking a mile a day.
C. It is good exercise to walk a mile a day.
D. It is good exercise to walking a mile a day.
22. We / collect stamps.
A. We likes collecting stamps C. We like to colleting stamps
B. We likes stamps collect D. We enjoy collecting stamps.
23. What time / you / work ?
A. What time you work ? C. What time do you start work ?
B. What time do you go work ? D. What time do you go to work ?
24. I / ski / the winter / sometimes.
A. I ski the winter sometimes. C. I sometimes go skiing in the winter.
B. I ski on winter sometimes. D. I sometimes go to ski in winter.
25. He / weak / that job.
A. He is too weak to do that job. C. He doesn't week to do that job.
B. He is weak doing that job. D. He does that job weak.
III. Give the correct tense or form of the verb in brackets ( 1 point ) :
1. He couldn't make his motor bike (start ) ........ this morning.
2. I dislike (listen ) ......... to music while (do) .......... my homework.
3. These tigers used (keep) .......... in iron cages .
4. What you (do) ........ when I (phone) ......... you last night ?
5. When we entered his room, we (see) .......... him (sleep) ............... in an armchair.
6. She said that her mother (not be) ...... very well, so she (can not) ......... go to the party.
IV. Identify the underlined word or phrase that must be changed to make the sentence correct
by circling the letter A or B, C, D ( 1 point ) :
1. The new model costs twice more than last year’s model.
A B C D
2. Her husband hasn't done anything at home for year.
A B C D
3. It's not good for healthy to smoke and to drink wine.
A B C D
4. After said good bye to my parents, I went to school with my sister.
A B C D
5. Sorry. I'm very tired that I can't stay any longer .
A B C D
6. I used to getting up late when I was small.
A B C D
7. At first I found it strangely to drive on the left side of the road.
A B C D
8. I will intend to go back home when I finish my education.
A B C D
9. The phone rung while I was washing the dishes.
A B C D
10. Henry's friends told themselves to put his coat on the rack in their hall.
A B C D
V. Read the passage carefully . Then do the exercises below: ( 1.5 points ) :
Why do people in many countries learn English ?
It is not difficult to answer this question. Students learn English at school because it is one of
their subjects. Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers learn it for
their higher studies because some of their books are in English at the college or university. Other
people learn English because they want to read newspapers and magazines in English.
1. The following statements are true ( T ) or false ( F ). Put T or F at the end of
each statement :
a/ English is learnt by people in many countries. ......
b/ Students learn English because their parents make them. ......
c/ Teenagers learn English because they want to go abroad. ......
d/ Many adults learn English because it helps them in their work. .....
e/ Books are always in English at the college or university. …..
2. Answer these questions:
a. Why do students learn English at school ?
............................................................................................................................................
b. What do you often do to improve your English ?
............................................................................................................................................
VI. Use the correct form of the word given in capitals at the end of each sentence (1p):
1. Paris is ____ for the Eiffel Tower. ( fame ) ..................
2. I think these thick clothes are very _____ for cold weather. ( suit ) ..................
3. It's ______ in England to eat turkey on Christmas Day. ( tradition ) ..................
4. On Christmas Day, I often send my close friends ___ cards. ( greet ) ..................
5. Tam Dao is a wonderful _____ resort in Vietnam. ( mountain ) ..................
6. How ______ of you to break that cup ! ( care ) ..................
7. We hate him because of his ____ to the children. ( Kind ) ..................
8. The boy ate two of the cakes _____ . ( hungry ) ..................
9. I had my bike ____ yesterday. ( repair ) ..................
10. Women nowadays have more ____ to participate in social activities. ( free ) ..................

VII. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first . Use the word in
brackets ( 2 points ) :
1. Your shoes are as big as mine. ( size )
.............................................................................................................................
2. If you run a lot, you’ll be fitter. ( The )
.............................................................................................................................
3. Could you tell me the way to the nearest Post office, please ? ( mind )
.............................................................................................................................. ?
4. She is too young to do that work. ( enough )
..............................................................................................................................
5. Who wrote that poem ? ( by )
..............................................................................................................................
6. Martin said to Susan : " Can you work on Saturday ? " ( could )
..............................................................................................................................
7. When I was young , I regularly walked to school . ( used )
..............................................................................................................................
8. I’m very sorry I don’t remember your birthday. ( wish )
..............................................................................................................................
9. Yesterday’s work was easier than today’s . ( difficult )
...............................................................................................................................
10. Hoa said " Would you like to join me for dinner, Mai ? " ( invited )
................................................................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 30
Question I: Choose the best answer to fill in each blank.
1. Please ............... the milk carefully. I don’t want it to boil over.
A. see B. watch C. look at D. notice
2. “Was he disappointed?” - “Yes, he found the movie ........................”
A. boring B. boringly C. bores D. bored
3. ........................ 20 September, 1529, five small ships set sail from Spain.
A. At B. In C. On D. By
4. Every student in those five rooms must bring ......................... own books to class.
A. one’s B. someone’s C. their D. his
5. “Was the competition a success?” - “Yes, ...................... people took part in it than usual.”
A. more B. fewer C. less D. many
6. What do students often do ...................... break?
A. in B. for C. at D. on
7. I don’t like brown rice. Don’t you have ................................?
A. white ones B. any white C. no white D. a white
8. Would you like .......................... that for you?
A. me doing B. that I do C. me do D. me to do
9. You can join the club when you ........................... older.
A. will get B. get C. are getting D. can get
10. Can you see any people in the house? .................................
A. Only a little B. Only few C. Only a few D. Only little
Question II: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the
other words in each group.
1. A. teenager B. together C. guess D. regular
2. A. chicken B. coach C. orchestra D. change
3. A. meat B. reader C. overseas D. realize
4. A. horrible B. hour C. hundred D. hold
5. A. much B. drug C. future D. buffalo
6. A. started B. weighed C. measured D. called
7. A. appointment B. affect C. amount D. add
8. A. serious B. symptom C. sugar D. sauce
9. A. great B. beautiful C. teacher D. means
10. A. wet B. better C. rest D. pretty
Question III: Give the correct form or tense of the verbs in the brackets.
1. At the moment we (sit) .............................. in a café. We (wait) ..................... for the museum to
open, so I (write) ............................ some postcards.
2. Miss Helen (help) ............................. as soon as she (finish) ............................. that letter.
3. Boys like (play) ............................. marbles or catch while girls enjoy (skip) .............. rope or
chatting.
4. (you/ go) ....................................... abroad for your holiday? - Well, I (get) ................... a holiday
job. I’m going to an agent’s on Saturday (find out) ........................... about it.
Question IV: Choose the best answer to fill in each blank of the following passage.
Dear Hanh,
I’m writing to invite you to a party we ........................ (1) at the flat next Friday, December 14th. As
you know, ...........................(2) Lan’s 13th birthday next week and my birthday next
month, .......................... (3) we thought we’d celebrate together and have a joint party.
I can’t remember if you know my address or not, but anyway, if you ..............................(4) the
direction below, you shouldn’t get lost. Take the Number 15 bus from the station
and ........................... (5) at the Star Hotel. Walk down Long Viet Road, past the DanChu Cinema,
and then .........................(6) the first turning on the right. That’s LeLoi Road. Turn left .....................
(7) the first junction, then go straight past the church as far as the next crossroads. ......................(8)
and our block of flats is the second on the right.
Do try and come. Of course you’re ..................... (9) to bring someone with you if you want to.
Look forward .............................. (10) you then!
1. A. have B. are having C. going to have D. will has
2. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. she’s
3. A. too B. but C. because D. so
4. A. to follow B. follow C. following D. follows
5. A. get up B. get by C. get on D. get off
6. A. have B. get C. take D. bring
7. A. in B. at C. of D. on
8. A. Right turn B. To right C. To turn D. Turn right
9. A. welcomed B. welcome C. welcoming D. to welcome
10. A. to see B. for seeing C. of seeing D. to seeing
Question V: Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first.
1. A year has twelve months.
-> There are ..........................................................................................................................
2. Lan is more intelligent than her sister.
-> Lan’s sister isn’t ..............................................................................................................
3. He looks after the sick people.
-> He takes ...........................................................................................................................
4. Do you enjoy listening to music?
-> Are you interested ..........................................................................................................?
5. What is your mother’s job?
-> What does .......................................................................................................................?
6. We have a two - month summer vacation.
-> Our summer vacation lasts ..............................................................................................
7. Will you please look after the house while we are away?
-> Will you please take .......................................................................................................?
8. Vietnamese students have fewer vacations than American ones.
-> American students ...........................................................................................................
9. It takes me about two hours each day to do my homework.
-> I spend ..............................................................................................................................
10. Hoa is a hard student.
-> Hoa studies .......................................................................................................................
Question VI: Use the given words to make complete sentences.
1. Could/ tell/ how/ get/ police station/ please?
.............................................................................................................................................?
2. How much/ cost/ mail/ letter/ USA?
..............................................................................................................................................?
3. In/ future/ we/ less work/ more money/ spend.
...............................................................................................................................................
4. Brother/ engineer/ and/ work/ factory/ suburb/ capital.
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
5. Eat/ and/ talk/ friends/ be/ most common ways/ relax/ recess/ many countries.
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
Question VIII: Fill in each blank with the suitable preposition.
1. It was interesting. I had a lot ................................ fun.
2. What do you think ............................... the place?
3. My friends took me .................................. a temple.
4. I bought gifts ............................ my friends.
5. Were you tired ................................... the trip?
6. She put the hat ........................... the wall.
7. Why don’t you look ............................. the fish? - They are lovely.
8. Last night I spoke to my mum ................................ my hobby.
9. He rented a house next door ......................... mine.
10. He moved .............................. a new house.
PRACTICE 49
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others by circling
the corresponding letter A, B, C, or D.(1m)
1. A. claim B. wait C. said D. paid
2. A. watch B. bath C. want D. wash
3. A. sure B. mixture C. injure D. pleasure
4. A. few B. new C. threw D. knew
5. A. clothes B. matches C. colleges D. churches
6. A. watched B. naked C. liked D. looked
7. A. sunbathe B. father C. theater D. weather
8. A. pour B. four C. flour D. resource
9. A. clear B. wear C. bear D. ware
10. A. sixty B. my C. sky D. fly
II. Use the correct form of the verbs in parentheses to complete the sentences( 1m)
1. While I (watch) 1……………………………………… a good film on TV, the mailman
(come) 2………………..……….. and (give) 3…………………………. …..me a letter.
2. I ( know) 4………………………………………… her for six years, when I met her, she
(work) 5………………………………………… for a foreign company.
3. Please stop laughing. I hate (laugh) 6…………………………. .……..…..…at by others.
4. It ( not rain) 7…………………………………………………………much in the winter .
5. They’d rather you ( not come)………………………………………..to the party too late.
6. You always (watch) 9……………………………………...…. television. You should do
something more active.
7. This building ( build) 10………..……………………………… ……over 100 years ago.
III. Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence. (1,5ms )
1. Helen is my aunt’s daughter so she is my……………….…………..
a. sister b. cousin c. niece d. friend
2. His………………..always makes people laugh.
a. quiet character b. sense of humor c. smiles d. humorous
3. The window ………………………. last night has been repaired.
a. break b. breaked c. broken d. breaking
4. This is a contest in which people have to arrange flowers so it’s a………………..contest.
a. flower- arranging b. flowers- arranging c. arranging- flower d. flower- arrange
5. Children who don’t have parents often live in a(n)………………………….………….
a. hotel b. house c. orphanage d. hostel
6. It took him ages to ………………… living in the new town.
a. get use to b. be used to c. will used to d. will use to
7. My parents make me…………………………..for my exam .
a. to study b. study c. studying d. studied
8. I would rather you ……………….me the story.
a. tell b. told c. to tell d. telling
9. “ War and Peace” …………………… the longest book I have ever read.
a. are b. was c. were d. is
10. As she was running, suddenly she stumbled ………………….a rock and fell………….
a. at/ off b. in/ out c. over/ down d. of/ down
11. That’s a …………………. building.
a. five- floor b. five- floors c. five- floor’s d. five- floors’
12. She helped me ………………. the house.
a. to clean b. cleaning c. clean d. both a and c
13. ………………….is a book in which you can look up telephone number.
a. Mobile phone b. Public telephone c. Telephone directory d. Answering machine
14. ………………is a large piece of furniture where you can hang your clothes.
a. Wardrobe b. Refrigerator c. Desk d. Counter.
15. Jane really enjoys ...................................................... to dinner parties.
a. inviting b. being inviting c. being invited d. be invited
IV. Choose the words or phrases that are not correct in standard English.( 1m)
1. When he came, I watched a football match on TV.
A B C D
2. When Andrew saw the question, he was knowing the answer immediately.
A B C D
3. Mai has stayed on her uncle's farm for last week.
A B C D
4. I'm looking forward to hear from you .
A B C D
5. They asked me don’t talk during the discussion.
A B C D
6. Would you mind if I ask you a private question?
A B C D
7. They happily looked at their children to play in the yard.
A B C D
8. This is the first time I visited a famous place in Hanoi.
A B C D
9. Our teacher told to us to spend more time at home practicing our pronunciation.
A B C D
10. You shouldn’t let your children playing with matches.
A B C D
V. Give the correct form of the words in parentheses ( 1m)
1. Life is more . . . . . . . ………………………..………… ………… . . now. (comfort)
2. There are many cultural………………..…..between his country and mine. (differ)
3. It is . . . . ………………. . . …………………… to eat much sugar and fat.
(health)
4. These medicines can work well with your . . . …………….………... . . . . . (ill)
5. There was no . . . . . ……………….. . for his absence from class yesterday. (explain)
6. Is he sleeping ? - No, he is still…………………………………………….
(wake)
7. Every week, there are two………………from Ha Noi to Ho Chi Minh city. (fly)
8. They had an . . . ……………………………………..... Christmas vacation. (enjoy)
9. He is a well- known ……………………………………………………….
(photograph)
10. The …………………………...……..she gave last night was marvelous. (perform)
VI. Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning. (2ms)
1. They have planted a lot of green trees this year
A lot of green trees………………………………………………………………………...
2. '' I don't behave very well in front of a crowd, '' said Peter.
Peter said that……..………………………………………………………………………
3. The town was farther than we thought.
The town wasn’t as………………………………………………………………………..
4. We spend five hours studying English everyday.
It…………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. “You had better not eat much sugar.”
She advised me…………………………………………………………………………….
6 . “ Can you wait for me outside the movie theatre ?”
He asked his friend………………………………………………………………………..
7. “ Don’t be silly.” He said to the boy.
He ………………………………………………………..………………………………..
8. We can’t drink the water because it’s too hot.
The water isn’t…………………………………………………………………………….
9. It has been raining for five hours.
It started…………………………………………………………………………………...
10. To help mom at home is a good activity.
It is…………………………..……………………………………………………………
VII. Write a thank- you letter using the words given (1m)
Dear Nhung,
1. Thank you/ much/ the flowers/ you/ send/ while/ I/ be/ hospital.
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. They/beautiful/ and/ they/ really/ help/ cheer / me/ up.
…………………………………………………………………………..……………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. I/ come out/ hospital/ last Thursday morning.
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. You/ come over/ place/ weekend/ because/ I/ very/ bored/ now?
……………………………………………………………………………………..…………
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. I/ look forward/see/soon.
……………………………………………………………………………………….……….
Love,
Thao

VIII. Read the passages


A. Fill in each blank with a suitable word ( 1ms)
How Nam has improved his English.
In the first year of lower secondary 1……………………., I had some difficulties in learning
English. My English pronunciation 2………………………. really bad and my English grammar was
worse. I did not 3………………………..how to improve them. I didn’t want my father
4………………………… mother to know about this. One afternoon after the lesson, my teacher
5………………….......................... English told me to wait 6…………………………… her outside
the classroom. She took 7………………………… to the school library and showed me tapes of
pronunciation drills kept in a glass bookcase. She also told me how to use an English- English
dictionary to 8……………………………. my English grammar. “Now I think you know what you
should do” she said. I made much progress and only one year later, I won the first
9…………………… in the English Speaking Contest 10……………………for secondary school
students in my hometown.

1…………….. 2……………….3………………….4…………………5…………………...
6……………...7……………….8………………….9………………….10…………………

B. Read the passage and choose the best answers A, B, C or D. ( 0.5 ms)
1. What difficulties did Nam have in learning English in the first year?
A. The pronunciation
B. The grammar
C. Both pronunciation and grammar
D. The way of improving his pronunciation
2. Who wanted to meet him one afternoon after the lesson?
A. His teacher
B. One of his friends
C. His father
D. His mother
3. Where did Nam and his teacher go after that?
A. to the town library
B. to the school library
C. to the teachers’ room
D. to his house
4. What did the teacher show him then?
A. A glass bookcase
B. An English-English dictionary
C. An English Grammar book
D. Cassettes of pronunciation drills
5. What did he win in the English Speaking Contest one year later?
A. The first prize
B. The second prize
C. The third prize
D. The fourth prize
ENGLISH PRACTICE 31
I: Write the correct tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. I (not see)_______ him for ages.
2. What you (do)______ when I (phone)______ you last night?
3. Look. The teacher (come)_______ here.
4. Lan is saving money. She (buy)_______ a new bicycle.
II: Each sentence has a mistake, find and correct it.
1. Children don’t go to school on Sundays on the world.  …………………………………
2. My book is the same of yours.  …………………………………
3. He speaks English is like an English man.  …………………………………
4. They do their best to keeping the family happy.  …………………………………
5. There are many differently ways of learning words.  …………………………………
III: Fill in each blank with one suitable preposition.
1. My mother is always proud_______ me and my brother.
2. I was born_______ January 1st, 1965.
3. Do you want to watch the sky_______ sunset?
4. You don’t have to learn_______ heart this poem.
5. I don’t know what he’s doing_______ this moment.
IV: Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Lynn is the most_______ girl in the country. BEAUTY
2. Ba is_______ from his father. DIFFER
3. It’s_______ to go swimming in the summer. INTEREST
4. Are you a_______ or are you living here? TOUR
V: Rewrite the following sentences that keep the same meaning.
1. The teacher said to the children: “Don’t make noise in class.”  The teacher told………………
2. Nam will solve the problem soon.  The problem…………………….
3. A big house was built last year. 
They………………………………..
VI: Make sentences, using the words given.
1. what/ you/ do/ when/ storm/ occur?  …………………………………………………
2. The singer/ have/ three albums/ so far.  …………………………………………………
3. I/ used to/ chase/ butterflies/ my sister.  …………………………………………………
VIII: Choose the best option to complete each sentence below.
1. It_______ in winter; now it_______.
A. rains/ doesn’t rain B. rains/ isn’t raining C. is raining/ isn’t D. is raining/ doesn’t rain
2. He normally_______ quickly but today he_______ slowly.
A. is speaking/ isn’t speaking B. speaks/ doesn’t speak
C. is speaking/ speaks D. speaks/ is speaking
3. He not only sings_______ dances.
A. but also B. and C. as well D. also
4. You should cool the burn_______.
A. immediate B. immediately C. immediating D. immediated
5. _______ is easy.
A. recycle B. recycling C. to recycle D. recycles
6. My friend doesn’t know the City very_______.
A. good B. more C. a lot D. well
7. This is the first time I_______ his mother.
A. meet B. am meeting C. have met D. met
8. The doctor_______ a red car lives near my house.
A. to drive B. driving C. drove D. driven
9. It is_______ to find a modern hotel in this town.
A. difficult B. difficulty C. difficultly D. more difficult
10. Would you mind if I_______ a photo?
A. take B. took C. taking D. to take

ENGLISH PRACTICE 50
A. PHONETICS.
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in the
following questions
1. A treat B. heat C. sweater D. beat
2. A compose B. complete C. company D. complain
3. A collect B. subject C. reject D. lecture
4. A sugar B. sterile C. strain D. serve
5. A baths B. bath C. bathe D. breathe

II. Choose the word whose stress is different from the other three in the following questions
6. A complain B. fortune C. honest D. party
7. A gravity B. harmony C. redundant D. wonderful
8. A communicate B. accuracy C. formation D. competitor
9. A magniíìcent B. diffìcult C. sparkling D. hospital
10. A itinerary B. comíortable C. emergency D. experiment

B. GRAMMAR - VOCABULARY - LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS.


I. Choose the best fit to fill in the blank
31. I saw a thief take Bill’s wallet, so I ran.......him, but I didn’t catch him.
A. into B. over C. after D. near
32. I called on her yesterday: she......... a meal at the time.
A. cooked B. has cooked C. was cooking D. cook
33. My grandfather is.....to walk without a stick.
A. enough old B. old enough C. too old D. many ages
34. You will become ill.....you stop working so hard.
A. until B. when C. if D. unless
35. Everyone .....Tom was invited to the party.
A. but B. as C. from D. for
36. Those shoes look very tight. Do they really.....you?
A. match B. fit C. suit D. measure
37. I don’t know..... to pronounce this word.
A. what B. why C. when D. how
38. My sister is busy.....an exercise of English.
A. in doing B. to do C. at doing D. doing
39. Each of them ......answers very well.
A. know his B. know their C. knows D. knows their
40. He has worked.....the manager in that company for nearly 15 years.
A. like B. as C. the same D. different
41. Mary as well as David and Jane ...... ready for the exam tomorrow.
A. is B. will C. are D. being
42. There is a(n)...... to every rule.
A. minus B. exception C. abstract D. subtract
43. You should have your car.........two days beíore you have a long trip.
A. to check B. checking C. checked D. check
44. Mummy, we only have.....rice for dinner tonight. You have to buy a few more kilos.
A. a little B. a lot C. few D. a few
45. They apologized.....late.
A. in arriving B. on arriving C. for arriving D. their arriving

II. Write the correct form of CAPITAL word to fill in the blank
46. Bell experimented with ways of transmitting..................over a long distance. SPEAK
47. It is ........................... to eat too much sugar and fat. HEALTH
48. After having taken an aspirin, her headache........................ APPEAR
49. Our main............................... to export are rice, coffee and rubber. PRODUCE
50. This form must have the............................. of the writer. SIGN

III. Find the mistake and correct it


51. It took us quite a long time to qet here. It was a three-hours journey.
52. Although I am not interested in English but I try my best to get good marks.
53. The more I got to know Tom, the fewer I liked hịm.
54. I can’t invite you to dinner as I have my house painted at the moment.
55. The company has so little money that it can’t hardly operate anymore.

IV. Choose the best form of verb in the bracket to fill in the blank
56. My children enjoy...................... (allow) to stay up late when there is something special on TV.
57. The nicest vase...............(break) while it was being moved to another room.
58. The television.................................(repair). It's working now.
59. The student (punish)................................yesterday is Tim’s brother.
60. How many lessons...............you (miss)..........................this year ?
C. READING.
I. Read the passage and choose the best fit to fill in the blank
People in many countries grow fresh water fish from eggs. They move the small fish into lakes and
rivers. The fish live and (61).... there. People go (62)....... in these lakes and rivers. They enjoy
catching fish because fish is also good food. Now the Japanese grow salt waterfish. Most of them are
yellow tail fìsh. Workers grow the fish from eggs. Every time they feed the fish, they play (63)...... of
piano music. The fish (64)....... that piano music means food. When the fish are small, the Japanese
put them into the ocean near the land. The fish find some of their (65)....... food. Workers also feed
them. They play the same piano music. The fish (66)....... know the music. They swim towards it and
(67)....... the food. In (68)....... months the fish become large. The Japanese play the same music. The
fish swim towards it and the workers (69)...... them. The Japanese get about 15 percent of their
seafood (70)...... farms in the ocean.

Trả lời
61. A. breed B. born C. grow D. develop
62. A. enjoying B. fishing C. shopping D. catching
63. A. songs B. films C. tapes D. lot
64. A. think B. recognize C. realize D. learn
65. A. own B. owner C. self D. selves
66. A. recently B. mostly C. nearly D. already
67. A. see B. find C. bite D. hold
68. A. some B. a few C. couple D. many
69. A. grasp B. catch C. seize D. hold
70. A. on B. of c. from D. in

II. Write the correct preposition to fill in the blank

In Canada and the United States,..... (71) of the most popular days in the year is Halloween.
Halloween is on October 31st. It’s a day..... (72) some people dress up in strange or unusual costumes.
For example, they may dress up to look..... (73) an animal, a person form, a book or movie, or a
famous person from history. In some places, children go to school in..... (74) costumes. After dark,
many young children...... (75) on their costumes and visit their neighbors. They knock on the ..... (76)
and shout “Trick or treat!” Then the neighbours ..... (77) them some candy, and the children go on to
the...... (78) house. Adults also enjoy dressing up for Halloween. ..... (79) are usually Halloween
parties in the evening and usually there is a prize for the best or ..... (80) unusual costume.
D. WRITING.
I. Rewrite the sentence without changing the meaning
81. What is your date of birth?
When........................................................
82. I am not as good at Maths as my brother is.
My brother is.............................................
83. She is usually a hard worker.
She ......................................
84. Who was the inventor of this machine?
Who..............................................
85. We like reading books better than seeing movies.
We..........................................................
86. What interesting movies!
How...........................
87. You should not watch TV too late.
You’d ......................................
88. How heavy were you last year?
How....................................
89. We didn’t enjoy the trip because of the heavy rain.
The heavy rain stopped....................................
90. A train leaves at eight o’clock every morning.
There is ..................................................

II. Rewrite the sentence, using given words

91. One/ disadvantages / living in the countryside / lack / public transport.


..............................................................................................
92. I / always / keep / window / open / order / let / fresh air / in.
..............................................................................................
93. How long / you / leam English?
..............................................................................................
94. Homework / must / be / hand / before / end / the week.
..............................................................................................
95. These exercises / too difficult / students / do / without / mistakes.
..............................................................................................
96. One / my classmates / always / play / computer games.
..............................................................................................
97. Our accommodation / include / ticket price.
..............................................................................................
98. Some / the goods /at the new stores / will be / same / ones / at the small shop.
..............................................................................................
99. People / throw / away / billions / cans / every year.
..............................................................................................
100. The tiger / ask / the farmer / why / strong buffalo / his servant and / he / master.
..............................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 32
I. Choose the words that has the underline pronounced differently from the others. (1.5 pts)
1. A. though B. enough C. cough D. rough
2. A. chair B. cheap C. chorus D. child
3. A physics B. basic C. sailor D. subject
II. Choose one word that has a different stress position from the others. (1 pt)
4. A. advice B. beauty C. picture D. postcard
5. A. scissors B. object C. wardrobe D. transmit
III. Choose the best option to complete these following sentences. (17.5 pts)
6. Don’t worry about us. We can_______ ourselves.
A. look B. look for C. look after D. look at
7. Please answer the phone when it_______.
A. is ringing B. ringing C. rang D. rings
8. I can’t stand Jack. He_______ always_______ his dirty dishes on the table.
A. does/leave B. has/left C. is/leaving D. was/leaving
9. Don’t touch that chair. It_______.
A. was paintedB. is being painted C. is painted D. has just been painted
10. Why don’t you_______ your hat? It’s sunny today.
A. put on B. put out C. take off D. take on
11. I ‘m delighted_______ you passed your exam.
A. that B. to C. in order to D. so that
12. The flight_______ at 6.00 has been delayed.
A. leave B. leaves C. leaving D. left
13. Some of the products are at cheaper_______.
A. prices B. costs C. prizes D. charges
14. If you want any further information please_______ the head- office.
A. relate B. contact C. connect D. combine
15. The bus service is free in the evenings and_______ the weekends.
A. in B. on C. at D. B and C are right
16. He tries to give up smoking but he couldn’t break the_______.
A. hobby B. habit C. pastime D. favor
17. His_______ towards me is very strange.
A. behave B. behavior C. behaved D. behaving
18. She_______ her old friend on the street yesterday morning.
A. came over B. came up with C. came across D. came on
19. He is fond of_______ by train so he can admire the sight along the railway.
A. travel B. travelling C. to travel D. travelled
20. I got_______ when I tried to find the platform.
A. lose B. lost C. loss D. loose
21. You should practice_______ English to talk to your foreign friends.
A. to speak B. speak C. spoke D. speaking
22. I tried my_______ not to laugh.
A. good B. well C. better D. best
23. It_______ the coldest day in Ha Noi for 40 years.
A. has B. was C. is D. has been
24. Tim’s teacher asked him to spend more time_______ Spanish pronunciation.
A. in B. of C. at D. on
25. How much is the car_______ in Japan?
A. makes B. making C. to make D. made
26. Thank you very much_______ the Christmas gift.
A. of B. with C. for D. about
27. _______ she plays the piano!
A. How well B. How good C. What well D. What good
28. These houses_______ 100 years ago.
A. are built B. built C. were built D. build
29. I prefer tea_______ coffee.
A. rather B. than C. more D. to
30. Can you help me_______ this exercise?
A. do B. doing C. did D. does
31. Everybody loves her because she is an_______ girl.
A. interesting B. interested C. interests D. anxious
32. The red bicycle is not as expensive_______ the blue one.
A. so B. like C. more D. as
33. Tom as well as his dog_______ here now.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
34. None of this money_______ right now.
A. belong to B. belongs to C. belonged to D. belonging to
35. He made me_______ it all over again.
A. do B. doing C. to do D. did
36. You don’t have to_______ anything. Just nod your head and he will understand.
A. to say B. saying C. said D. say
37. A: “Need I wait for you at the airport?” B:  Yes, you_______.
A. need B. must C. may D. can
38. Did you remember_______ him the money?
A. to give B. giving C. gave D. give
39. When you want to answer the teacher’s questions you should_______ your hand.
A. rise B. lift C. raise D. give
40. When you travel by public transport you must pay________.
A. fare B. fee C. salary D. tax
IV. Give the word formation of the one in CAPITAL. (10 pts)
41. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more________________. COMFORT
42. The child should be punished of his bad_________________. BEHAVE
43. Mr. Minh has made an_____________ to see us at 3 o’clock. ARRANGE
44. Bell_________________ demonstrated his invention. SUCCESS
45. __________________, dark clouds appeared and it began to rain. FORTUNATE
46. Every day, there are two_________ from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh city. FLY
47. Each of my friends has a____________ character. DIFFER
48. My uncle often spends his free time doing volunteer work at a local__________. ORPHAN
49. By recycling we can save___________ resources. NATURE
50. Our teacher always___________ us to work hard. COURAGE
V. Give the correct form or tense of verbs. (10 pts)
A. He spends most of his free time (51. lie)_______ on the couch and (52. watch)_______ TV.
B. I can’t help (53. laugh)_______ when I see that clown.
C. I’ll remember (54. send)_______ you a postcard when I reach London
D. My uncle (55. not/ be)_______ out of his house since he (56. buy)_______ a color TV.
E. Tell him (57. bring)_______ his bike inside.
F. Please stop (58. talk)_______.
G. How long you (59. know)_______ Mrs. Chi?
H. Would you mind if I (60. take)_______ you a cup of coffee?

VI. Find the mistakes in the following sentence and correct them.
61. Let’s gathering somewhere for a coffee after this wonderful meeting.
A B C D
62. I look forward to hear from my mother in Singapore.
A B C D
63. They turn in the radio to listen to some news.
A B C D
64. I will come and stay with you and your family on March.
A B C D
65. People said we ought to spend at least a little weeks at the seaside a year.
A B C D
66. My dear friends, I wish you will visit us someday this summer.
A B C D
67. Let’s practise listening to English programs in the radio.
A B C D
68. There is many information in the seven o’clock news.
A B C D
69. They denied to steal the money in the bank last week.
A B C D
70. Unfortunate, we caught the last bus and we returned home late at night.
A B C D
VII. Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word. (15 pts)
The country is (71)_______ beautiful than a town and more pleasant to live in. Many people think so,
and go to the country (72)_______ their summer holiday though they can’t live (73)_______ all the
year round. Some have houses were built in the village near their city (74)_______ that they can go
there whenever (75)_______ find the time.
English villages are not alike, but (76)_______ some ways they are not very different from
(77)_______ other. Almost every village (78)_______ a church, the round or square tower of which
can (79)_______ seen from many miles around. Surrounding the church is the church (80)_______
where people are buried.
VIII. Read the passage and choose the best answer in the blanket: (10 pts)
For many people, traveling by plane is an exciting experience. Others, however, find the whole idea
quite terrifying, (81)_______ flying is no more dangerous (82)_______ any other form of travel and
some experts say it is considerably safer. It is known, however, that most accident occurs
(83)_______ taking off and landing when a (84)_______ decisions are vitally important.
The people (85)_______ job it is to look (86)_______ the passengers, the stewards and stewardesses
play an important part in helping passengers to (87)_______ safe and comfortable. Indeed for many
passengers being (88)_______ such care of is all part of the total experience. (89)_______ other form
of travel involves waiting for people in quite the same (90)_______ , with food, drink, newspapers,
magazine, music, and even video films.
81. A. although B. too C. and D. because
82. A. than B. as C. then D. with
83. A. while B. during C. for D. through
84. A. leader’s B. chief’s C. driver’s D. pilot’s
85. A. whose B. which C. their D. that
86. A. for B. up C. after D. round
87. A. feel B. rest C. experience D. lie
88. A. given B. kept C. shown D. taken
89. A. Any B. No C. All D. Not
90. A. way B. kind C. sort D. part
IX. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first:
91. The last time we saw him was in 1998.  We haven’t……………………………………………………………
92. She said, “I’m living in Hai Duong now”.  She said………………..………..………………………….
……………
93. Both of the chairs are uncomfortable.  Neither of…..
…………………………………………………………
94. Peter spent three hours on repairing his computer.  It…………………………………………………………………..
……………
95. He doesn’t lets anyone smoke in his house.  He hardly allowed………………………………..
…………
96. He is the most intelligent girl in her family.  No one …………………………………………………..
………………
97. She would rather play golf than play tennis.  She prefers………………………………………….
………………
98. He made his children study hard late at night.  He forced…………………………………………….
………………..
99. You can’t take this book away.  This book…………………………………………..
…………………
100. Your younger brother is too weak to lift that box.  Your brother is not……………………..
………………….

ENGLISH PRACTICE 51
SECTION A – PHONETICS
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. goal B. August C. language D. dog
2. A. laugh B. plough C. cough D. rough
3. A. most B. post C. over D. promise
4. A. want B. what C. warn D. watch
5. A. asked B. studied C. designed D. moved
II. Find the word whose syllable is stresses differently from that of the others.
6. A. national B. tropical C. tradition D. cinema
7. A. repair B. teacher C. happen D. husband
8. A. ocean B. champion C. animal D. destroy
9. A. forest B. because C. effort D. colorful
10. A. comfortable B. difficult C. history D. computer

SECTION B – VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR


I. Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.
11. When was your school ____________? – 100 years ago.
A. found B. founded C. discovered D. born
12. When he arrived, everyone ____________.
A. has left B. left C. had left D. leave
13. In some vocational schools, the training quality is worse than ___________ used to be.
A. it B. they C. them D. that
14. Hurry up! They’ve only got _______ seats left.
A. a little                     B.  plenty of C.  a lot of                    D. a few   
15. He likes to take ___________ in sport, not only to watch it.
A. practice B. place C.  part D. exercise
16. I'd rather you ___________ anyone what I said.
A. don't tell       B. won't tell                  C. didn't tell                 D. not to tell
17. We were so late that we ______ had time to catch the train.
A. nearly B. hardly C. almost D. simply
18. There is always _______ traffic in the city centre at rush hour.
A. heavy B. full C. strong D. many
19. Both she and her husband are _______ work.
A. out of B. for C. on D. in
20. Tom is having someone _______ the newspaper to her.
A. who brings B. to bring C. bringing D. bring
21. They were just _______ us about Anna's new friend.
A. talking B. saying C. speaking D. telling
22. He was unwilling to explain the reason _______ his absence.
A. for B. why C. of D. that
23. Never ______ off until tomorrow what you can do today.
A. set B. put C. do D. turn
24. The stolen jewels were ____________ a lot of money.
A. valued B. cost C. priced D. worth
25. By the time you receive this letter, I will have left __________ Japan.
A. to B. for C. at D. in
II. There is ONE mistake in each of the following sentences. Find and correct them.
26. The sick needs to be looked after. So money must be spent on hospitals.
27. The accident looked seriously at first but nobody was injured.
28. All the students are looking forward to spending their free time to enjoy their Tet holiday.
29. My family lived in Hue since 1990 to 1996, but we are now living in Sai Gon.
30. Her well-known film, that won several awards, was about the life of Lenin.
III. Supply the correct forms of the words in brackets.
31. He is engrossed in doing (science) …………….. research.
32. Oil spills are a great (threaten) …………………………… to the undersea world.
33. He wants (width) ……………… his knowledge of the subject.
34. The giant panda is a(n) (danger)) ……………..species.
35. You may be surprised at the large (varied) ……………..of animals in national parks.
I. Read the following passage, and then choose the best answer from A, B, C or D.
POPPY DAY
Poppy Day, 11 November, is the day when people in Britain remember the soldiers that died in the
First World War (1914 – 1918), the Second World War (1939 – 1945) and all other wars since. The
first Poppy Day was in 1921. The First World War had ended three years earlier, but it was still very
difficult, even impossible, for ex-soldiers in Britain to find employment. So some of them started
making and selling red paper poppies. They gave the money that they raised to ex-soldiers who were
disabled or unemployed, and to the families of soldiers who had died. The choice of flower was
significant. During the war, the soldiers had noticed poppies growing every year on the battlefields in
Belgium and the north of France. A well – known poem from that time, written by a Canadian
soldier, begin with the lines:
In Flanders* fields the poppies blow
Between the crosses, row on row,
That mark our place*; …
In the days leading up to Poppy Day, about 32 million people in Britain buy and wear small poppies.
Some people choose to wear white poppies because they think that white symbolizes peace. Then, at
11 a.m. on 11 November (at the moment when the First World War ended) there’s a two – minute
silence. Many people stop and think quietly about the soldiers who died. There are ceremonies at war
memorials in towns and villages all over the country. The most important ceremony is in London,
when the Queen and the Prime Minister lay wreaths of poppies at the Cenotaph, a monument to
soldiers who died in battle.

*(Flanders = the north of Belgium; our place = our graves)


36. On 11 November people remember _________________________________.
A. soldiers who have died since 1921
B. soldiers who have died
C. soldiers who died in the two world wars
D. soldiers who have died in wars since 1914
37. Why did ex – soldiers start making poppies?
A. Because they couldn’t find a job.
B. Because they were disabled.
C. Because they didn’t have families.
D. Because they were employed.
38. They chose to make poppies because ____________________________.
A. they had seen poppies growing on the battlefields.
B. a Canadian soldier had written a poem about poppies.
C. poppies are popular in Belgium and the north of France.
D. poppies symbolize peace
39. On Poppy Day ___________________________
A. 32 million people sell poppies.
B. people buy or wear 32 million white poppies.
C. people wear red or white poppies.
D. people choose only white poppies to wear.
40. During the two – minute silence, people _____________________________.
A. walk to a ceremony in their town or village
B. stop and think about soldiers who have died.
C. think about ceremonies at war memorials all over the country.
D. think about the moment the First World War ended.
II. Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to fill in the gaps in the following passage.

HOW THE POP SONG OF TOMORROW ARE CHOSEN


Teenagers in America buy millions of records every year so it is (41) _______ surprising that
manufacturers find it (42) __________ to try out the recordings they have made in front of live
audiences before (43) _________ the records on the market. The (44) _________ way of doing this is
the one employed in Hollywood, where hundreds of (45) _________ are invited to listen to test
records and given dials that measure their response to them electrically. Everyone who goes to the
sessions enjoys them, (46) ________ they are not paid for their help. They think they are being given
an opportunity to (47) _________ the manufacturers what they like. They say that there (48)
__________ be more sessions like this. It there (49) ________ , the song that are published would be
better and they (50) ________ hear so much rubbish on the radio.
41. A. almost B. hardly C. even D. nearly
42. A. being useful B. to be useful C. useful D. that it is useful
43. A. put B. they are putting C. to put D. putting
44. A. most effective B. more effective C. effectiveness D. effected
45. A. youngs B. young people C. the youth D. the youths
46. A. although B. in spite of C. however D. nevertheless
47. A. explain B. inform C. tell D. say
48. A. would B. should C. shall D. ought
49. A. are B. were C. was D. had
50. A. shouldn’t B. mustn’t C. ought not to D. wouldn’t have to

III. Fill in each numbered gap with ONE suitable word.


Today in China (51) ……….……large scale destruction of forests has occurred, the government has
required that every citizen (52) ………….. the age of 11 and 60 plant three to five trees (53)
……………. year or do the equivalent amount of work in other forest services. The government
claims that at (54) …………. 1000 million (55) …………. have been planted in China every year
(56) ………….. 1982. In Western countries, increasing consumer demand for wood products that
have been produced cause forest land-owners and forest industries to become increasingly
accountable for their forest management and timber harvesting practices.
The Arbor Day Foundation’s Rain Forest Rescue programme is a charity that helps to (57) …………
deforestation. The charity uses money to buy up (58) ………… preserve rainforest land before the
lumber companies (59) ……….. buy it. The Arbor Day Foundation then (60) …………. the land
from deforestation

SECTION D – WRITING
I. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one.
61. Andrew went to the supermarket despite the heavy rain
→ Although .........................................................................................................................................
62. I love the countryside. That is why I want to go and live there.
→ I love the
countryside, ............................................................................................................................
63. He was sorry he hadn’t said goodbye to her at the airport.
→ He regretted.................................................................................................................................
64. That is the best meal I have ever eaten.
→ I have never...........................................................................................................................................
65. If it hadn’t been for this treatment, the patient would have died
→ Without
……………...............................................................................................................................
II. Use the word given in brackets and make any necessary additions to write a new sentence in
such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence. Do NOT change
the form of these words.
66. He forgot about the gun until he got home. (did)
→ Not
until ................................................................................................................................................
67. Organized activities don’t interest Eva very much. ( interested)
→ Eva ................................................................................................................................................
68. If you run everyday, your breathing improves quickly. (running )
→ Daily ................................................................................................................................................
69. Do you like meat more than fish? (prefer)
→ Do................................................................................................................................................
70. The boy is talking to the girl with long hair. (whom)
→ The ................................................................................................................................................

III. Write a composition about 150 – 200 words on the following topic:

WHO IS THE MOST IMPORTANT TO YOU? WHY?

ENGLISH PRACTICE 33
PART A: PHONETICS: (5 points).
I. Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others by
circling A, B, C or D.
1. A. nervous B. scout C. household D. mouse
2. A. last B. taste C. fast D. task
3. A. improved B. returned C. arrived D. stopped
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D .
1. A. comfort B. nation C. apply D. moment
2. A. medical B. advise C. vegetables D. physical
PART B: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR:
I. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences:
(10 points).
1. Most people enjoy .......................to different parts of the world.
A. to travel B. travel C. traveling D. traveled
2. ....................... time do you spend learning English every day?
A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How often
3. This orange tastes ........................
A. sweetly B. sweety C. sweet D. sweets
4. Every one had ....................... at the picnic.
A. good time B. a good time C. good times D. better time
5. Would you like to .......................for a walk later?
A. have B. make C. do D. go
6. Please don’t ....................... so much noise.
A. go B. make C. do D. take
7. Is there anything good.......................TV tonight?
A. on B. in C. near D. at
8. My mother doesn’t like coffee and .......................
A. neither do I B. neither I do C. either do I D. I don’t too
9. Wear your hat. It will .......................your head.
A. protect B. defend C. secure D. guarantee.
10.The news on TV last night...........................very good.
A. was B. has C. were D. be
11. My father often drives his car ______ a speed of 50 kilometres an hour.
A. with B. on C. in D. at
12. Water never runs ______.
A. downhill B. uphill C. upside D. downside
13 It will be ready _______ two weeks.
A. for B. on C. in D. to
14. His parents were _______ poor to send him to school.
A. too B. much C. so D. very
15. It took ______ time to learn this lesson.
A. so many B. so C. so much D. such
16. He can’t buy that car because he has ______ money.
A. a lot of B. a little C. little D. few
17. It is ______ book that just a few people like it.
A. so an old B. so old C. such old D. such an old
18. Unless you ______ quiet, I’ll go out.
A. don’t keep B. keep C. kept D. didn’t keep
19. How far is it from your house to your school? - “ ________”
A. I take 20 minutes to get to my school.
B. It took 20 minutes to get to my school.
C. It takes me 20 minutes to get to my school.
D. It took me 20 minutes to get to my school.
20. How often do you go to the post office? - “ _________”
A. two a week B. twice a week C. two times a week D. second time a week

II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.


1.What you (do)…………at the moment? I (watch) ………….T.V.
2.We (not buy)................a book yesterday.
3.You must (do) ......................your homework before watching TV.
4.How much it ( cost ) …………….to mail a latter to England ?
5.I will send him the message as soon as he (return)………………
6.A little girl can’t spend all her time (listen) ……………..to stories.
7. Hong and Nam (be )............ absent from class yesterday?
8.When my sister and I (live)................in Hue we (visit)............... a lot of interesting
places.
III.Fill in the blank with one suitable preposition.
1.Life ……….the city is .different from that in the country.
2.Trang received a letter …………her aunt last week.
3.Eating too much candy is bad …………you.
4.Bao is very good ………………fixing house hold appliances.
5.We usally go fishing ………….summer.
6. They always go to school …………foot.
7. There are some English books ……….. the back of the library.
8. My school team took part …………… walking competition last year.
9. Please, come ……………….. It is cold outside.
10. Mr. Long is having a meeting ………….8.00 and 10.00 am today.

IV. Give the correct form of the words in parentheses. (10 points).
1. She often feels …………………when she gets bad marks. (happy)
2. My stomachache ....................... after I took the tablets. (appear)
3. My favorite subject at school is physical…………….. (educate)
4. Do you know that video games may be .................? (addict)
5. Catching the common cold is ................for everybody. (please)
6. Hoa is the most…………………………. girl in her class. (beauty)
7.My father has a ...................…computer. He often brings it with him
when he’s away on business. (port)
8.Some of the children …….boys, play marbles when there is a break. (main)
9.My sister has a big……………………….….of stamps. (collect)
10.I have ....................time to play than my friends . (little)
V. Circle the letter of the underlined portion which is not correct and correct it.

1.The movie is not more interesting as the one we saw last week.
A B C D
2.My brother never enjoys classical music and I don’t too.
A B C D
3. Mrs Mai bought the material and makes the dress for her daughter yesterday .
A B C D
4.On recess , the school yard is very crowded and noisy .
A B C D
5.Toms’ aunt lived in a small town in the USA .
A B C D

PART C. READING (25 points).


I. Fill in each numbered blank with ONE suitable word. (10 points).
Do want to be fitter and healthier? Would you like to look younger? Do you want to feel …….. (1)
relaxed? Then try a few days at a health farm. Health farms are becoming ………….(2) of the most
popular places …….(3) a short break. I went to Henley Manor for a weekend. It’s …………..(4)
largest health farm in the country ………(5) it isn’t the most expensive. After two days of exercise I
………..(6) ten times better. But the best thing for me was the food. It was all very healthy, of
……… (7), but it was excellent, too!
If you’re looking for something a ………….(8) cheaper, try a winter break. Winter is the darkest and
the coldest………….(9) of the year, and it can also be the worst time for your body. We all eat
too…………(10) and we don’t take enough exercise. A lot of health farm offer lower prices Monday
to Friday from November to March.
III. Choose the correct answer from the four options marked A, B, C or D to complete each of
the numbered blanks in the following passage.(10 points).
In the United States of America, the national language is (1)............ English. Four hundred years ago,
some English people came to North America to live and they brought (2).......... language to this
country.
Now in the USA, people speak (3)...........English . Most of the words are the (4)............ in American
and Bristish English, but the American say some English words not as people (5)........... in England.
Canada is (6).......... to the North of the United States of America. It is the larger (7)......... the United
States. In Canada, many people (8)............ English because they also came from England many years
(9)......... But in some parts of Canada, people speak (10)............ because they came from France.
1. A. also. B. like. C. as. D. not.
2. A. French. B. English. C. Chinese. D. Canadian.
3. A. British. B. American. C. Russian. D. Chinese.
4. A. various.B. similar. C. same. D. like.
5. A. do. B. say. C. talk. D. speak.
6. A. lies. B. situated. C. at. D. in.
7. A. than. B. as. C. more. D. less.
8. A. say. B. tell. C. talk. D speak.
9. A. ago. B. later. C. there. D. here.
10. A. France. B.French. C. Russian. D. Italian
III. Read the passage and choose the correct answer A , B, C or D(5 points).
Who are the best drivers? Which drivers are the safest on the roads? According to a recent survey,
young and inexperienced drivers are the most likely to have an accident. Older drivers are more
careful. Young men have the worst accident records of all. They often choose faster cars with bigger
engines. One of the most interesting facts in the survey is that passengers have an effect on the driver.
When young male drivers have their friends in the car, their driving become worse. When their wife
or girlfriend is in the car, however, their driving is better. But opposite is true for women. Their
driving is more dangerous when their husband or boyfriend is in the car.
1. According to the survey, who are the most likely to have an accident ?
A. Young and experienced drivers. B. Old and inexperienced drivers.
C. Young and old drivers. D. Young and inexperienced drivers.
2. Young men often choose ………………………………………………
A. expensive cars. B. fast cars with big engines.
C. slow cars with big engines. D. fast car with small engines.
3. Who have an effect on the driver ?
A. passengers B. policemen C. children D. journalists.
4. When young male drivers have the wife of girlfriends in the car, their driving becomes
………………………………………….
A. worse B. better C. slower D. faster
5. When their husband or boyfriend is in the car, women’s driving is…..
A. more careful B. better C. more dangerous D. faster
PART D. WRITING (20 POINTS).
I. Complete the second sentences in such a way that it is almost the same as the first.
1.Lan’s hair is long.
’ Lan ................................................................................................. ............
2.Nam rides his bike to school everyday.
’ Nam...............................................................................................................
3.Nobody in our class is more intelligent than Nga.
’ Nga................................................................................................................
4.Let’s go swimming.
’ Shall ................................................................................................................?
5. What is the distance between your hometown and your school?
’ How ............................................................................................................?
6. How tall is this building?
’ What............................................................................................................?
7. Miss Lan is a good English teacher.
’ Miss Lan ….................................................................................................
8. It took Mr. Hoang half an hour to walk to work to yesterday.
’ Mr. Hoang spent.........................................................................................
9. What is the price of this cap ?
’ How much.................................................................................................... . ..
10. Listening to music is more interesting than watching TV.
’ I prefer..............................................................................................................
II. Write a paragraph about 100- 120 words about what is your favorite hobby.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 52
PART TWO: PHONETICS (2pts)
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others by circling
A, B, C or D. (1 pt)
1. A. switch B. stomach C. match D. catch
2. A. laughs B. cars C. stops D. works
3. A. watched B. reduced C. coughed D. raised
4. A. three B. through C. without D. thank
5. A. angle B. face C. page D. angel
II. Choose one word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D. (1 pt)
1 A. directory B. telephone C.invention D. experiment
2. A. furniture B. university C. patient D. hospital
3. A. sociable B. humorous C. generous D. reserved
4. A. delivery B. equipment C. electricity D. experiment
5. A. enroll B. summer C. hobby D. favor
PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. (6pts)
I. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences by circling A, B, C or D. (2 pts)
1. Are there enough apples for us to have one ________?
A. every B. each C. self D. individually
2. Don’t forget to ________ the alarm clock for 6 o’clock tomorrow morning.
A. putB. ring C. set D. wind
3. My alarm clock usually goes ________ at 5 am.
A. on B. off C. up D. down
4. ________ John nor his friends are going to the beach now.
A. Either B. Neither C. No D. So
5. The name of the book was on the ________ of my tongue but I just couldn’t think of it.
A. point B. tip C. top D. end
6. Not only ________ but she is also intelligent.
A. beautiful she is C. is she beautiful
B. She is beautiful D. beautiful she is
7. A number of sheep ________ eating grass now.
A. areB. is C. was D. were
8. These snakes will not cause you any serious harm even if they bite you. They are ________.
A. poisonous B. cruel C. harmful D. harmless
9. I am grateful ________ you for your help.
A. to B. at C. with D. for
10. Hoa is reading short stories ________ Jack London.
A. of B. from C. by D. with
II. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. (1 pt)
1. I write letters _____________ my right hand.
2. He congratulated me _____________ winning the competition.
3. Mr. Foster lives _____________ 667E 76th street _____________ New York.
4. I prefer coffee _____________ tea.
5. This area is famous _____________ apples.
6. He worked _____________ the deaf-mutes at Boston University.
7. The thief broke _____________ the national bank last week.
8. He accused me _____________ stealing the money.
9. My brother succeeded _____________ winning the race.
III. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the words in capital letters. (2 pts)
1. He drives very ____________________. He is sure to have an accident. (CARE)
2. It has become ____________________ difficult to find a job nowadays. (INCREASE)
3. Environmental ____________________ is every one’s responsibility. (PROTECT)
4. I think it's very ________ of him to expect us to work over time every night this week. (REASON )
5. He is interested in the ____________________ of old buildings. (PRESERVE)
IV. Give the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following sentences.
(1 pt)
1. My brother enjoys (read) magazines in his free time. ________________________
2. He (elect) the president of the football club at their last meeting. ________________________
3. I always prefer driving to (drive). ________________________
4. I think she has no objection to (go) on a picnic. ________________________
5. It is a waste of time recommending them (start) a new life. ________________________
6. His hair is short. He (have) a haircut. ________________________
7. They'll have their cars (mend) tomorrow. ________________________
8. This palace (say) (build) in 3 years. ________________________
9. People always (blame) their circumstances for what they are. ________________________
I. Complete the following passage by choosing the best option, A, B, C or D. (2pts)
For many people, traveling by plane is an exciting experience. Others, however, find the whole idea quite
terrifying, (1) _____ flying is no more dangerous (2) __________ any other form of travel and some experts
say it is considerably safer. It is known, however, that most accident occurs (3) ______________ taking off
and landing when a (4) _________ decisions are vitally important.
The people, (5) _______ job is to look (6) ______________ the passengers, the stewards and stewardesses play
an important part in helping passengers to (7) ___________ safe and comfortable. Indeed for many passengers
being (8) ___________ such care of is all part of the total experience. (9) ____________ other form of travel
involves waiting for people in quite the same (10) __________, with food, drink, newspapers, magazines,
music, and even video films.
1- A. although B. too C. and D. because
2- A. than B. as C. then D. with
3- A. while B. during C. for D. through
4- A. leader’s B. chief ’s C. driver’s D. pilot’s
5- A. whose B. which C. their D. that
6- A. for B. up C. after D. round
7- A. feel B. rest C. experience D. lie
8- A. given B. kept C. shown D. taken
9- A. Any B. No C. All D. Not
10- A. way B. kind C. sort D. part
II. Read the following passage and complete the numbered blanks with one suitable word only.
(2pts)
When I (1) ________ a child I used (2)________ go to see my grandmother. I thought her house was
(3) ________ beautiful as a palace and the garden seemed bigger than a park. (4) _______ I grew (5)
__________ the house and (6) __________ seemed smaller but I still loved visiting the old lady.
There were so many beautiful things in the house. Sometimes, I played (7) _________ the doll’s
house which was older than grandmother herself. At (8) ____________ times, I looked
(9)___________ books which were (10)_________ interesting than my children’s book at home.
I. Rewrite each of the following sentences so that it means the same as the first one, beginning
with the given words. (2 pts)
1. I would like you to help me put the chairs away.
=> Do you mind __________________________________________________________?
2. I haven’t enjoyed myself so much for years.
=> It’s years ______________________________________________________________.
3. You can try to get Tim to lend you his car, but you won’t succeed.
=> There is no point ________________________________________________________.
4. Is it really necessary for us to arrive so early?
=> Do we really __________________________________________________________?
5. Be careful or you may fall.
=> If you ________________________________________________________________.
6. This is my first visit to Scotland.
=> I have ________________________________________________________________.
7. Mark is too young to see the horror film.
=> Mark is not ____________________________________________________________.
8. Please don’t make any noise; I'm very tired.
=> I'd rather ______________________________________________________________.
9. I expected them to offer me that job.
=> I expected _____________________________________________________________.
10. Vinh keeps forgetting his homework
=> Vinh is _______________________________________________________________.
II. Use the given suggestions to complete sentences.
1. you / mind / if / I / stay / here?
=> _____________________________________________________________________?
2. I / invite / her birthday party / last week.
=> ______________________________________________________________________.
3. The concert hall / so crowded / I / see / hear / nothing.
=> ______________________________________________________________________.
4. It / very kind / you / make friend / me.
=> ______________________________________________________________________.
5. This book / is/ interesting enough / you / read.
=>______________________________________________________________________.
III – Your friend likes studying English, but he/she faces some difficulties. Write a letter to
him/her telling how to help him/her improve English
ENGLISH PRACTICE 34
SECTION A: PHONETICS
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others by
circling the corresponding letter A or B, C, D.
1. A. happy B. apple C. act D. aunt
2. A. mind B. bike C. fit D. tidy
3. A. school B. chair C. church D. chat
4. A. health B. team C. tea D. sea
5. A. sun B. fun C. son D. put
6. A. excited B. interested C. worried D. painted
7. A. use B. computer C. duty D. shut
8. A. chair B. fair C. pair D. are
9. A. how B. know C. town D. brown
10. A. season B. break C. great D. steak
SECTION B: VOCABULARY, GRAMMAR
I. Choose the best answer by circling its corresponding letter A, B, C or D
1. We always need more players. Why don’t you come ………………?
A. on B. along C. with D. after
2. Will you be home …………..dinner tonight?
A. to B. for C. at D. on
3. Giving a book report before the class is an interesting …………………..
A. act B. action C. activity D. deed
4. Do you go out ………..?
A. in the afternoon on Fridays B. on Fridays in the afternoon
C. on afternoons Friday D. on Friday afternoons
5. …………….lives in a very big house
A. A Queen of England B. Queen of England
C. The Queen of the England D. the Queen of England
6. On Sunday mornings I stay in bed …………..8 o’clock.
A. until B. at C. from D. to
7. I often ……………in winter.
A. go playing skiing B. go skiing
C.play skiing D. go to ski
8. Some young peole are working ……………hospital volunteers.
A. to be B. such as C. like D. as
9. We shouldn’t cross the street outside the …………….
A. pavement B. foot lane C. sidewalk D. zebra crossing
10. They …………..healthy after the summer vacation.
A. looked B. were seeming C. were looking D. were appearing
11. They meet their friends and …………some fun.
A. take B. have C. do D. enjoy
12. Yo should pay more …………….in class.
A. part B. care C. notice D. attention
13. He and his friends usually get ……… and talk about their stamps.
A. together B. themselves C. each other D. one another
14. He likes stamps. He is a stamp …………..
A. collect B. collecting C. collector D. collects
15. Some students say they are …………have no time for pastime.
A. hurry B. busy C. full D. hard
16. It’s difficult to cross this street because there is too much ………..
A. crowd B. traffic C. people D. transport
17. There aren’t any good movies …………..at the moment.
A. going on B. being on C. performing D. showing
18. Sorry I can’t come but thanks ………….
A. any ways B. any way C. anyway D. in anyway
19. Look at ………..girl over there.
A. one B. this C. that D. a
20. Would you like to come to my house for lunch?
A. Yes, I do B. I’d love to C. Yes, I like D. OK. I’d like
II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following sentences.
1. No one enjoy (go) ……….to hospital.
2. What you (do)…………at the moment? I (watch) ………….T.V.
3. We (be) ……………students in four years.
4. A new school (build) ………………near our school now.
5. You (be) …………..angry if he refuses to help you?
6. I will send him the message as soon as he (return)………………
7. A lttle girl can’t spend all her time (listen) ……………..to stories.
8. He sent a telegram for his mother (learn) …………….good news.
9. + Where are you?
+ I am upstairs. I (have)……………… a bath.

III. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word given in capital:
1. My father has a …………computer. He often brings it with him when he’s away on business.
PORT
2. We are all ………..about going on an excursion to Cuc Phuong forest next weekend. EXCITE
3. The room will look brighter if there is a …………..on the wall. PAINT
4. Some of the children …………….boys, play marbles when there is a break. MAIN
5. You shouldn’t eat ……….food. HEALTH
6. We mustn’t be ……………….when we cross busy streets. CARE
7. She often feels …………………when she gets bad marks. HAPPY
8. There are about 200 ………….in this company. EMPLOY
9. Mai is ………….at math than me. GOOD
10. This lovely apartment has two bedrooms and it is ……………FURNISH

IV. Choose the underline word or phrase that is incorrect


1. Tim is at the same age as Hoa.
AB C D
2. At recess, the students practice to play basketball.
A B C D
3. Do you know how much a banana cost?
A B C D
4. The tacher says Ba will be a famous artist in one day.
A B C D
5. Some boys are playing marble in the school yard at recess.
A B C D
6. Some students are playing games as blind man’s buff and catch.
A B C D
7. Mai learns how to use a computer in her scientific class.
A B C D
8. I’d love coming to your birthday but I’m much too busy.
A B C D
9. There are less TV programs for teenagers than there are for adults.
A B C D
10. People are living longer so there are more and more many old people
A B C D

V. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions.


1. What time does the library close?
- It closes …………about half …………four.
2. Can you help me wash …………these dirty glasses?
3. We look ………………..the new words in the dictionary.
4. You shouldn’t eat and watch TV ……….the same time.
5. These cards are in alphabetical order and …………author.
6. Schools in Vietnam are different ……….those in the USA.
7. What is your date ………birth?
- November eighth.
8. Farmers are very hard-working. They work from morning ………night on their farms.
9. I like to live ……….the countryside because people there are more friendly.
10. Mr. Minh is not at home now. He is …………work.

II. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word.


Alice is a new English friend of (1)…………….. . She is very (2) …………….to tell me about her
new (3)…………… Her lessons begin at nine each morning and (4)……………until half past ten.
Then she has a ………….for a quarter of an hour. During this time she usually talks to her friend
about many things such (6) …………………the last class or last night’s movie, … . She has five (7)
…………….in the morning and three in the afternoon. Alice’s favorite (8) ………..English. The first
term lasts four months from September to December. Alice tries her (10)……………….to become a
good student in the class.

SECTION D: WRITING
I. Use given words to rewrite the second sentence that the meaning not change:
1. What a luxurious car!
How………………………………………………………………!
2. It takes me an hour to do my homework every evening.
I spend ……………………………………………………………
3. No one can run faster than me.
I am …………………………………………………………..
4. Is there a library at your school?
Does……………………………………………………….?
5. How old are you?
What …………………………………………………………?
6. Shall I bring you a cup of tea?
Would …………………………………………………………?
7. My sister is more hard-working than me.
I don’t …………………………………………………………………?
8. Do you have a better refrigerator than this?
Is this………………………….
9. Finding an apartment in a big city is not easy.
It is ………………………………………………………………
10. February often has 28 days.
There ………………………………………………………………

II. Rearrange the words in correct sentences


1. at / the library / Englísh / of / books / in / the back / are / those.
2. learn / write / literature/ about/ essays / in / and / we/ books / the.
3. the bell / into / the students / ten / and / go / past / rings / all / the yard / half / at.
4. play / the / is / room / the guitar / Ba / in / learning / music / to.
5. dinner / like / come / would / to / house / you / to / for / my?

ENGLISH PRACTICE 53
A. VOCABULARY-GRAMMAR
I. Chose the odd word.
1. A. myself B. bookshelf C. ourselves D. yourself
2. A. building B. morning C. evening D. afternoon
3. A. Birthday B. Monday C. Wednesday D. Friday
4. A. born B. saw C. went D. played
5. A. summer B. winter C. season D. autumn
I. Chose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.
6. A. happy B. character C. fat D. classmate
7. A. bought B. enough C. laugh D. cough
8. A. honor B. hour C. character D. horse
9. A. last B. taste C. task D. fast
10. A. thin B. thumb C. this D. birthday
II. Choose the word that differs from the rest in the position of the main stress.
11. A. national B. engineer C. figure D. scientist
12. A. provide B. combine      C. service D. account
13. A. approve B. wonder C. physical D. knowledge
14. A. marriage B. happiness C. faithful D. divorce
15. A. money B. army C. afraid D. people
III. Choose the best option to complete each sentence.
16. Summer is always hotter than Fall, ……?
A. is summer B. is the summer C. is it D. does it
17. He is ……….. young to get married.
A. so B. too C. such D. very
18. We haven’t seen them………………. last Sunday.
A. since B. until C. while D. for
19. I’m sure I …………… come tomorrow.
A. will be able to B. would C. may D. am going to
20. He is ………….. to lift this heavy package of cotton.
A. not strong enough B. enough strong C. strong not enough D. not enough strong
21. She hasn’t bought a new computer ………….
A. ever B. since C. yet D. already
22. I was listening while my brother …………… computer games.
A. played B. was playingC. have played D. would play
23. Mary sent me some vegetables ………. by his father.
A. to grow B. grow C. grew D. grown
24. John is said …………… the brightest in the class.
A. to be B. was C. being D. he was
25. The new shopping mall is quite……………… the present shopping area.
A. different from B. like to C. similar D. the same
IV. Underline then correct ONE mistake in each sentence.
26. He won two gold medals since the beginning of the SEA GAMES.
27. Most boys in my class enjoy to read comic books.
28. Mark used to played the guitar when he was a student.
29. Marie wanted buy some food, so she went to the supermarket.
30. My new coat is the same with my sister’s coat.
V. Use the correct form of the words in CAPITAL to complete the sentences.
31. In Vietnam, industrialization has …… the country’s economy. DIVERSE
32. …… beauty sports are particular to Halong Bay. ATTRACT
33. Among the ethnic minorities, the Tay has the …… population. LARGE
34. Local people in …… clothing are selling their farming products. COLOR
35. The people of Vietnam are diverse but very ……. PEACE
36. I can’t do more work as I am so ……. TIRE
37. Living in the countryside has its own some ……. LIMIT
38. “The Young Pioneers” is a famous …… in Vietnam. ORGANIZE
39. David’s …… last night was successful. PERFORM
40. Life in the city is more …… than in the countryside. CONVENIENCE

C. READING (3.0/10)
I. Read the following passage then choose the best option to each question.
Have you ever heard someone use the phrase “once in a blue moon”? People use this expression to
describe something that they do not do very often. For example, someone might say that he tries to
avoid eating sweets because they are unhealthy, but will eat chocolate “once in a blue moon”. Or
someone who doesn’t usually like to go to the beach might say “I visit the shore once in a blue
moon.” While many people use this phrase, not everyone knows the meaning behind it. The first
thing to know that the moon itself is never actually blue. This is just an expression. The phrase “blue
moon” actually has to do with the shape of the moon, not the color. As the moon travels around the
Earth, it appears to change shape. We associate certain names with certain shapes of the moon. For
example, when we can see a small part of the moon, it is called a crescent moon. A crescent is a shape
that looks like a tip of a fingernail. When we cannot see the moon at all, it is called a new moon.
When we can see the entire moon, it is called a full moon. Usually, there is only one full moon every
month. Sometimes, however, there will be two full moons in one month. When this happens, the
second full moon is called a “blue moon”. Over the next 20 years, there will only be 15 blue moons.
As you can see, a blue moon is a very rare event. This fact has led people to use the expression “once
in a blue moon” to describe other very rare events in their lives.
41. Which would be a good example of someone doing something “once in a blue moon”?
A. Mary likes to go to the mountains every weekend. B. Tom rarely remembers to take out the
trash.
C. Cindy hates washing the dishes. D. Mary sometimes forgets to do
homework.
42. When does a blue moon happen in nature?
A. When there are two full moons in a month. B. When the moon has blue color.
C. When we can only see a small part of the moon. D. When we cannot see the moon at all.
43. According to the passage, it can be understood that which of the following sentences does not
contain the expression?
A. Thomas has lost his mind B. An apple a day keeps the doctor away
C. I’ll mow the grass after I finish my homework. D. It’s never bad time to start something
new
44. According to the passage, what is another example of something that has crescent shape?
A. your thumb B. a distant star C. the letter “C” D. the letter “H”
45. The author states that “Over the next 20 years, there will only be 15 blue moons.” This means that
over the next 20 year, a blue moon will happen ……
A. once a year B. less than once a year
C. more than once a year D. Not enough information is provided
D. WRITING (3.0/10)
I. Rearrange the words to make sentences.
71. to/enough/not/old/ horror/ my sister /films/is/watch.
72. meet/I/the/going/headmaster/am/to/tomorrow.
73. Sundays/have/on/work/to/doctors.
74. train/we/by/used/go/Hanoi/Hochiminh City/from/to/to.
75. smoking/should/up/we/give.
II. Write sentences from the given cues.
76. She/warn/stay away/water.
77. My brother/study/English/for/5 years.
78. my hat/different/your hat
79. No one/class/more intelligent/Daisy.
80. Her roses/beautiful/than/roses/I/buy/yesterday.
III. Rewrite these sentences in such a way that the sentences you write remain unchanged from
the original ones.
81. We are more careful than the students in class 8B.
The students in class 8B …………………………………
82. My teacher cooks very well.
My teacher is ………………………………………………………
83. It is necessary for you to revise your lessons before the examination.
You had ………………………………………………….
84. This is the tallest building in the town.
No ……………………………………………….
85. “This box is too heavy, so I can’t lift it now” said Dick.
Dick said ………………………………………….

IV. Write a passage.


Having good study habits is very important for all students. In about 90 to 100 words, write about your
study habits. You should pay attention to the contents and the structure of your writing.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 35
B. PHONETICS. (1,0 mark ) Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced
differently from the others in each group. Write your answers (A, B, C or D) on the answer
sheet.
1. A. raised B. coughed C. practiced D. talked
2. A. athletics B. month C. gather D. both
3. A. invitation B. collection C. equation D. celebration
4. A. horrible B. household C. rehearse D. hour
5. A. throw B. allow C. flow D. grow

C. GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY. (5,0 marks)


I. (4,0 marks) Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence. Write your
answers (A, B, C, or D) on the answer sheet.
1. Hoa is staying ______ her uncle and aunt’s house in Ha Noi now.
A. with B. on C. in D. at
2. I don’t want much sugar in my coffee. Just ______, please.
A. a few B. a little C. fewer D. less
3. How ______ do you go to see the dentist? – Once every two months.
A. far B. long C. often D. many
4. Hurry up! We ______ for you. If you are slow, you are going to miss the train.
A. are waiting B. waited C. wait D. waits
5. Can you see any people in the house? Yes, only ______
A. a little B. little C. few D. a few
6. Will you be home ______ dinner tonight?
A. to B. at C. for D. on
7. He came into the room, ______ the light and ______ the door behind him.
A. turned on/ closing B. turning on/ closed C. turned on/ closed D. turning on/ closing
8. A lot of students in my class can sing quite ______
A. nice B. lovely C. sweet D. beautifully
9. This apartment is _______ for us because it’s rather cheap and near the city center.
A. easy B. suitable C. ready D. large
10. After ______ an aspirin, her headache disappeared.
A. eating B. drinking C. taking D. chewing
11. Peter: “How about going to the movies with me on Saturday night?” – Mary: “______”.
A. Of course not B. Sure, thanks C. It’s my pleasure D. That’s very kind of you
12. Of all the schools in town, mine is ______
A. large B. larger C. larger than D. the largest
13. Hoa is sad because she knows ______ here.
A. someone B. no one C. anyone D. everyone
14. My joke made the whole class ______ a lot.
A. to laugh B. laughing C. laugh D. laughed
15. Nam: “Ba is in hospital.” -Mai: “Oh really? I didn’t know. I __________ and visit him”.
A. will go B. am going C. am going to go D. go
16. When she was six, she had to stay home to __________ her younger brother.
A. take after B. look after C. keep in D. take care
17. It’s difficult to cross this street because there is too much ______
A. crowd B. people C. traffic D. transport
18. You should pay more ______ in class.
A. part B. care C. notice D. attention
19. The shirt looked beautiful. I tried it on but it didn’t ______
A. fit B. match C. go with D. suit
20. Tom: “I think computers are useful.” - John: “ __________ “.
A. I’m not agree B. So do I C. I disagree too D. I do either

II. (1,0 mark) Supply the correct form of the words in capital to complete the sentences. Write
your answer on the answer sheet.
1. My father has a ________________ computer. He often brings it with him when he’s away on
business. (PORT)
2. We are all _____________ about going on an excursion to Cuc Phuong forest next weekend.
(EXCITE)
3. Some of the children _______________ boys, play marbles when there is a break. (MAIN)
4. My mother is a safe _______________. She cycles safely. (CYCLE)
5. Did they make a _______________ not to go to Italy for their vacation? (DECIDE)

D. READING COMPREHENSION (6,0 marks)


I. (2,0 marks) Read the passage and choose the best answer (A, B, C or D). Write your answers on
the answer sheet.
    You have a headache and you sneeze and cough. Your nose is all stuffed up , and it keeps running,
so you have to blow it every few minutes. You know by these __________(1) that you have a cold,
and you feel completely _________(2). You are not sure if you will live through the day.
    Everyone suffers __________(3) the common cold at some time or other. It isn’t a serious
__________(4), but people spend over a billion dollars a year on different kinds of cold medicine
every year. This medicine can relieve the symptoms. That is, it can make you cough __________(5),
make your head less intense, and stop your nose __________(6)  for a while. However, it can’t cure
you cold. So far, __________(7) no cure for the common cold and no medicine to prevent it.
    __________(8) there is no cure or preventive medicine for colds, people have all kinds of ideas
about __________(9) to prevent and treat colds. Some people think that if you eat a lot of onions, you
won’t catch cold. __________(10) say that you should avoid getting wet and chilled, or you will
catch cold. However, this is apparently not so.
1. A. diseases B. fevers C. cures D. symptoms
2. A. sad B. hungry C. miserable D. thirsty
3. A. from B. of C. with D. about
4. A. misery B. illness C.  headache D. wrong
5. A. less B. fewer C.  much D. more
6. A. walking B.  jogging C. running D. flowing
7. A. it is B. there is C. they are D. there are
8. A. Although B. Because C. However D. But
9. A. what B. why C. where D. how
10. A. Other’s B. Another C. Others D. Other

II. (2,0 marks) Read the passage and choose the best answer (A, B, C or D).
     When people talk about Nha Trang, the biggest city in Khanh Hoa Province, they often think of a
tropical paradise. Nha Trang is famous for seaside resorts. It has long coastline with beautiful white
sandy beaches.
     In the morning and afternoon, tourists can take part in various fascinating outdoor activities such as
mud bathing, swimming, snorkeling or scuba diving. Snorkeling and scuba diving are both interesting
sports, as swimmers may swim underwater and admire the lives at the bottom of the sea. Besides,
tourists can also take boat trips to the islands. One of the most enjoyable trips is the trip to Mieu
Island, where Tri Nguyen Aquarium was built in 1999. This aquarium is now home to different kinds
of colorful fish and even a few sharks.
     In addition, tourists can spend an evening visiting a fishing village, where they could get a taste of
the local seafood. There are crabs, shrimps, lobsters, clams, oysters and several other kinds of fish –
all are fresh and delicious.
1. According to the passage, Nha Trang is famous for_________________.
A. its fresh and delicious seafood B. seaside resorts
C. its tropical climate D. the friendliness of its people
2. Tourists can take part in one of various fascinating outdoor activities such as _________________.
A. visiting Nha Trang Pasteur Institute B. eating the local seafood
C. visiting Tri Nguyen Aquarium D. scuba diving
3. At Tri Nguyen Aquarium, visitors can enjoy _________________.
A. watching a few sharks only B. swimming underwater and admiring the fish
C. watching sharks and various kinds of colorful fish D. feeding the fish
4. At a fishing village, tourists can _________________.
A. get a taste of the local seafood B. choose crabs, shrimps
C. catch the fish and cook them D. enjoy fishing
5. Which of the following sentences is NOT true about Nha Trang according to the passage?
A. Nha Trang is a nice seaside resort. B. Tri Nguyen Aquarium is on an island.
C. Most tourists are interested in snorkeling. D. The local seafood is fresh and delicious.

III. (2,0 marks) Fill in the blanks with ONE suitable word. Write your answers on the answer sheet.
Books play a very important_____(1) in our life. It’s true that every family _____ (2) books. We
can_____(3) books every where. We can _____(4) many things from books. Books____(5) us in self-
education and deciding_____ (6) in life.
Today, there are a lot of public _____(7) in our country and all people have the right to_____(8)
them.
Each year hundreds of new books for_____ (9) appear in Viet Nam. The books are very _____ (10)
and children like reading them very much.

E. WRITING (6,0 marks)


I. (2,0 marks) Choose the answer (A, B, C, or D) to show the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
1. My brother doesn’t like peas and he doesn’t like carrots, too.
A B C D
2. Let’s getting some of these vegetables, shall we?
A B C D
3. Many people prefer watching TV than reading books.
A B C D
4. Staying at home all day sounds boringly to me.
A B C D
5. I’d like to go out and playing with my friends.
A B C D
6. We usually help our mother about the housework in our free time.
A B C D
7. There is fewer work in the evening than there is in the morning
A B C D
8. Mr. Quang soon got used to travel to work by bicycle.
A B C D
9. The doctor says you should spend only a small part of your free time to play video games.
A B C D
10. From at seven in the morning until four in the afternoon, Tuan works in the fields with his father.
A B C D

II. (2,0 marks) Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one,
beginning with the given words or phrases.
1. It took Mr. Hoang half an hour to walk to work yesterday.
 Mr. Hoang spent ....................................................................................................................................
2. What is the price of this pair of shoes?
 How much ............................................................................................................................................?
3. Mai is the youngest of the three girls.
 Mai is .....................................................................................................................................................
4. Her sister cooks well.
 Her sister is ............................................................................................................................................
5. They think that learning English is not easy.
 They think that it ....................................................................................................................................
6. I like listening to music more than watching TV.
 I prefer ...................................................................................................................................................
7. Lap is the most intelligent in his class.
 No one ....................................................................................................................................................
8. Can you tell me the width of West Lake?
 Can you tell me how ............................................................................................................................?
9. Walking is the most popular activity at my school.
 Other activities are .................................................................................................................................
10. Mr. Thanh couldn’t enjoy the meal because of the stomachache.
 The stomachache prevented ...................................................................................................................

III. (2,0 marks) Write a story for a competition (in 120-180 words in an appropriate style), The story
must begin with the following words:
Last night, I was tired so …
ENGLISH PRACTICE 55
I. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest (5
pts).
1 A. hour B. honor C. honest D. how
.
2 A. empire B. bridge C. liberty D. pyramid
.
3 A. cave B. statue C. bay D. ancient
.
4 A. believe B. field C. science D. movie
.
5 A. required B. opened C. plugged D. worked
.
III. Choose the best answer for each of the following sentences (10 pts).
1. She was very sad ______ good marks in the final test.
A. not get B. not to get C. to not get D. not getting
2. My sister has decided to lose weight, so she is living ______ oranges for a week.
A. with B. on C. in D. by
3. When I ______ school, I am going to work in a factory .
A. begin B. study C. leave D. learn
4. What can we do to prevent people ______ throwing drink cans away?.
A. in B. of C. on D. from
5. We have not seen each other ______last Sunday.
A. for B. since C. on D. in
6. Excuse me! I am doing my homework. ______ turning down your radio a bit?.
A. Would you please B. Can you C. Could you D. Would you mind
7. You should work ______ for the coming exam.
A. hard B. hardly C. more hardly D. more hard
8. He found a watch when he ______ in the street.
A. walked B. has been walking C. was walking D. has walked
9. My uncle used to live ______ a farm when he was young.
A. in B. at C. during D. on
10. Millions of Christmas cards ______every year.
A. send B. are sent C. are sending D. was sent
IV. There mistake in the four underlined part of each sentence underline it then correct it (10 pts).
1. There are a lot of food in the fridge, so help yourself.
A B C D
2. You should take a taxi although it is raining hard.
A B C D
3. The telephone was invented with a Scotsman, Alexandre G. Bell, in 1876.
A B C D
4. Would you like coming to my birthday party.
A B C D
5. It is difficult for students to answer all of the question in fifteen minutes.
A B C D
6. Mary enjoys to be able to meet a lot of interesting people during her vacation.
A B C D
7. It has been a long time since we last talked together, isn’t it ?
A B C D
8. Lots of information are store in the computer.
A B C D
9. This is the second time I took part in the rice-cooking contest.
A B C D
10. Either Nam or his father know how to connect the printer.
A B C D
V. Give the correct form of each verb in brackets to complete the following sentences if necessary (10
pts).
1. Lan’s hair was dirty. Now it is clean, she (clean)……………………… it.
2. Look! Somebody (break)…………………………….. that door.
3. They (not meet)……………………….. us since last week.
4. What (you/do) ………………………………….. at this time yesterday.
5. Our school (open) …………………………….. a new club next week.
6. Would you like (come)……………. to dinner to night.
7. You (phone)……………………………… me last night?.
8. Would you mind if I (smoke)…………………………..?
9. I don't enjoy…………………………………….. (laugh) at by other people.
10. Most of the NOKIA mobile phones (sell)………………. in this shop are imported from China.

VI. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals (10 pts).
1. What is the correct ……………………………..of this word. (pronounce)
2. My grand father can read ………………………… . (good)
3. Last week we had an ……………………… summer holiday. (enjoy)
4. The ……………………. of the project made me tense. (important).
5. You had better do some ………………….. for the final exams (revise)
6. We should save ………………. …….resources. (nature)
7. People in the in the country are often more ………. ………… than people in the city. (friend)
8. Increased pollution is another ………………. …..result. (please)
9. The air is heavily ………………………with traffic fumes. (pollute)
10. …………………, her illness was more serious than we thought. (fortunate)

VII. Fill in each gap with a suitable word to complete the following passage (10 pts).
Rivers are on of the world’s most important natural resources. Many cities are on the large rivers, and
(1)………….. every country has a least one river that (2)……….. an important part in the lives of its
people. Besides transportation, rivers (3)………………..water for crops, water to drink , and
recreation for people who live along their (4)………….. And in (5)………….to get water for crops,
engineers sometimes build a dam (6)…………a river and let water become a lake behind the dam.
Then people can use their water not (7)……………..to irrigate fields but also to make electricity for
homes and industries. (8)………….the water often becomes polluted when cities on river bank grow
(9)…………….and the number of industries increases. We are learning that it is necessary to (10)
…………rivers clean if we want to enjoy the benefits of the natural resources.

VIII. Choose the best answer by circling A, B, C or D to complete the passage (10 pts).
THE LANGUAGE OF CLOTHES
We don’t only choose clothes to make us look.........(1)......, we also use them to tell the world .........
(2)...... our personality. The clothes we wear and our appearance......(3)...... a whole give other people
useful information about what we think and.........(4)...... we feel. If we feel cheerful, we usually
wear......(5)...... clothes and if we feel.........(6)..... we sometimes put on dark clothes. But why do
teenagers wear black so.........(7)......? Is it because they feel miserable all.........(8)......? This is
unlikely the case. It is probably just because it is.........(9)...... to wear black, and young people they
are real fans.........(10)...... fashion.
1. A. attract B. attractive C. attractively D. attraction
2. A. of B. with C. by D. about
3. A. on B. as C. for D. in
4. A. which B. what C. how D. when
5. A. colorful B. colors C. colorfully D. colorless
6. A. depress B. depressed C. depressing D. depression
7. A. frequent B. frequency C. frequently D. infrequency
8. A. the time B. the times C. the week D. the month
9. A. fashion B. fashionable C. fashioner D. fashioned
10. A. of B. in C. from D. with
IX. Fill in each blank with one suitable preposition to complete the following sentences (5 pts).
1. You can use dictionary to find ______ new words.
2. My younger brother is very good ______ Math.
3. Nam should work harder ______ his English pronunciation .
4. Do you believe ______ ghost.
5. Do you like chocolate cakes? I am very fond ______ them.
6. Are you laughing ______ me?.
7. My uncle has been in hospital ______ Monday.
8. This cake is made ______ flour, eggs, milk, salt and butter.
9. We thanked them ______ all their help.
10. Can you meet me _____________8 am and 9 am?

X. Rewrite the following sentences with the beginning words, staying the same meaning
with the old one. (10 pts)
1. Having a vacation in Da Lat is very interesting.
It…………………………….............................................................................................................
…………………………………………...........
2. The water was so hot that I could not drink it.
The water was not
.....................................................................................................................................................
…………………………
3. She last ate this kind of food in January.
She has not
.....................................................................................................................................................
…………………………
4. I would like you to move this table
Do you
mind……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………….
5. She said to me “Don’t go out in the evening”.
She
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………….……………………
6. The theater is near Hoa’s house
The theater is
not………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………..
7. How about going to the movie tonight?
Let’s
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………..
8. Air travel is faster than any kind of transport.
Air travel is
the………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………
9. Nobody has used this machine for years.
This
machine…………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………..
10. Please don’t smoke in the kitchen.
Would you mind
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………

XI. Use the words or phrases given to make complete sentences. You can add more words if
necessary.(10 pts)
1. Learning / foreign language / necessary / us / get / job. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
2. This film / interesting / I / see/ twice.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
3. My family / I / spend / two months / make our plan / for summer holiday. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
4. driver / stop / car / time / save / child / yesterday. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
5. Boxing / too / dangerous / her / play //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
6. It / difficult/ learn English / without/ good dictionary.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
7. Of all / hotels in town / the Royal Hotel / comfortable. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
8. He / try / stop / smoking / many times / but / he / never / succeed. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
9. I / hope / my English / improve / by the end / course. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
10. It / difficult / prevent / people / park here. //
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………

XII. Use the words to write the second sentence in such a way that it is as similar as possible in
meaning to the original sentence. Do not change the form of the given words (5 pts).
1. We went to Hai Phong two months ago. (been)
We………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………..
2. Whose book is this? (belong)
Who……………………………………………………………………...
……………………………………………………………………………
3. My aunt ran a small company in the city but she doesn’t do any more. (used)
My
aunt………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
4. English eight has sixteen units. (are)

There……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………
5. “You should not lend him your car”, Nam said to me. (advised)
Nam
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………
ENGLISH PRACTICE 36
I. Give the correct form of verbs given:
1. She (leave) .school last year. Since then she (work) ... as a waitress at a local pub.
2. They felt tired and hungry, so they (sit) ............... down under a tree and (rest) .............. for lunch.
3. Let’s (get) ...... the house (clear) ............. up before he arrives.
4. Last year we (install) ............. ordinary light bulbs in our house, but now we (use) ..................
energy-saving ones.
5. A: In your places, I (a. go) ............. by air.
B: If I (b. have) .................. enough money, I (c. take) ............... your advice.
II. Multiple choices:
1.You will not succeed .......................... working hard.
a. unless b. without c. if d. although
2. It was raining very ............. so I took my umbrella.
a. wet b. badly c. hard d. firmly
3. I .............. do that if I were you.
a. won’t b. shan’t c. wouldn’t d. don’t
4. You may borrow as many books as you like provided you show them to ............... is at the desk.
a. who b whom c. whoever d. which
5. I wish you ............. stop interruting me whenever I speak.
a. did b. would c. might d. will
6. I wish I ........ more about the logistics of the expedition.
a. would know b. knew c. know d. can know
7. The little girl ............. when she fell.
a. hurt himself b. hurt herself c. has hurt d. hurt
8. Listen to what I am saying, ............................?
a. don’t you b. do you c. did you d. will you
9. .................. this medicine, and you’ll be well again.
a. Have b. Drink c. Eat d. Take
10. Yoko feels .................. again after her illness but she still cannot work ............. .
a. strong/ hardly b. strongly/ hard c. strongly/ hardly d. strong/ hard
III. Sound:
1. a. pull b. erupt c. trust d.thunder e. junkyard
2. a. mineral b. tidal c. sight d. describe e. divide
3. a. exist b. public c. despite d. mineral
4. a. chopstick b. charity c. children d. Christmas
5. a. sound b. touch c. down d. account
IV. Rewrite the following sentences:
1. The story was very interesting to me.
I was ______________________ .
2. Your writing is so small that I can’t read it.
Your writing is not ___________ .
3. Learning English is necessary.
It is ________________________ .
4. We will go there unless it rains.
If it ________________________ .
5. The man couldn’t speak. He was so surprised.
The man was too______________ .
ENGLISH PRACTICE 56
II. READING
1. Read the passage and answer the questions. Circle A, B, or C.
 The Moon is approximately 384,400 kilometers from the Earth. Its diameter is 3,479 kilometers,
about 1/4 the diameter of Earth. The average temperature on the surface of the Moon during the day
is 107°C, hot enough to boil water on Earth. During the night, the average temperature drops to
−153°C.
Because of its smaller size and mass, the gravity of the Moon is about 1/6 the gravity on the Earth.
That means that a person who weighs 180 pounds on Earth would only weigh 30 pounds if measured
on the Moon.
The force of gravity from the Moon affects Earth. Its gravity reaches Earth and pulls the oceans
toward the Moon, causing the tides. The gravity from the Sun also affects the tides. The highest tides
will always occur when the Moon and Sun are aligned. That is when there is a New Moon or a Full
Moon.
1. What is the first paragraph mainly about?
A. A comparison between the Moon and Earth
B. Physical characteristics of the Moon
C. The effect of the Moon on Earth
2. The word “its” in paragraph 2 refers to which of the following?
A. the Moon’s
B. Earth’s
C. gravity’s
3. According to the passage, which of the following is true?
A. A person would lose 5/6 of their weight if they were on the Moon.
B. A person would weigh much less on the Moon than on Earth.
C. The Earth weighs six times as much as the Moon.
4. What can we learn about the tides?
A. They happen twice a month at New Moon and Full Moon.
B. The Sun causes higher tides on Earth than the Moon does.
C. They are caused by both the Sun and the Moon.
5. The word “aligned” is closest in meaning to which of the following?
A. combined together
B. arranged in a line
C. affected by the other
2. Read the passage about computers. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). Circle T
or F.
Do you own a PDA – Personal Digital Assistant? Have you got a personal computer? Have you ever
used a laptop? The answer can be “Yes”. But do you know that the first computer was made about 70
years ago? It was large enough to take up a living room. It was named ENIAC – Electronic
Numerical Integrator and Calculator.
Thanks to the development of technology, computers become smaller and smaller. The first personal
computer was actually introduced in the 1970s by MITS, Apple Computer and IBM. They didn’t look
exactly like now but they were surely revolutionary at the time.
Scientists are finding ways to make computers as smaller and slimmer as possible. Some of the today
computers are small enough to carry out in pockets. But technology doesn’t stop there. They will
continue to bring out smaller computers. Who knows? Maybe one day we will not need the big
desktops or laptops. We may need a computer chip that is as small as a fingernail.
1. The first computer was made 70 years ago.  T  F
2. The ENIAC was small enough to carry around.  T  F
3. MITS, Apple Computer and IBM were the first to introduce personal computers. T  F
4. Today computers are not as small and slim as the previous ones.  T  F
5. Fingernail size computer chip will soon be a new revolution.  T  F
III. WRITING
1. Complete each of the following sentences using the cues given. You can change the cues and
use other words in addition to the cues to complete the sentences.
 Here is an example.
0. Ngoc/ usually/ play/ badminton/ Sunday.
Answer: 0. Ngoc usually plays badminton on Sundays.
1. Noise pollution/ big cities/ lead/ hearing/ problems.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________
2. Lots/ aquatic animals/ die/ because/ oil spills.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________
3. If/ you/ president/ country/ what/ you/ do/ protect/ environment?
_________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________
4. One way/ save/ environment/ is/ use/ renewable/ energy/ sources.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________
5. This boy/ suffer/ birth/ defects/ because/ parents/ expose/radioactive/ pollution.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________
2. Write an email (90-110 words) to your pen friend telling him about a natural disaster that you
have experienced, seen or been told about.
Use the following questions as cues:
- What is the disaster?
- When did it occur?
- Where did it occur?
- What were its consequences?
- How did you feel about it?
Dear Mary,
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………
ENGLISH PRACTICE 37
I. Give the correct form of verbs given:
A. -John ..... (1. lose) his job last month and since then he ..... (2. be) out of work.
- Do you know why he ..... (3. lose) his job?
- Because he ..... (4. be) very rude to his boss.
B. Yesterday morning, when I ..... (1. arrive) at the airport, Sophie ..... (2. wait) for me. She ..... (3.
wear) a pink dress and ..... (4. look) very pretty.
II. Multiple choices:
1. Mark Twain was born in Missouri _____ (on / for / in) 1835.
2. Fresh air is _____ (of / about / in) great use to our health.
3. He won’t pass the exam _____ (if / unless / or) he works hard.
4. My father often goes to church _____ (with/ at / on) Sundays.
5. Surfing is one way _____ (of / at/ on) spending free time in Australia.
6. They are the children ______ (whose / who / whom) won the match yesterday.
7. Tom has been living here _____ (for/since/ in) six years.
8. We would go camping _____ (although/ if / but) the weather were fine.
III. Sound:
1 A. sound B. touch C. down D. account
.
2 A. design B. preserve C. basic D. physical
.
3 A. occupation B. occasion C. shake D. miraculous
.
4 A. concerned B. received C. attached D. concealed
.
5 A. teacher B. clear C. reason D. mean
.
IV. Rewrite the following sentences:
1. The remark was so unexpected that she didn’t know what to say.
It was ................................................................................................................
2. You’re the worst guitarist in the world.
No one ..............................................................................................................
3. It was a waste of time writing that letter.
I needn’t ............................................................................................................
4. “Let’s check everything once more,” said the man in chief.
The man in chief suggested ..............................................................................
5. Although the fish appears to be harmless, it is quite dangerous.
Contrary ............................................................................................................
6. The students really appreciate the teacher’s sense of humor.
What .................................................................................................................
7. It is acknowledged that Vietnam had a complete control over SARS from a very early stage of the
epidemic.
Vietnam is .........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................
8. He didn’t remember anything about it, and neither did she.
He forgot ...........................................................................................................
9. We couldn’t have managed it if our father hadn’t encouraged us.
If it ...........................................................................................................
10. I wish I had applied for that job.
It is a .................................................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 38
I. Give the correct form of verbs given:
1. I'm sorry. I (not finish) .....this work yet.
2. Poems as well as play (write) ............ by William Shakespeare.
3. How many times you (be) .... to Van Mieu?
4. They like (chat) ......... . They use the Internet very often.
5. I (have) .......... a phone call while I (surf) ............... the wed yesterday.
II. Multiple choice:
1. In recent years, more and more people _____for things with credit cards.
A. pay B. paid C. are paying D. have been paying
2. What people__Benetton stores is that the quality is always high.
A. like B. like very much C. like about D. like a lot
3. Paolo would like to ____by the time he is 40.
A. travel B. be traveling C. be going to travel D. have traveled
4. Poverty is a problem in many cities_____whole families can only afford to live in one room.
A. when B. where C. even D. if
5. The world would be a better place if everyone showed______cooperation as John.
A. as much B. so much C. too much D. much
6. He turned on the TV, ______I thought was rather surprising.
A. and B. so C. that D. which
7. My car would not start, _______Jenny’s started immediately.
A. whereas B. though C. however D. nevertheless
8. They stayed for hours, which I was very _______ .
A. annoyed B. annoyed about C. annoying D. annoying me
9. That was a very strange question _____ .
A. you ask B. you are asking C. for asking D. to ask
10. ____a movie to be entertaining, it has to have an interesting story.
A. So that B. In order that C. In order for D. In order to
III. Sound:
1. a. garbage b. standard c. solar d. lunar
2. a. covered b. installed c. described d. decorated
3. a. chopstick b. charity c. children d. Christmas
4. a. celebrate b. plumber c. bulb d. blanket
5. a. energy b. generous c. category d. suggest
IV. Rewrite the following sentences:
1. Would you please give me a hand?
Would you mind ___________________________ ?
2. I can't understand him because he speaks so quickly.
If he didn't_________________________________ .
3. Although he took a taxi, he arrived late for the concert.
In spite of _________________________________ .
4. The suitcase is so heavy that I can't carry it.
It is such ___________________________________ .
5. People say that he is an excellent footballer.
He is _______________________________________ .

ENGLISH PRACTICE 39
I. Give the correct form of verbs given:
1. If he saves up, he soon (be able) ................. to afford a new car.
2. What a mess! Duc’ toys (not put) ........................ away.
3. If you feel like (stay) ............... with us, just send us a fax.
4. My sister and I (stay) ........... at our grandparents when we (meet) .......... our great grand aunt for
the first time.
II. Multiple choice:
1. He .................. the office when I arrived.
a. was leaving b. has left c. should leaved. leaves
2. He tried to prevent the cat ............... running into the road.
a. to b. from c. against d. for
3. Listen to what I am saying, ............................?
a. don’t you b. do you c. did you d. will you
4. The pencil .............. I write is made in China.
a. with which b. by which c. which d. that
5. I'd rather you ... at home tonight.
a. stay b. to stay c. stayed d. staying
6.These houses......100 years ago.
a. are built b.built c. were built d. build
7.My family has decided..... Da Lat in the summer.
a. to visit b. visit c.visited d. visits
8. If he ..... hard, he will fail the final exam.
a. works b. doesn't work c. didn't work d. worked
9. I don’t know how to drive this car. I wish I ....................... it.
a. could drive b. drive c. can d. will drive
10. How ................... is your house from here?
a. many b. much c. long d. far
11. He thinks we’ve invited too many guests, but I say the more the __.
A. nicer B. happier C. merrier D. greater
12. John has taken ___ swimming as he wants to keep fit.
A. up B. on C. in D. off
13. You smell awful! It’s about time you ___ a bath.
A. have B. will have C. had D. to have
14. Lack of funds prevented him ___ with his studies.
A. to continue B. with continuing C. continue D. from continuing
15. Is she a friend of ___ ?
A. yours B. you C. your D. you’re
IV. Rewrite the following sentences:
1. Barbara cooks better than Mike does.
Mike doesn't __________________________________ .
2. She asked, "How many Japanese students are there in your class, Tom?"
She asked Tom ________________________________ .
3. Julia has been working for this company for six years.
Julia started ___________________________________ .
4. I don’t find it difficult to get up early in the morning.
I am used ..................................................................................
5. Larry didn’t buy the shirt because she didn’t have enough money.
If Larry ...............................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 40
I. Give the correct form of verbs given:
1. If he saves up, he soon (be able) ................. to afford a new car.
2. What a mess! Duc’ toys (not put) ........................ away.
3. If you feel like (stay) ............... with us, just send us a fax.
4. My sister and I (stay) ........... at our grandparents when we (meet) .......... our great grand aunt for
the first time.
II. Multiple choice:
1. He .................. the office when I arrived.
a. was leaving b. has left c. should leaved. leaves
2. He tried to prevent the cat ............... running into the road.
a. to b. from c. against d. for
3. Listen to what I am saying, ............................?
a. don’t you b. do you c. did you d. will you
4. The pencil .............. I write is made in China.
a. with which b. by which c. which d. that
5. I'd rather you ... at home tonight.
a. stay b. to stay c. stayed d. staying
6.These houses......100 years ago.
a. are built b.built c. were built d. build
7.My family has decided..... Da Lat in the summer.
a. to visit b. visit c.visited d. visits
8. If he ..... hard, he will fail the final exam.
a. works b. doesn't work c. didn't work d. worked
9. I don’t know how to drive this car. I wish I ....................... it.
a. could drive b. drive c. can d. will drive
10. How ................... is your house from here?
a. many b. much c. long d. far
11. He thinks we’ve invited too many guests, but I say the more the __.
A. nicer B. happier C. merrier D. greater
12. John has taken ___ swimming as he wants to keep fit.
A. up B. on C. in D. off
13. You smell awful! It’s about time you ___ a bath.
A. have B. will have C. had D. to have
14. Lack of funds prevented him ___ with his studies.
A. to continue B. with continuing C. continue D. from continuing
15. Is she a friend of ___ ?
A. yours B. you C. your D. you’re
IV. Rewrite the following sentences:
1. Barbara cooks better than Mike does.
Mike doesn't __________________________________ .
2. She asked, "How many Japanese students are there in your class, Tom?"
She asked Tom ________________________________ .
3. Julia has been working for this company for six years.
Julia started ___________________________________ .
4. I don’t find it difficult to get up early in the morning.
I am used ..................................................................................
5. Larry didn’t buy the shirt because she didn’t have enough money.
If Larry ...............................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 41
I. Give the correct form of verbs given:
1. Viet Nam .....(be) a country which exports a lot of rice.
2. The house where the dead man was found is being guarded by the police to prevent it from
(enter) ........... .
3. Mrs. Parker (be) ........... an English teacher for twenty-nine years. She first (start) ................
teaching English at a small school in the countryside. After (teach) .............. there for ten years, she
(move)................ to a big city.
4. They have lived in that house since it (build) ............. .
5. Mary (work) ........... with her own computer when she was a student at university.
II. Multiple choice:
1. He was offered the job ............... his qualifications were poor.
a. despite b. even though c. in spite d. whereas
2. It was raining very ............. so I took my umbrella.
a. wet b. badly c. hard d. firmly
3. Hurry up or you'll be late _____ school.
A. on B. in C. to D. for
4. May I introduce you _____ Mrs. Brown?
A. for B. with C. to D. of
5. _____ the students in my class enjoy taking part in social activities.
A. Most of B. Most C. Many D. The number of
6. He's always busy. He has _____ time to relax.
A. much B. little C. a little D. plenty of
7. Don't be afraid. This snake is _____ .
A. harm B. harmful C. harmless D. unharmed
8. Fortunately, the plane landed _____ after the violent storm.
A. safe B. safely C. unsafe D. safety
9. During his _____, his family lived in the United States.
A. child B. childish C. childlike D. childhood
10. She did the job_____ .
A. succeed B. successful C. successfully D. unsuccessful
III. Sound:
1. A. equality B. difficulty C. simplicity D. discovery
2. A. tenant B. common C. rubbish D. machine
3. A. animal B. bacteria C. habitat D. pyramid
4. A. writer B. teacher C. builder D. career
5. A. company B. atmosphere C. customer D. employment
IV. Rewrite the following sentences:
1. Jack London/ life and writings/ represent/ American/ love/adventure
...............................................................................
2. Jack London/ born / San Francisco/ 1876
.............................................................................................................
3. He/ quit/ school/ fourteen/ become/ sailor
.............................................................................................................
4. He/ travel/ good/ deal/ during/ short/ lifetime
............................................................................................................
5. He/ travel/ many/ place/ Europe/ United States/ Far East
.............................................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 42
I. Give the correct form of verbs given
1. Many buildings in our city (heat) ................ by solar energy in 2050.
2. My brother prefers (play) .... foot ball to watching it.
3. My friends (wait) ....... for me when I got to the stadium.
4. Nothing (do) ........ since he moved here.
5. To avoid (attack) ...... again, the milionaire hired some guards.
II. Multiple choices:
Mary had to go to New York last week, but she almost 1 (miss) the plane. She 2 (stand)
in the queue at the check-in desk when she suddenly 3 (realize) that she 4 (leave) her
passport at home. Fortunately, she 5 (not/live) very far from the airport, so she 6 (have)
time to take a taxi home to get it.
1. A. missed B. was missing C. had missed D. had been missing
2. A. stood B. had stood C. was standing D. had been standing
3. A. was realizing B. realized C. had realized D. would realize
4. A. was leaving B. left C. had left D. would leave
5. A. hadn't lived B. hasn't lived C. isn't living D. doesn't live
6. A. has B. had C. had had D. has had
7. May I introduce you _____ Mrs. Brown?
A. for B. with C. to D. of
8. Fortunately, the plane landed _____ after the violent storm.
A. safe B. safely C. unsafe D. safety
9. We set off early _____ we wouldn't get stuck in the traffic.
A. because B. so that C. although D. in case
10. He felt _____ with the results of his exam.
A. disappointing B. disappointed C. disappointedly D. disappointment

A
III. True or false?
ir pollution is a serious problem in many cities. Motor vehicles, factories and other sources
create so much air pollution that it may hang in the air like dirty fog. Air pollution threatens
the health of the people who live in cities. City wastes cause water pollution when they are
poured into the waterways. These wastes kill fish and make some areas unfit for swimming. In
addition, many large cities have difficulties in disposing of their garbage. The amount of garbage
grows each year, but places to put it are quickly filling up. Citizens, governments, industries,
scientists, and business people must work together in different ways to gradually reduce pollution.
For example, most cities have introduced recycling programmes.
1. Motor vehicles and factories are among some sources of air pollution.
2. Air pollution doesn't endanger people's health in some cities.
3. Air pollution is the only problem of the environment mentioned in this passage.
4. Garbage disposal is a problem in many large cities.
5. Everyone must cooperate to reduce pollution.
6. We can reduce pollution by recycling programmes only.
IV. Rewrite the following sentences:
1. In spite of taking a taxi, he arrived late for the meeting.
- Even though _________________________________ .
2. It is such a heavy box that I can't carry it.
- The box is ___________________________________ .
3. He is said to be an excellent footballer.
- People say that _______________________________________ .
ENGLISH PRACTICE 43
I: Give the correct form of verbs in brackets:
1. Listen to these students! What language they (speak) .....?
2. What you (do) .... If you had a lot of money?
3. Did you advise Jane (join) ...... in the Vietnamese speaking contest?
4. Who (carry) ..... your bag when you climb Mount Phanxipang?
5. In Viet Nam, it (not snow) ..... in winter except for Sa Pa and Lang Son.
6. We (always/ make) .......... to work hard by our parents.
7. Their gradparents prefer (watch) .... basketball to (play) ..... it.
8. My friends (wait) ....... for me when I got to the stadium.
9. Nothing (do) ........ since he moved here.
10. To avoid (attack) ...... again, the milionaire hired some guards.
II Choose the best answer:
1. When ..... a dictionary, you need to be able to understand the symbols and the abbreviations it
contains.
a. using b. having used c. to use d. use
2. How can I know .... book is yours? They are so alike.
a. what b. which c. this d. the
3. ...... Paul brings the money for lunch, we'll go right down the cafeteria.
a. Since b. Now that c. As soon as d. Until
4. If I .... you, I ...... some rest before the game tomorrow.
a. am/will take b. was/ would take c. would be/ would take d. were/ would take
5. You've never been to Nha Trang, .....?
a. Have you b. haven't you c. you have d. you haven't
6. She will visit us as soon as she arrives ..... Thai nguyen City.
a. at b. in c. on d. to
7. The smaller the room is, the ..... furniture it needs.
a. fewer b. smaller c. less d. more
8. Who is the .... of the three girls?
a. pretty b prettier c. more pretty d. prettiest
9. The secretary to ..... I talked didn't know where the meeting was.
a. whom b. which c. that d. who
10. I have to be present at eight o'clock and so ....... .
a. are you b. do you c. have you d. you do
III Combine these pairs of sentences, using the cue words:
1. The road was very busy. We couldn't drive fast. (so)

2. The woman seems very lonely. Her husband and children are away.(whose)

3. I recently went back to the school. I studied at that school.(where)

4. The coffee was very bitter. My wife couldn't drink it.(too)


..............................
IV. Sound:
1 A. hear B. clear C. bear D. ear
2 A. heat B. great C. beat D. beak
3 A. blood B. pool C. food D. tool
4 A. university B. unique C. unit D. undo
5 A. mouse B. could C. would D. put
ENGLISH PRACTICE 44
II. Give the correct form of the words given:
6. The duty of the police is the _____ of law and order. (MAINTAIN)
..................... ..............
7. Our tomatoes are _____ nicely; they'll be ready to eat in about a week. (RIPE)
...........................................................................
8. Look at this picture of Bill and his father - you can see the _____ clearly, can't you? (LIKE) .....
..............
9. He said 'Good morning' in a most _____ way. (FRIEND) ..............
10. Playing for the national team for the first time was an _____ experience for Hong Son. (FORGET)
..............
11. 'This is not a good essay,' said the lecturer. 'I find your arguments _____ '. (CONVINCE) ..............
12. It's a lovely old house, I agree, but can we afford to ........ it? (MODERN) ...............
13. George and I have been friends since _____: he used to live next door. (CHILD) ..............
14. In winter it is important for farmers to provide food and _____ for their animals.
(WARM) ..............
15. Pele _____ Ronaldo to take part in 2002 World Cup. (COURAGE) ..........
III. Rewrite:
1. It's common knowledge that he has been in prison several times.
He is known .........................................................................................
2. I regret not paying much attention to the lecture.
I wish ...................................................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 45
I. Write:
1. 1897/ Jack London/ 21/ year/ old/ gold/ discover/ Alaska
.............................................................................................................
2. He/ answer/ call/ adventure .............................................................................................................
3. He/ take/ part/ famous/ 'gold rush'
.............................................................................................................
4. experiences/ wild/ northern country/ provide/ material/ many/later/ stories/ novels
.............................................................................................................
5. best-known/ novels/ include/ The Call of the Wild/ The Sea-Wolf
.................................................................................................
II. Multiple choices:
1. What beautiful eyes _______!
A. does she have B. she has C. has she D. she doesn't have
2. Make exercise a part of your daily _______.
A. regularity B. chore C. routine D. frequency
3. _______ the storm, the ship couldn't reach its destination on time.
A. In case of B. In spite of C. Because of D. But for
4. He completely _______ with what I said.
A. accepted B. complained C. agreed D. argued
5. I finished my homework a few days ahead _______ the deadline.
A. of B. to C. by D. at
6. He hurried _______ he wouldn't be late for class.
A. since B. as if C. unless D. so that
7. If she _______ rich, she would travel around the world.
A. would be B. is C. has been D. were
8. Mary was the last applicant _______.
A. to be interviewed B. to be interviewing C. to interview D. to have interviewed
9. Argentina _______ Mexico by one goal to nil in the match.
A. beat B. scored C. won D. knocked
10. There should be no discrimination on _______ of sex, race or religion.
A. fields B. places C. areas D. grounds
11. The cat was _______ to wait for the mouse to come out of its hole.
A. patient enough B. so patient C. enough patient D. too patient
12. I can't find my purse anywhere; I must _______ it at the cinema.
A. leave B. have left C. be leaving D. have been leaving

III. Complete each of the following sentences by choosing the best option
1. English belongs ..... ( from / to/ on) those who use it.
2. Clean air provides us ..... ( for/ at/ with) a healthy supply of oxygen.
3. My brother is very interested ..... ( in / at / with) chess but he is not very good at it.
4. I don’t think he was present ...... ( about/ in/ at) the meeting yesterday.
5. Are you serious ...... ( for/ about/ with) learning to be an architect?
6. She has become very famous ...... (for/ at/ on) her novels.
7. My father often goes to church _____ (with/ at / on) Sundays.
8. Surfing is one way _____ (of / at/ on) spending free time in Australia.
X
ENGLISH PRACTICE 46
Part A: PHONETICS (5 points)

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest in the
same line. (3 pts)
1. A. awful B. show C. wonderful D. drawing
2. A. watched B. cooked C. finished D. managed
3. A. too B. food C. blood D. soon

II. Pick out the word whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest in the same line.
1. A. cover B. injection C. condition D. contact
2. A. weather B. typhoon C. highland D. ladder
Part B: GRAMMAR(10pts)
Put the verbs in the brackets in the correct form/tense
1. John and I……..(be) pen-pals for nearly three years.
2. Don’t make so much noise. I….(study).
3. My sister…..(brush) her teeth twice a day.
4. Nam is living far from his home now. He wishes he ….(visit) his family.
5. To avoid……(reconignize), the film star wore dark glasses.
6. Unless you are more careful, you…..have an accident.
7. If I were….(know) his address, I’d give it to you.
8. My bicycle isn’t here anymore. It……(steal).
9. It suddenly…….(pour) with rain while we (go) to the beach.
Part C: MULTIPLE-CHOICE (10pts)
Choose the best option to complete the sentences below.
1. Listen carefully. I’m going to give you …..advice
A. a few B. some C. few D. little
2. She spoke quietly to him…….nobody else could hear a word.
A. because B. if C. although D. so that
3. How many people took part……the contest?
A. in B. from C. with D. to
4. The bed…..I slept in was very soft.
A. which B. where C. who D. whom
5. Take the number 7 bus and get……at Forest Road.
A. up B. down C. outside D. off
6. I always enjoy…….very much.
A. me B. myself C. mine D. I
7. Could you pass me……parcel next to you?
A. a B. an C. the D. no article
8. Nobody called on the phone,……?
A. did he B. didn’t he C. did they D. didn’t they
9. Helen: “Congratulation!” Jane:- “……..”
A. You are welcome. B. What a pity. C. Thank you. D. I’m sorry.
10. We didn’t……..to the station in time to catch the train.
A. get B. reach C. arrive D. make
Part D: WORD FORMATION (5 pts)
Put the verbs in the brackets in the right form.
1. That company has 2,000 EMPLOY
2. Conservationists………………that we should preserve the tropical rainforests in the word.
BELIEF
3. She is ……..than her elder sister. LAZY
4. He looked at me……………..when I interrupted him. ANGRY
5. The weather was wonderful, so we had a very….holiday PLEASE

Part E: READING (15pts)


I. Read the passage below and choose the best option to fill in the blanks (10pts)
Jeans are very popular with young people all…(1)…the world. Some people say that jeans are the
“Uniform” of……(2) . But they haven’t always been popular. The story of jeans started……(3)…
two hundred years ago. People in Genoa, Italy made pants. The cloth…(4)…in Genoa was called
“jeanos”. The pants were called “jeans”. In 1850, a saleman…(5)…. California began selling pants
made of canvas. His name was Levi Strauss. ……(6)…they were so strong, “Levi’s pants’ became….
(7) with gold miners; farmers and cowboys. Six years……(8)…, Levis began making his pants with
blue cotton…..(9)..called denim. Soon after, factory workers in the United States and Europe began…
(10)……..jeans. Young people usually didn’t wear them.
1. A. in B. on C. over D. about
2. A. youth B. young C. younger D. youngest
3. A. lots B. much C. most D. almost
4. A. make B. makes C. making D. made
5. A. in B. on C. at D. with
6. A. Although B. But C. Because D. So
7. A. famous B. popular C. good D. wonderful
8. A. late B. later C. latest D. last
9. A. cloth B. clothing C. cloths D. clothes
10 A. wear B. wearing C. wore D. worn

II. Read the passage below and choose the best option to complete the sentences (5pts)
Every day of the year throughout the world, about twenty million paper bags and newspapers are
screwed and thrown away.
Making paper requires a lot of wood pulp and the work of millions of workers. Many countries have
had plans to recycle waste paper to save money and labor. In the countries where there is the
cooperation of the public, paper mills recycle as much as sixty percent of waste paper. Their simple
work is to take away newsprint, twelve trees can be saved. We can insist that the more paper people
save, the more trees are preserved.
1…………… is used for making paper.
A. Paper bag B. Newspaper C. Wood pulp D. Waste paper
2. To save money and labor, many countries…………..
A. encourage people to use less paper
B. have plans to recycle waste paper
C. persuade people not to cut down trees
D. make plans to produce pulp
3. How much waste paper do paper mills recycle?
A. 6% B. 16% C. 60% D. 66%
4. The word “it”in line 7 refers to………. .
A. wool pulp B. waste paper C. newsprints D. ink
5. Which of the following sentences is not TRUE?
A. Millions of paper bags are thrown away everyday.
B. making paper requires a lot of labor.
C. One ton of recycled paper saves twelve trees
D. People plant more trees in order to make more paper.

Part F: WRITING (15pts)


I. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same (5pts)
1. “Can you lend me your pen, Jane?, said Peter.
-Peter asked………………………………………
2. She started working as a secretary five years ago.
-She has…………………………………………….
3. We grew those trees ten years ago.
-Those trees………………………………………….
4. No one in the group is younger than Mai.
-Mai is…………………………………………………
5. The luggage is too heavy for her to carry.
-The luggage is so……………………………………….

II. Use the words and phrases below to make complete sentences (5pts)
1. Noise/traffic/prevented/me/go to sleep.
2. My father/use/smoke/when/he/young
3. It/five years/peter and Jane/move/ London
4. His brother/enjoy/fish/lake.
5. you/clean/the glass windows/yet?

III. Rearrange the words to make complete sentences (5pts)


1. I/the/enjoyed/really/firework/displayed/which/on/was/ National Day.
2. the/not free/to/I/so/today/we/can’t/go/beach/am.
3. Jim/ in/ evening/on Monday/Singapore/ arrived
4. you/do/grammar/grammar/exercises/books/should/more/in.
5. why/we/stay/don’t/an/English/with/family?
-------------------------THE END-----------------------------
ENGLISH PRACTICE 47
Question 1: Supply the correct form of verbs in parentheses
1. How you (get) on at school ?
2. Passengers (travel) on this bus bought their tickets in books.
3. There (be) no guests at all since I left.
4. It is crucial that Dido (stop) using Quang Ha.
5. Over the years, She (collect) thousands of stamps.
6. "Where is Jane?" "Down stairs sir" ."She (greet) the guests."
7. It won't be safe to use these stairs until they (repair)
8. I don’t like (treat) as if I (be) a child.
9. They (see) to go out three times a day.
10. I shall never forget (see) her for the first time.
Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences
1. Look! That ............ is going too fast. ( cycle)
2. He's a good ............. He wins all his fights. (box)
3. The hotel .........asked us to register. ( reception)
4. We often end our letters with our ............... ( sign)
5. That company has 2000 ............ (employ)
6. So people are being .............in the surburbs and have to comute to work (house)
7. I ........wrote letter of aplication, but got no reply. (end)
8. I don’t know why they call him a ............. (lie)
9. I live in the ...........part of the country. (south)
10. He suffered from constant ................. ( sleep)
Question 3: Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word
The first impression of this meeting with the leader of the VietNam people was the complete
informality, the warmth and simplicity of it all. President Ho or .....1......Ho as he is ......2..... millions
of people throughout Vietnam had the ability to make one feel .......3......ease from the first moment
and to present the most complex question in a ........4...... .clear words and guestures.In subsequent
meetings with this great personality it is just those qualities of warmth, .......5........and the clarity of
expression ........6......... only comes with the intelligence and complete graps of the subject, which
made the deepest .......7....... Everyone who .......8.....received by president Ho comments ....9........
these characteristics, and above all their feeling of .......10...... immediately "at home" with him

Question 4: a) Express the following sentences in single sentences without altering their meaning.
1. I kept you waiting. I'm sorry. 
2. He had seen the girl somewhere before. He remembered it. 
3. He didn’t say any word and left the house 
4. He wants to become a famous writer. He dreams of it. 
5. It's said that his brother speaks French very well. 
b) Which is the correct answer? a or b?
1.You are not supposed to eat strawberries.
a.No, the doctor told me not to eat cherries.
b. No, the doctor didn’t tel me to eat cherries
2. Do we need to make the package in a hurry?
a. Yes,there is plenty of time.
b. b. Yes, there is little time left
3. Do you have any difficulty in learning English?
a. No, I don’t find English difficult to learn.
b. b. No, it's very difficult for me to learn English.
4. Have you got any shampoo ?
a. Yes, I've just bought it.
b. b. Yes, I've justfinished it.
5. Is life beginning to get him down?
a. Yes, he believes in his future.
b. Yes, he is becoming pessimistic about the future
Question 5:
Choose the correct word in brackets to complete each sentence.
1. Come on! They haven't got ...............( many/ much/ a lot of) time.
2. Could I try ..............( a little/ a few / little) wine?
3. I like Nga and Phuong Anh . They're ...........(so/such) nice people.
4. They've got .............(so/such) much money, they don’t know what to do with it.
5. Are ............( any / any of) those letters for me?
6. I don’t mind if you come in late ..............( unless/ as long as) you come in quietly.
7. She's a very good swimmer. She swims ...........( as/ like) a fish.
8. ..............(As/Like) I said yesterday, I'm thinking of changing my job.
9. Don’t throw that bag away. ..............( when/if) you don’t want it, I'll have it.
10. I have lived in Ha Noi ............( most / most of) my life
Question6: a/ Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions
1. What is Ha Noi famous ...................?
2. He ordered me .........as if I were his wife.
3. Hard work leads ............success.
4. She is not much interested ..............biology ............general
5. She was quick...............finding out things.
b/ Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.
1. Nobody / predict/ what / happen.
2. leave / house / without / say / word.
3. My uncle/ give up/ smoke / one year.
4. The noise / the traffice/ prevented /me/ go to sleep/
Question 7: Rewrite the following sentences, beginning each sentences with the cues
1. She cant get into the habit of studying everyevening.
she cant get used...............................
2. He said: `` We must have a party to celebrate this``
He said that ...........................
3. He borrowed my book, but he forgot to return it.
I .......................................
4. No decision has been made yet.
Nothing..........................
5. The arrival time of Hellen's flight is 8.00
Hellen's flight ............................................
6. The snow fall was so heavy that all the trains had to be cancelled.
So ...............................
7. Oh no! My wallet is missing.
Oh no! I have.............................................
8. The station clock showed half past ten
According .....................................
9. I'm on the tenth page of the letter I'm writing
So far I ....................................
10.This is my second visit to Vietnam
This is the second.....................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 48
Question 1: Supply the correct form of verbs in parentheses
1. He doesn't like (treat) as if he (be) a child.
2. It won’t be safe to use these stairs until they (repair)
3. What do you think the children (do) when we get home?
4. I will ring the bell one more. if he (not answer),I think he must( go) out
5. I am sorry about the noise last night. We (have) a party.
6. I’d rather (live) in Ancient Greece than Ancient Rome
7. The man who (rescue) had been in the sea for ten hours.
8. I shall never forget (see) her for the first time.

Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences
1. What a very .............old man he is! (learn)
2. That's the most ..........film I've seen. (fright)
3. This bottle contains a ..................poison (die)
4. The old hotel we used to stay at has been ....................
(modern)
5. Conservationists belive that we should preserve the ......rainforests in the world. ( tropic)
6. The little village is very quiet and .............at night. (peace)
7. Being ..............., my mother forbids me to wear short skirts or sleeveless shirts (tradition)
8. Make sure that you ...........the electricity before you start mending this light switch ( connect)
9. After the explosion, only two people were left ....... (live)
10. Her husband's death made her life ........... (mean)

Question 3: Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word


Cartoon films have very ..1... limits. If you can draw something, you can ...2... it move on the cinema
screen. The use .....3... new ideas and advanced computer programs means that cartoons are becoming
exciting again for people of ...4.. ages.
By the ...5.. of the 1970s, the cinema world had decided that, cartoons were only for children.
But soon..6.., one or two directors had some orginal new ideas. They proved that it was possible to
make films in which both adults and children could ....7.. the fun.
However, not ...8... cartoon film was successful. The Black Cauldron, for example, failed, mainly
because it was too ...9..... for children and too childish for adults. Directors learnt from this ..10....,
and the film companies began to make large amounts of money again.
Question 4: a) Combine these pair of sentences into one.
1. I've lost my ticket. It cost five pounds.
2. I gave you some money. Where is it?
3. She told a story. I didn’t believe it.
4. Do you know that girl? Tom is talking to her.
5. The man is a famous doctor. His son is my classmate.
6. Hoankiem lake is a historical place. Its water is always blue.

b/ What do these things imply? a or b?


1. We're supposed to go
a. We might not go
b. We're definitely going
2. I really appreciate your staying.
a. You've decided to stay
b. You might stay.
3. Would you mind if I opened the window?
a. You have opened the window already.
b. You havent opened the window yet.
4. I have a report to write.
a. I 'm going to write a report.
b. Someone else already wrote the report.
Question 5:
a/ Put the words in order so as to make up correct sentences.
1. you / blackboard/ want/ clean/ I / to /the.
2. your/ a/ has/ collection / been/ brother / given/ of/ postcards/ beautiful/
3. on / September / begins / 1st / year/ the / school / new / usually
4. remembered/ Vietnam/ he/ to / trip/ his.
b) Put in like or as.
1. I'm afraid I can't meet you on Sunday .............we arranged.
2. I wish I had a car ............yours.
3. ............his father, Minh has a very good voice.
4. Suddenly there was a terrible noise. It was ..............a bomb exploding.
5. I think I preferred this room ..............it was, before we decorated it.
6. We met John last night. He was very cheerful, .............always.

Question 6: Rewrite the following sentences, beginning each sentences with the cues
1. I asked the receptionist to wake me up at 6.30 the following morning.
" Please ................ ''
2. He is a man of extreme honesty.
He is an...........................................
3.It was a mistake of me to spend a lot of money on clothe
I shouldn’t.......................
4.The car was so rusty that it couldn’t be repaired
The car was too...................................
5. People did not discover AIDS until 1981.
Not until...............................................
6.There were many people on the way. We couldn't drive on .
There were so ....................
7.Phong wishes he hadn't bought that cheap television set.
Phong regrets .......................
8. Hard work is the secret of passing your exam
So long as.............................
9.He was a fool to say that
It is.........................................
10.Living in the city is exciting
Some people find ..............................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 49
Question 1: Supply the correct form of verbs in parentheses
1. I could tell at a glance that the pile of letters on my desk (disturb) while I (be) out.
2. He never fails (arrive) in time to help me.
3. It is nearly autumn, soon the leaves (change) colour.
4. The children were frightened because the lights suddently (go) out and they (sit) in the dark.
5. Quick! There(be) an accident. Phone the hospital. The accident (happen) when that red car (shoot)
out of the side street without warning.
6. On the way to Hai Phong I stopped ( have) a cup of coffee at a roadside restaurant and when I came
it ( stop) (rain).
Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences
1. He was ..............when he did the test badly (hope)
2. He has great ............in God (believe)
3. “Look after your mother”, were his ............words (die)
4. The ........of that little girl makes the room more pleasant. (present)
5. ........was one of three problems facing the Vietnamese government after the August Revolution
in 1945. ( literacy)
6. She got a.........letter from her boss ( person)
7. The .........wanted to interview all of us. ( detect)
8. If you are a ........., you have to work hard. ( science)
9. If you are not too busy, I could do with some ............... (assist)
10. It is very ........ to live in a damproom. ( health )
Question 3: Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word
For many young people sport is a popular part of school life and ...1.... in one of the school teams
and playing in matches is very important. ...2..... someone is in a team it means a lot of extra practice
and often spending a Saturday or Sunday away ...3.. home, as many matches are played then.
It ...4.... also involve travelling to other towns to play agaist other school teams and then ...5.. on after
the match for a meal or a drink. Sometimes parents,friends or other students will travel with the team
to support ..6... own side.
When a school team wins a match it is the whole school which feels proud, 7.......only the players. It
can also mean that a school ...8.....well-known for being good at certain sports and pupils from that
school may end up playing ....9....national and international teams so that the school has really ...10...
names associated with it.
Question 4:
a) Which sentence (a,b or c) may be the most natural and logical continuation of the
passage?

2. When I first tried to get into the movies, I was worried and scared. I had just come from India
and I didn’t know anyone in Wilmington where I was trying to get a job.
a) I saw a few producers but non of them hired me.
b) I know what it means to live in houses without a bathroom or running water
c) For two weeks I lived on nothing but crackers and water.
3. Another popular way of celebrating the New Year in England is to go a New Year's dance.
Most hotels and dance-halls hold a special dance on New Year' Eve. The hall is decorated.
a) There are several different bands and the atmosphere is very festive.
b) At midnight the radio is turned on so that everyone can hear the chimes of Big Ben.
c) In Piccadilly Circus crowds gather and sing to welcome the New Year.

b) Which is the correct answer a or b


1. Why are you getting rid of that?
a- because I don’t need it b- because I need it.
2. Do you have the day - off?
a- No, I don’t have to work at all b- No, I have to work after all.
3. Is it O.K to smoke in here?
a- No, you are not supposed to b- No, you don’t have to.
4. Are you going to go to work?
a- No, if I have to. b- No, unless I have to.
5. Do you have any difficulty in learning English?
a. No, I don’t find English difficult to learn. b. No, it's very difficult for me to learn English.
6. Have you got any shampoo ?
a. Yes, I've just bought it. b. Yes, I've just finished it.

Question 5: a/ Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.
1. I/ apologise/ him/ not able/ arrive/ on time.
2. My uncle/ give up/ smoke / one year.
3. Look! / sun / set / mountains
4.In my life/ I / never be/ Pac Bo Cave.
b/ Combine these pairs of sentences into one.
1. Polly didn’t do her homework. She forgot
2. I once met Mrs Trang Anh. I'll always remember it.
3. What about painting the shelves? But he didn’t mean it.
4. The driver wanted to buy some cigarettes. So he stopped.
5. The room is painted yellow. Nobody has slept in the room for years.
6. She invited me to dinner. It was very kind of her.
Question 6: Rewrite the following sentences, beginning each sentences with the cues
1. The remark was so unexpected that she didnt know what to say.
It was.....
2. You're the worst guitarist in the world.
Noone........................
3. it was waste of time to write that letter.
I neednt ............................
4. Although the fish appears to be harmless, it is quite dangeruos.
Contrary........
5. He didnt remember anything about it, and neither did she.
he forgot........
6. I wish I had applied for that job.
It is a ..................
7. As I didnt know all the facts I rang the police.
If ......................................
8. She didnt work hard enough, so she lost the job.
The reason........................
9. "You can leave early" Mr Minh said to Hai
Mr Minh .....................
10.I have no advice, which I can offer you.
I have no .......................................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 50
Question 1: Supply the correct form of verbs in parentheses
1. The man (teach) in this school since 1985. Before he (come) here, he (live) in Hue. Now he
(live) in the suburbs and (come) to school everyday on his bicycle.
2. A great deal of time (be) spent for his exercise.
3. We want (pay) better wages.
4. We don’t enjoy (use) as cheap labour.
5. -I remember (lock) the door of the car because the key (be) wet and dirty when I (drop) it in the
street.
6. Nga assured him she (finish) it by 11.

Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences
1. He is looking ..............thinner ( appreciate)
2. It was a complete .............due to poor planning (fail)
3. The police were given ...........information about the crime. (lead)
4. They had a very happy ..................... (marry)
5. What a lovely painting! your daughter must be very ......., Mrs Green. (art)
6. Great talkers are never great ............ (do)
7. Women nowadays have more ..........to participate in social activities (free)
8. We often end our letters with our ............... ( sign)
Question 3: Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word or phrase
Many hundred years ....1....there were many villages and few towns in England. The villagers like to
go into the forests and the fields when spring came. On the first Sunday of May they usually took a
tree back ....2..... them and put it ...3.... the village.
The children danced round it and the men and women ...4....... games around it.
Later the international working class made the first of May the day of .....5......
The first May Day was ...6...... in England in 1890 when the workers decided to fight for an eight-
hour working day and an end to the very long hours that they worked.
In London, the workers........7..... from all places to a ......8.....in Hyde Park. This
demonstration .........9...their unity and solidarity.
After that, May Day in England was usually celebrated on the Sunday nearest to the first day of the
month.
There ....10..... many large May Day demonstrations . The working people showed on those days their
solidarity with the progressive people in other countries.

Question 4:
a) Express the following sentences in single sentences without altering their meaning.
1. She spent the weekend at the seaside. She enjoyed it. 
2. I have to get up early in the morning and I'm used to it. 
3. She went to the library. She wanted to read books there. 
4. She was disturbed by his silly questions. She disliked it 
b/ Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions
1. What is Ha Noi famous ...................?
2. May I have a look ..............it?
3. I'm sick ........doing things for you
4. He ordered me .........as if I were his wife.
5. Some words are difficult to translate ..........one language ...........another.
Question 5:
a- Choose the correct word in brackets to complete each sentence.
1. He doesn't have .............(much/many) money.
2. There are ..........(fewer/less) students in this room than in the next room.
3. There is too..........(many/much) bad news on television tonight.
4. Would you like ............( less/fewer) coffee than this?
5. Two years .........(is/are) a long time to wait
6. What he told you ...........(seem/seems) to be of importance.
7. Bread and butter ...........(is/are) what she asks for.
8. ...........(A number of/ The number of) students are going to the class picnic.
9. ............( A number of/ The number of) days in a week is seven.
10.A .........(few/little) people left early.

Question 6: Do as directed
1. My friend had excellent ideas. He did a good job,too.
(join into one sentence, using not only.....but...as well )
2. His explanation is not clear. The examples he gives are not clear.
( join into one sentence, using : neither...............nor)
3. People say that the price of gold is going up.
( change into passive voise.)
4. He asked me: "When will you give this book back to me?"
( change into Reported speech)
5. Seldom did people travel far from home years ago.
(Use the ordinary word order)
6. He was given a gift. So were you.
( Join into one sentence, using "as well")
7. You may be intelligent, but you should be careful about this
( start with "No matter........"
8. He made a great discovery. He was very proud of it.
( Combine into one sentence)
9. Lan found it difficult to accept the situation.
( rewrite with: difficulty)
10.The farmers had applied new technology in their fields. The output of rice was raised.
(Combine with: Thanks to ...........which............)
ENGLISH PRACTICE 51
Question 1: Supply the correct form of verbs in parentheses
1. I cant help (feel) sorry for the hungry children. If only there (be) peace in the world.
2. An eyewitness described how ten people (kill) in the fire.
3. Iam sure the letter wont arrive in time unless it (send) by air
4. Since his death she (not have) the heart to wear it, but she (not like) to sell it.
5. The thief (arrest) as he (leave) the bank.
6. The uneaten breakfast was still on the table. She (call) away in a hurry.
7. I (work) in this office for ten years by Christmas.
8. The vase (break) when it (move) to the other room.

Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences
1. That kind of ...........does that pie have? (pleasant)
2. I`d love to come to your party but, ............, I have to go somewhere else (fortune)
3. Travelling in big cities becoming more .............everyday (trouble)
4. .............is a very serious problem in many countries (employ)
5. he is so ...............! No wonder he has no friends. ( agree)
6. We are selling these toys at a very ...............price (compete)
7. Nowadays ............numbers of people are taking up jogging (increase)
8. He is ..........active in spite of his old age. ( wonder)
9. He spoke English fluently but with some ..............mistakes ( grammar)
10. They are living in a ..............countryside. (mountain

Question 3: Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word


Speech is one of the most important ...1... of communicating. It consists of far more than just making
noises. To talk and also to be ...2... by other people, we have to speak a language, that is , we have to
use combinations of ...3.... that everyone agrees stand for particular object or idea. Communication
would be impossible if everyone made up their own language.
Learning a language properly is very ...4..... The basic ...5.... of English is not very large, and only
about 2000 words are needed to speak it quite ...6.... But the more words you know, the more idea
you can ...7..... and the more presise you can be about their exact meaning.
Words are the ...8.....thing we use incommunicating what we want to say. The way we ....9... the
words is also very important. Our tone of voice can express many emotions and ...10....whether we
are pleased or angry, for instance.

Question 4:
a) Choose the correct word in brackets to complete each sentence.
1. He had so ............( many/ a lot of/ much) things to do.
2. The mixture looks rather dry. May be you should add ........(a few/ a little / little) water.
3. We're having a big party. We've invited ..........( a lot of / many / much) friends.
4. I feel really tired. I havent got ..............( many/ much/ a lot of) energy.
5. He quickly put ...........( a few / a little/ few )things into a bag.
6. Could I try ...............( a little / a few / little wine?
7. Come on! We havent got .............(many/ much / a lot of) time?
8. The school year has just begun. The children havent had .........( much/ many / a lot of) lessons
yet.
b) Fill in the blanks with "Of " if necessary.
1. All ...........cars have weels.
2. None .............this money is mine.
3. Some ...........people get angry very easily.
4. Some ...........the people I met at the party were very interesting.
5. I have lived in HaNoi most ............my life.
6. Many ...........people watch too much TV
7. Are any ..............those letters for me?
8. Most ........days I get up before 7 o'clock.
Question 5:
a/ Put the parts of the sentences below into the correct order.
1. letter/ has/ the/ given / a / come/ and/ me/ postman/ just.
2. get/ the/ comes/ train/ the / to/ we/ station/ will / before.
3. that/ needs/ I work/ to / Ann/ think / harder.
4. as / you / tell /I / do.
5. it/ do/ him/ let/ alone.
6. tie / don’t / my / on / sit.
7. off/ stop / next / the / get / at.
8. him / knows / ask / the / if / professor/ he.

b/ correct mistakes in the following sentences


1. They had rather have their clothes ioned by a maid
2. There have been little rain this summer
3. I am very happy to work by these machines
4. She talks as if she knows everything

Question 6: Rewrite the following sentences, beginning each sentences with the cues
1 . It's extremely difficult for us to make ends meet these days.
 We find.................................
2. The only thing they didn’t steal was the television

 They stole..................
3. Patience is the key to success in life.

 As long as you are..........................


4. The heat was such that I nearly fainted.

 It was ...................................
5.Everyone heard about the accident before I did.

 I was...................
6. We 've run out of tea.

 There .....................................
7. Are you against working on Sunday?

 Do you object...................................?
8. I have to write six letters today.

 There are...........................................
9. people always laugh at his funny face. He doesn't like it.
 He dislikes...............................
10. I seldom come there at night.

 Seldom...................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 52
Question 1: Supply the correct form of verbs in parentheses
1. The radio (play) since 7 a.m. I wish someone would turn it off.
2. (call), the milkmaid went to see the farmer.
3. She (be) here but she (go) down with flu
4. I was just about (leave) the office when the phone rang.
5. She was breathing fast and deep, as if she (run)
6. Listen to this ! I think this news (surprise) you.
7. Dont talk to me. I (try) to learn this page by heart.
8. Dont be upset. I (understand) perfectly
9. Wood usually (float) on water.
Question 2: Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word
The world's oceans are so vast that they can cope with the present levels of pollution. However,
little ...1..... known about the long-term effects .......2....such slow poisoning. The most
serious ...3.......of modern time is that man is destroying the earth's natural resources and transforming
huge areas into wasteland. As .......4..... result, it is becoming very .......5.... to grow enough to feed the
world's rapidly increasing.....6..... A way of protecting all the wildlife on the earth must
also ........7......found as many species are in ....8... of disappearing completely from the face of the
earth. The dangers, however, are not confined solely to the land and the sea. The smoke in the
atmosphere, ......9.. . example, is increasing....10...... much that the amount of sunlight has been
reduced in many cities. Man's whole environment is being changed in a serious way.
Question 3: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences
1. The ring was not valuable; in fact it was almost................. (worth)
2. I ...........this morning, and was late for school (sleep)
3. The water in this lake is rather ................, like sea water. ( salt)
4. Put the ice-cream in the................., please. ( freeze)
5. She is a ..............of theatre programme ( collect)
6. Use a bigger screwdriver to ............this crew (tight)
7. Bad planning leads to .............later. (difficult)
8. Nam had eaten so much that he had to ..............his belt (loose)
9. There is a ..................of fruits in Viet Nam ( vary)
10. During his speech, he kept on ............his tie. ( straight)
Question 4: a) Express the following sentences in single sentences without altering their meaning.
1. In the pubs nearby everyone drinks beer. Most pubs, in fact, have piano and on Saturday night the
customers may well gather round it and sing.
a. They buy drnks for the planist.
b. The songs they sing are the same all over England.
c. Songs from the 1914 War are easy to learn.
2.There are many arguments for and against television. The poor quality of its programmes is often
criticized. It is undoubtedly a great comfort to lonely elderly people. And does it corrupt or instruct
our children? I think that we must realize that television in itself is neither good nor bad.
a. Television now plays an important part in our lives.
b. Television keeps us informed about current events allows us to follow the latest
developments in science and politics.
c. It is the uses to which television is put that determines its values to society
3. Spring is the season of hope and happiness. I like it. It's the most agreeable of all the seasons and
there is nothing like a bright spring day, when you can take a walk in the fields or forests.
a. The collective farmers are especially busy in spring.
b. Spring is the golden time of the year for gardeners.
c. How wonderful it is to breathe fresh air and to listen to the birds' songs!
4. I like winter weather, especially when snow is falling in huge flakes. There is snow everywhere.
The fields and forests are all white. Winter is a good time for sport and there is hardly a more pleasant
pastime than skating or skiing.
a. However nobody is sorry when winter is over.
b. People who like skiing do it most of the time.
c. The falling snow strikes against the face.
b/ Put the parts of the sentences below into the correct order.
1. any / come / but / Sunday / day.
2. phone/ there/ our/ be/ must / wrong/ something / with
3. sad/ wants/ why/ so/ he/ were/ you/to/ looking/ know.
4. his/ farm/ Mrs brown/ father / asked/ help/ to/ Peter/ the/ on
5. through/ often/ the/ she/ park/ does/ walk/?
6. she/ what/ all/ time/ about/ talking/ that/ was/?
Question 5: a) Put in like or as.
1. It's raining again. I hate weather ............this.
2. Trung failed her driving test ............she expected.
3. Do you think Carol looks ..............her mother?
4. He really gets on my nerves. I can't stand people ............him.
5. Why didn’t you do it ...............I told you to do it.?
6. ..............I said yesterday, I'm thinking of changing my job.
7. I'll phone you tomorrow ...............usual, OK?
8. This tea is awful. It tastes ...........water.
9. Your English is very fluent . I wish I could speak ...........you.
10. Don’t take my advice if you don’t want to. You can do .............you like.
b/ Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions
1. We learn a lot .................the year we live in Orient.
2. How did you get .............the ocean?
3. I didn’t pay much attention ................his lecture.
4. The country has been ................four different flags.
5. Write ......ink. and put your name ............the top of the page.
6. I object ..........being keft waiting. Why cant you be .........time?
7. She began her indefendent life ...............the age ..............twenty.
Question 6: Rewrite the following sentences, beginning each sentences with the cues
1. No matter how hard I tried, I couldnt open the door.
--> Try...........................
2. The police let him leave after They had questioned him -
> He was..........................
3. We have a six o'clock deadline for this work
-> This work..........................
4. He is so stupid that he cant remember his lessons
-> So.........................................
5. My boss works better when he's pressed for time
-> The less....................................
6. They had such a fierce dog that nobody would visit them
-> So fierce.............................
7. I didnt see her for five years.
--> Five years................................................
8. Everyday, it's the same old routin in my job.
-> Day in .............................................
9. They were married in the summer of 1999
-> Their wedding.......................................
10. She was not only bad-tempered but very lazy
-> As well................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 53
Question 1: Supply the correct form of verbs in parentheses
1. I sat down at the desk and (wonder) why my father's letter (not arrive) yet. I(write) to ask him to
send me some money at once.
2. All the tickets (sell) out by the time we arrived at the theatre.
3. For the last three years I (spend) everyminute of my life on this problem.
4.This palace (say)(build) in three years.
5.There (be) no guests at all since I left.
6.I (wait) for you at the hotel at midday tomorrow.
7.Hello, Mary. The party last night was great. You should (come)
Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences
1. I would like to book a ...............to Hong Kong (fly)
2. Please make your .................at the counter over there. ( pay)
3. He is a very ...............carpenter (skill)
4. ...............He failed the final exam. (luck)
5. There was a look of .............on her face. (sad)
6. She's very ........You never know whether she's going to be in a good or bad mood( predict)
7. I enjoyed the book very much, because it was so ........... (read)
8. The .........of the new guest caused trouble to my aunt. (arrive)
Question 3: Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word in the following dialogue
Judy: Shall we go to the party tonight?
Lisa: (1)..............is giving a party?
Judy: Suan. You know her, (2)............you?
Lisa: I'm (3) ............sure. Has she got long dark hair?
Judy: Yes, she (4) .......... . And she's quite tall. (5) .......... you spoken to her?
Lisa: No, I don’t think (6) ......... But I know who you mean. There are two sisters, Susan and Janet.
They're twins, aren't (7)...........?
Judy: Yes, that's right.
Lisa: (8)...........one is Susan?
Judy: Oh, I (9)...............know.They both look the same. I can't always tell them apart.
Lisa: No, (10) ..........can I. In any case, I havent been invited to the party.
Judy: That (11)............matter.
Lisa: OK. (12) .............go to it then, shall we?

Question 4:
a) Express the following sentences in single sentences without altering their meaning.
1. It's said that his brother speaks French very well. 
2. He was short of money. He had to borrow some from a friend. 
3. She was playing the piano in the next room. I could hear it.
4. He had stolen a gold watch. He was sent to prison. 
5. She came home early so that she might have plenty of time to cook dinner. 

b/ Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.
1. It/ rain /./ I’d like / stay here / until / rain / stop.
2. After / I / entered / house / it / to rain.
3. Difficult/ get/ touch/ manager/ company.
4. I / be/ sure / he/ tell / truth/; he / never / tell / lie / life
5. He/ bound / say / thank you/ the nurses.

Question 5: a) Circle the letter of the underlined portion which is not correct.
1. These televisions are all too expensive for we to buy at this time, but perhaps we will return
later.
A B C D
2. After George had returned to his house, he was reading a book
A B C D
3. George has not completed the assignment yet, and Maria hasn’t neither.
A B C D
4. There's a new Oriental restaurant in town, isn't it?
A B C D
5. Nam seldom pays his bills on time, and his brother does too.
A B C D
b) Put in the blanks with "so" , "such" "such a"
1. They have got ..............much money, they don’t know what to do with it.
2. It was ..........boring film that I fell asleep while I was watching it.
3. It was a great holiday. We had ............a good time
4. I can't decide what to do. It's ..............problem
5. I have to go. I didn’t realise it was .............late.

Question 6: Rewrite the following sentences, beginning each sentences with the cues
1.I'd rather you didn't tell him anything about that
Please ................................................
2.I'm sure it was Tom who cleared everything up
Tom must ...................................................................
3. Is this the only way to reach the city centre?
Isn't there ............................................................
4. Provided that you leave an address we will be able to contact you
Unless..................
5.It is said that he died by his own hand
He is...................................................
6. Eighteen people came although we had expected only sixteen
Two extra .....................
7. You donot have to pay for elementary education in Viet Nam.
Elementary education ............................
8.I am absolutaly sure that they werent playing in this weather.
They cant ...................
9. He is so stupid that he cant remember his lessons
So.........................................
10. It seems that no one predicted the correct result
Noone.....................

ENGLISH PRACTICE 54
Question 1: Fill in the gaps with the correct forms of the verbs:
be, become, change, come, decide, not do go, have, live, move, stay, stop, tell, wait, not write;
Dear Linda,
I'm sorry I ......1.....to you for so long, but I ...2... very busy lately. All last month I ...3...exams,
and I ..4...anything else but study for ages. Anyway, I ...5..studying now, and I ...6...for my exam
results.
As you can see from the letter, I ...7.... my address and ...8... in Croydon now. I ...9... that I wanted
a change from centred London because it ...10.... so expensive. A friend of mine ...11.. me about this
flat, and I ....12... here about two months ago. When you ...13....to London this summer please visit
me. I ..14....here until the middle of August then I ...15......on holiday to Scotland.

Question 2: use the correct form of these words in brackets


1. .............is a very serious problem in many countries (employ)
2.She always listens............to what she is told (attention)
3.I am afraid you have ............ me because that is not what I meant (understand)
4.She had a .........of joy when hearing his steps outside ( feel)
5.Some .............singers earn a lot of money. ( profession)
6.Put the ice-cream in the................., please. ( freeze)
7. Do you think that man with a gun is a ............ (rob)
8. He spoke English fluently but with some ..............mistakes ( grammar)

Question 3: Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word


A doctor ....1..... worked in a village was very annoyed because many people used to
stop him in the street and asked for his ...2..... In this way, he was never .....3...... for his service
and he never managed to earn much ........4..... . He made up his ....5... to put an end to this.
One .........6...... , he was stopped .......7... a young man who said to him "Oh, doctor, I've got severe
pain in my left side". The doctor pretended to be interested and ......8.. ....."Shut your eyes and
open your mouth". Then he went away, leaving the .....9..... standing in the street with his
mouth........10...... and a large crowd of people laughing at him.

Question 4: Choose the correct word to complete the sentences.


1. She had to do the shopping for her neighbour,...............she ?
a.didn’t b. does c. hadn't d. isn't
2. I suggest Andrea ..........in touch with the organisers.
a.should get b. getting c. to get d. should getting
3. There are some reports .............now.
a. typing b.that should type c. to type d. need to be typed
4. Mary doesn't have ...........money in her purse. It's just enough for a light reakfast.
a.some b.any c.much d.non
5. All my life I ..........after my home and children
a. looked b. will look c. look d. have looked
6. You hardly ever believe him and ................
a.so do I b. neither do I c. I do either d. I believe him)
7. My husband often does ..........with people from Japan.
a.business b. economy c.affairs d.finances
8. In order to buy his house he had to obtain a large .........from his bank.
a. loan b. finance c. capital d.dedt

9..........tired, I went to bed early.


a. To feel b. Felt c. Feeling d. Having
10.Listen to what I am saying .................?
a, don't you b, will you . c., do you d, are you

Question 5: a/ Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions.


Yesterday we went shopping (1)....... the morning. (2) ........10 o'clock, we felt tired, so we had some
drink in a cafe. We had lunch (3).......12 o'clock, and (4) ........the afternoon we stayed at home.
(5) .......the evening we went to the cinema, and I got to bed (6) ........11 o'clock. After breakfast
(7) ... ..........this morning we hired bikes and biked round Brighton. We're having a rest now, but
(8).........this evening we're going (9)........a concert, which begins (10).........8.30.

b) fill in each of the blanks with " a, an, the " if necessary
1. I have......big supper, I can't sleep at.....night.
2. Summer is....warmest season but........summer of 1971 was unusually cool.
3. Love of money is......root of all evil.
4. ........statue of liberty war a gift of frendship from France to .........United States.

Question 6: Rewrite the following sentences, beginning each sentences with the cues
1. I would do anything for you
There is ................................................
2. The film was so funny that I burst out laughing.
It was ..........................................................
3. Why didn't I think of that before ?
I should........
4.The news of her son’s death was a great shock to her
The news that...................
5.She asked John how he liked her new dress.
"How..................................."
6.Women in developed countries no longer bear many children
No longer ...............................
7."Have you done this sorts of work before" She asked me
She asked me .........................
8.Unless you save some money, you will never be able to buy a car.
Provided................................
9. They had such a fierce dog that nobody would visit them
So fierce.............................
10. I didnt see her for five years.
Five years................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 55
Question 1: Supply the correct form of verbs in parentheses
1. By the end of this week my illness (cost) me $ 100
2. I(be) not able to join them in the bicycle ride into the country. I (lend) John my bike the day before.
3.Coming up to the desk he(take) the key that (leave) there by the doorman and (start) up the stairs to
his room. Inside he (find) that the letters (be) not where he (leave) them. His room (break) in while
he was out.
4.Writing many letters (make) her happy.
5.He (work) on the report when you (arrive) this afternoon
6. I know, but I can't help ( have) a cup of tea afer dinner. It is one of my greatest pleasures since
I quit (smoke).

Question 2: use the correct form of these words in brackets


1. May I borrow your........................? (calculate)
2. Not long ago, I was introduced to a famous .................... (art)
3. The.............of his wife was a great blow to him. ( lose)
4. She has been worn down by ....................and illness. (poor)
5. The plane arrived .............after a violent storm. ( safe)
6. Many people find it ...................to advertise. (waste)
7. Our pupils are raising money for the............... (poor)
8. ..........hunters are killing many elephants for their ivory. (legal)
9. It was the actor's finest ......................... (perform)
10. He's the ...............of this machine. ( invent)

Question 3: Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word


Many people nowadays have to .......1......false teeth when they are middle-aged. Since the beginning
of this century, ......2.... decay has greatly increased. The amount of sugar .......3......our food has also
increased. Doctors and dentists now know that ....4....... is the main .....5..... of tooth ....6...... Eskimos'
teeth, for example, started to decay .......7.. they began to eat sweeter food.
Long ago doctors did not like to treat people's teeth. Hairdressers and blacksmiths looked ...8.....
people's teeth and pulled them ......9... when they decayed. Some people thought toothache was a
punishment ....10....... the gods.

Question 4: a/ Complete these tag questions


1. I'm right,....................?
2. They had to do it,.........................?
3. Nobody died in that accidents, ....................?
4. Don’t tell him about this, ...................?
5. Let's have a picnic on the beach , ..................?
6. Noone took him back his hotel,........................?

b/ Put the words in order so as to make up correct sentences.


1. a rule/ o' clock / eight / as / he / at / up / gets.
2. he / ten / ready / minutes / breakfast / in / for / is.
3. the/ stands / on / Thames/ London/ two/ equal / it / into / divides/ which / parts.
4. phone/ there/ our/ be/ must / wrong/ something / with

Question 5: Fill in the blanks with a suitable word provided below:


Few a few no many much
a lot most all a little none
In Sweden there is only ....1..... cigarette advertising because the government has been successful in
preventing ..2.........cigarette advertisements. Although there are ...3...... cigarette advertisements in
magazines (but not many), there are ........4..... cigarette advertisements at all in cinemas and
also ........5...... on the radio and television.
In Britain and United States .....6.....of cigarette advertisements show beautiful girls and handsome
men smoking cigarettes. In spite of attempts to stop people smoking, there are even more
advertisements than before.
In Sweden, however, there must be ......7.... people in cigarette advertisements. The Swedish
government wants as ........8...... people as possible to give up smoking. It tells people that ......9......
smokers usually die at a ...10........earlier age than non-smokers.

b) Combine the sentences as directed.


1. Lan has a nice voice. Everybody likes it. ( such .....that)
2. In spite of all our careful plans, a lot of things went wrong (although)
3. Arthur is not in class today. He is ill (because of)
4. I need to get apart time job. I want to earn some money for my school expenses ( in order to)
5. The air is too polluted for us to breath. (so....that)

Question 6: Rewrite the following sentences, beginning each sentences with the cues
1. No matter how hard I tried, I couldnt open the door.
Try...........................
2. Nobody helped me to do this
I.......................................
3. She didnt work hard enough, so she lost the job.
The reason........................
4.What he does is not acceptable.
Nobody ...................................
5. I would love to live in Paris for a year
If only.............................................
6..Nobody can deny that she is nice.
It cant ......................................................
7. His passport was nowhere to be found.
Noone.....................................
8.A train leaves at 8 o`clock everymorning
There is.................................
9. Rich as he was, he never helped the poor.
No.....................
10. What's the weight of your suitcase?
How.....................................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 56
III Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others
( 5pts )
1. A. seat B. head C. meat D. feed
2. A. watches B. washes C. clauses D. likes
3. A. naked B. smoked C. stopped D. missed
4. A. machine  B. inspiration  C. exchange  D. Champagne
5. A. box B. students C, books D. picks
IV Pick out ONE best option ( A,B,C or D ) to complete each of the following sentences: (15 pts )
1. Do very young children really………foreign travel ?
A. appreciate B. benefit C. delight D. evaluate
2. One way of cutting down waste is to…….such things as glass and paper.
A. repeat B. renew C. recycle D. redirect
3. The local wine is rough, but you soon……a taste for it.
A. receive B. acquire C. accept D. adopt
4. Computer technology will bring……..a revolution in business administration.
A. over B. across C. up D. about
5. ……..the cold climate, the tourists set out very early.
A. Although B. Despite C. Even though D. In spite
6. ……..that boy my younger brother, I would give him a lesson .
A. Were B. Even if C. In case D. Since
7. During her last trip to England, Lan…….her homework and housework.
A. had not to do B. would not have to do
C. did not have to do D. had not done
8. Mrs Dawson told her son……..wine and beer. He was too young.
A. not to drink B. not drink C. that to drink D. that not to drink
9. It's a good idea to see your doctor regularly for ................... .
A. a revision B. a control C. an investiagation D. a check-up
10. There is a fault at our television station. Please do not .................... your television set.
A. change B. adjust C. repair D. switch
11. My brother won’t come home _______ 10 p.m.
A. until B. to C. than D. in
12. This test must _______ carefully.
A. be B. do C. be done D. be to do
13. She said that she_______ you some day.
A. had visited B. has visited C. will visit D. would visit
14. I had no money, ....... I couldn’t buy my mother a present.
A. though B. so C. because D. even though
15. Sunday is a day....... so everybody is free from work or study .
A. on B. of C. off D. out
V. The sentences below have four underlined words or phrases A, B , C or D. Identify an error
in each sentence.( 10 points)
1. The company has so little money that it can’t hardly operate anymore.
A B C D
2. The students seemed very nervously before the final exam .
A B C D
3. We don’t allow passengers smoking in this part of the building .
A B C D
4. When he was a college student, he learned to play tennis, to ski, and swimming.
A B C D
5. . The book writing by Jack London is very popular in the world
A B C D
VI. Choose the item (A, B, C or D) that best fills the blank spaces: ( 30 points)
The next generation of telephone users will probably laugh (1)………………. we explain how we
used to stand next to a wall in the kitchen to (2)………………..…. a phone call. Mobile
communications, already highly ( 3 ) ………………………….compared with a decade ago, will
completely change communications in the next few years. (4)…………………….. there are millions
of people using mobile phones, most people know (5)……………….. about the mobile
telecommunications industry and its ( 6 ) …………………………..
There are three types of mobile phone. These are hand portables, pocket-sized hand portables and
transportables. The smallest and most popular are the pocket-sized hand portables. These work on ( 7
) …………………………..…….batteries, which allow an (8)………..……………….…………… of
up to 80 minutes' conversation. Mobiles that are fitted ( 9 ) ……………………………………in a
vehicle do not (10)………………………. on separate batteries. They require an external aerial on the
vehicle. This can mean a stronger signal with clearer (11)…………………………………
Transportables have a high power ( 12 ) …………………..and can be used (13)
………………………….. anywhere. They come with powerful battery packs for longer, continuous
use and may also be put (14)……………………………….. a vehicle, using its electrics. They (15)
…………………………………….. to be bulkier than hand portables.
1. A. unless B. when C. while D. whether
2. A. make B. give C. take D. do
3. A. modern B. advanced C. proud D. well
4. A. In addition B. Because C. As a result D. Although
5. A. little B. some C. few D. lots
6. A. convenience B. technology C. fame D. reputation
7. A. reduced B, relax C. rechargeable D. repeat
8. A. amount B. account C. activity D. average
9. A. over B. well C. carefully D. permanently
10. A. rely B. create C. carry D. insist
11. A. wave B. letter C. speech D. speed
12. A. capability B. ability C. possibility D. responsibility
13. A. mostly B. hardly C. most D. almost
14. A. on with B. into C. up with D. in to
15. A. used B. have C. tend D. are
VII.Read the following passage carefully and choose A,B,C,D ( 10 points )
The nuclear family, consisting of a mother, father, and their children, may be more an American ideal
than an American reality. Of course, the so-called traditional American family was always more
varied than we had been led to believe, reflecting the very different racial, ethnic, class, and religious
customs among different American groups.
The most recent government statistics reveal that only about one third of all current American
families fit the traditional mold and another third consists of married couples who either have no
children or have none still living at home. Of the final one third, about 20 percent of the total number
of American households are single people, usually women over sixty-five years of age. A small
percentage, about 3 percent of the total, consists of unmarried people who choose to live together; and
the rest, about 7 percent, are single, usually divorced parents, with at least one child. Today, these
varied family types are typical, and therefore, normal. Apparently, many Americans are achieving
supportive relationships in family other than the traditional one.
1/ With what topic is the passage mainly concerned ?
A. The traditional American family b. The nuclear family.
C. The current American family d. The ideal family.
2/ The author implies that ....................
A. there have always been a wide variety of family arrangements in the United States.
B. racial, ethnic, and religious groups have preserved the traditional family structure.
C. the ideal American family is the best structure.
D. fewer married couples are having children.
3/ The word "current" in line 5 could be replaced by which of the following ?
A. typical B. present C. perfect D. traditional.
4/ According to the passage, married couples whose children have grown or who have no children
represent.
A. 33 percent of households. B. 20 percent of households.
C. 7 percent of households. D. 3 percent of households.
5/ Who generally constitutes a one-person household ?
A. A single man in his twenties B. An elderly man
C. A single woman in her late sixties D. A divorced woman.
VIII Put ONE suitable word in each space. ( 30 points )
The world's oceans are so vast that they can cope with the ………………..…………..…( 1 ) levels of
………………….( 2 ). However, little is known about the long-term effects of such slow
……………………( 3 ). The most serious problem of …………………….……….( 4 ) time is that
man is destroying the earth's natural resources and ……………………( 5 ) huge areas into waste
land. As a …….…….. ……( 6 ) , it is becoming …………………( 7 ) difficult to grow enough to
……………….…( 8 ) the world's rapidly ………..…………..( 9 ) population. A way of protecting
all wild life on the earth must also be found as many ……….………………( 10 ) are in danger of
disappearing …………………………….…..( 11 ) from the face of the earth. The smoke in the
……………………..,( 12 ) , for example, is increasing so …………………( 13 ) that the amount of
sunlight has been …………………( 14 ) in many cities. Man's whole ……………….( 15 ) is being
changed in a serious way
IX . Use the word given at the end of each line to form a word that fits in the space in the same line.
( 20 points )
. A forest is a special place. In the forest, (1) ………….by tall trees, you surround
are cut off from the world around you, and ……………………( 2 ) with fill
the sights and sounds of nature. Many fairy tales and legends are set in
forests, which have been thought to hold …………………( 3 ) and magical
mystery.Today we know that these are only stories, but the forest is still a
place that holds many of the world’s most …………………( 4 ) value
resources. Forest has always been important to people. In the past, many hunt
people got food by ………..……….( 5 ) forest animals and gathering advanced
wild plants. With the ……………………….( 6 )of civilization, few
…………………….( 7 ) people now live in forests, but forests are more economy
valuable than ever. Forests have an important …..……………( 8 ) value
because they provide us with resource such as timber. Forests are vital to breath
the enviroment because they clean the air we…………..( 9 ) . Forests are treasure
also ………………..( 10 ) for their beauty.

X Supply the correct forms of words in brackets: ( 30 points )

1. I always show my great …………………………………….…..to my granparents (admire )


2. Dalat is one of the most famous ………………..………………..cities in Vietnam ( mountain )
3. A lot of oil has been laid ……………………………………………..under the sea ( discover )
4. We enjoyed a ……………………bicycle trip in the peaceful evening in the countryside ( leisure )
5. It’s traveling that helps with the ………………………………………….of knowledge ( rich )
6. It is very difficult to find Mrs Burton’s shop, for it was ……………………..……… from all others
in the
street. (distinguish)
7. The teacher’s criticism has ……………………..……. Tom’s interest in learning. (die)
8. Panda is ………………………………………………………….… to China only. (national)
9. Thanks to his …….....................................................our life has improved a lot ( achieve )
10. He failed the exam last year. He didn’t ………………………….( success )
11. These days it is……………………….…..to open a newspaper without reading about the damage
we
are doing to the environment ( possibility )
12. The earth is being…................................................and the future looks bad ( threat )
13. We must all make a personal ................................ to work for the future of our planet (decide )
14. We ought to .................................................a better world for our grand- children ( sure )
15. Sir Isaac Newton was an English…………………………………..….scientist. ( stand )
XI Complete the second sentence so that it has the similar meaning to the first ( 15 points )

1. People believe that he died in the war.


He ……………………………………
2. My mother doesn’t do the washing by hand any longer.
No………………..
3. I could realize how important the family is only after I left home.
Not until ..............
4. They recruited very few young engineers.
Hardly ................
5. I could hold a big party due to Mom’s help.
Had there ...............
XII Complete the second sentence so that it has the similar meaning to the first, using the word given.
Do not change the given word.(15 points)

1. Peter said he was sorry he had not invited Mary to his birthday party. ( APOLOGIZED )
Peter..........................................................................................
2. Her hobby is one thing that she doesn't intend to give up. ( INTENTION )
She has ……………………………………………………….……
3. In spite of his poverty, he spent as if he were a king ( AS )
Poor……………………………………………….…….
4. The patient recovered faster than everybody expected. ( MADE )
The patient
5. Success depends on hard work. ( HARDER )
The .....................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 57
A. PRONUNCIATION
Choose the word with the different pronunciation of the underlined part. (1m)
1. A. laughed B. weighed C. watched D. washed
2. A. houses B. places C. boxes D. leaves
3. A. folk B. flow C. row D. now
4. A. chopstick B. chemical C. chat D. charity
5. A. her B. who C. hour D. home
B. USE OF ENGLISH
I/ Circle the best answer among A,B,C,D of the following sentences. (1,8ms)
6. Please turn the radio _______________. It’s too loud.
A. on B. off C. up D. down
7. I’m really _____________ going to my friend’s party on Saturday. I haven’t been out for ages.
A. enjoy B. expecting C. looking for D. looking forward to
8. My mother often gives me advice _______________ water.
A. to save B. how to save C. on how to save D. about how to save
9. She’s always ______________ so to me.
A. says B. say C. to say D. saying
10. Don’t wait for me. I ____________ late. It depends on the traffic.
A. will be B. might be C. must be D. can be
11. This part of the river is safe enough _____________________________________ .
A. for the children to swim in. B. for the children to swim in it.
C. to the children swim in it. D. to the children swim in.
12. The book _____________ the school library is very interesting.
A. borrowed in B. borrowed from C. borrows from D. borrows at
13. She isn’t wearing her coat ________________ it is very cold now.
A. because B. so C. although D. however
14. Tom: How about going out for dinner tonight?
Mary: ___________________________.
A. Oh, thank you B. Yes, please
C. I’m afraid not D. No, I don’t want to
II/ Use the verbs in the brackets in their proper tenses (1,4ms)
a/ The children (15. make) __________________ a lot of noise now. I (16. be) _____________ afraid
they
(17. wake up) ____________________ my father, who (18. sleep) _____________ in the next room.

b/ A: Where is Hoa?
B: I (19. not see) _____________________ her today.

c/ Tom: Where were you at 8 o’clock last night?


Mary: I (20. dance) ___________________ at my friend’s party.

d/ A: ______________ the newspaper (21. come) _______________________?


B: Yes, Tom is reading it.
III/ Use the words in the brackets in their proper forms. (1m)
The newspaper is a common means of (22. communicate) _________________. You can find out the
news in your city or in the world. You can also find out the (23. day) _________________ weather
forecast. In (24. add) ___________________, newspapers offer financial news, employment, (25.
advertise) ________________, (26. entertain) ____________________, and T.V and radio guides.
C. READING
I/ Fill in each blank space with ONE suitable word (1,6ms)
Among the festivals celebrated (27)___________________ some of Asian people is the Moon Cake
Festival, also known (28)___________________ the Mid-August Festival. Large (29)
__________________ of small round moon cakes (30) ____________ eaten on this day, and children
(31)__________________ carrying colourful paper lanterns which come in all shapes; the more
popular (32)________________ are shaped like fish, rabbits and butterflies. (33)_____________ to
them the moon shines brightest on the night of the Moon Cake Festival. As the moon (34)
________________, tables are placed outside the house and women make offerings of fruit and moon
cakes to the Moon Goddess.
D. WRITING
I/ Complete each of the following unfinished sentences in such a way that it means the same as
the sentences printed before it. (1m)
40. “Let buy flowers for the teachers on the Teachers’ Day”, Lan said.
Lan suggest ____________________________________________________________________
41. “Don’t wait for me if I am late, Hoa”, He said.
He told ________________________________________________________________________
42. Sally’s parents gave her a bicycle for her birthday.
Sally __________________________________________________________________________
43. He is weak because he doesn’t do any exercise.
If he __________________________________________________________________________
44. Mrs. White has a son. She showed me a photo of him. He is a policeman.
Mrs. White showed ______________________________________________________________

II/ Complete the letter by using the words and phrases provided. You can make any necessary
changes. (1,2m)
Dear Kumiko,
45. I / be / very happy / receive / parcel / send .
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
46. What / good idea / send / selection / different kinds of food / your country.
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
47. I / enjoy / eat / very much / so / my family.
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
48. You say / your letter / you / like / to send / parcel / English food.
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
49. I / just post one / you.
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
50. In / parcel / be / information / prepare / eat / food.
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
Love,
Mary.
ENGLISH PRACTICE 58
I. Choose the best answers:
1. When he left school, John decided to ( change to/ become/ train for/ study) a priest instead of
studying languages.
2. Take this road and you will ( arrive/ come/ find/ reach) at the hotel in five minutes.
3. I hope you don’t mind me ( to telephone/ telephone/ telephoning/ telephoned) so late at night.
4. Hello. Is that 885811? Please put me ( across/ up/ over/ through) to Janet.
5. I have to leave before seven and so ( leave you/ you have/ you do/ do you)
6. He refused to give up work, ( despite/ however/ even though/ as though) he’d won a million
pounds.
7. Give me a word ( begins/ began/ begin/ beginning) with S
8. A chicken can ( lie/ lay/ put/ place) up to three eggs a day.
9. The child was told to ( excuse/ apologize/ forgive/ confess) for being rude to his uncle.
10. I don’t think that the red dress ( suits/ matches/ cheers/ agrees) her.
II. Rewrite these sentences without changing their meanings.
1. It was so late that nothing could be done.
- It was too -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. I haven’t got enough time to go to the cinema.
- If I -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. He could not drive it. He could not sell it.
- He could neither --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. I have never seen such a mess in my life.
- It is -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. I can’t cook as well as my mother does.
- My mother --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. I often get up early.
- I am used ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. “ You stole my best cassette, Amanda!” said William
- William accused -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. John Speke failed to find the source of the River Nile.
- John Speke didn’t succeed ----------------------------------------------------------
III. Give the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the sentences.
1. It is the most ( FRIGHT) . . film I’ve ever seen.
2. After living with him for a month, she found his ( BEHAVE) .. .unacceptable.
3. She is very good at English. She has a/an ( IMPRESS) . . .command of the language.
4. You need a lot of ( PATIENT) . . if you really want to becoe a doctor.
5. He doesn’t look well because he’s suffered from constant (SLEEP)
6. She is one of the grestest ( PERFORM) .. .to appear in this theatre.
7. She left him because of his ( KIND). . .to the children.
8. In the end, Tim left school with very good ( QUALIFY) . . .
9. With a view from Ngu Binh mountain, Huong river looks very ( PICTURE)
10. ( EMPLOY) . . .is very common problem in many country.
IV. Use one suitable word to fill in the blank.
People have always dreamed of living forever, and although we all know this will ..(1). happen, we
still want to live as long as possible. Naturally, there are some advantages and disadvantages to a long
....(2)...
In the first place, people...(3).. live longer can spend more time with their family and friends.
Secondly, people who have busy working lives look forward to a long relaxing ...(4).. , when they can
do the things they have never had time for.
On the other hand, there are some serous disadvantages. Firstly, many people become ill and
consequently have to ...(5) .. time in hospital or become ...(6).. on their children or friends. Many of ...
(7)... find this dependence annoying or embarrassing. In addition to this, the ...(8)... people get, the
fewer friends they seem to have because old friends die or become ill and it’s often ....(9).. to make
new friends.
To sum up , it seems that living to a very old age is worthwhile for people who stay healthy ...(10)... to
remain independent and enjoy life.
V. Use the words given to make a complete letter.
1. This/ most interesting story/ I/ ever read.
2. You/ go / see / new James Bond film / last night?
3. She / go / university / next year / study English
4. We / have / stop / play / tennis/ because it / start/ rain.
5. Alice Hyde / become / first/ Miss World / eighty five years ago.
6. You / nice / help me / my homework.
7. My father / look forward/ hear about/ result / my exams.
8. What/ be /people/ like / island?
VI. Match the first half of the sentences in A with the other in B to make complete sentences.
A B
1. Tom said that . . . a. . . closed door without a key
2. Do any of you know the answer b. . . but later he became a famous football
Player
3. At first Peter was a weak boy c. . . staying in England the following year
4. That he is dead d. . . half of which he gave to his close
Friends
5. China is . . . e. . . . is clear
6. we found it difficult to get through. . f. . . much larger than the United Kingdom
7. she said that she was . . . g. . . he couldn’t do it the following week
8. Jack won $ 100.000, . . . h. . . which my father works.
9. Here is the factory in . . . i. . . .because it is important
10. We learn English . . J. . . to that tricky question.
VII.Write a short paragraph ( about 100 words ) about one school subject that you like to study
best and explain why you like that subject.

You might also like